Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • Edward Elgar Publishing  (93)
  • Nickel, Johanna (1916-1984)
  • Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing  (58)
  • Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited  (35)
Datasource
Material
Language
Subjects(RVK)
  • 1
    ISBN: 1800377509 , 9781800377509
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (436 pages )
    Series Statement: Elgar handbooks in migration
    Uniform Title: Elgaronline: Political Science & Public Policy 2023
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook on irregular migration
    DDC: 304.8/2
    Keywords: Illegal immigration Handbooks, manuals, etc Research ; Handbooks and manuals
    Abstract: "Moving away from state categorizations on irregular migration, this Research Handbook critically examines processes and dynamics that generate and reproduce irregularity, and discusses who may count as an irregular migrant. Acknowledging that irregular migration is not just a South-North issue, chapters investigate the many different pathways into irregularity, demonstrating the benefits of understanding dynamics behind irregular migration over statistics. Organised into six thematic parts covering key issues such as approaches and perspectives for research, informal labour and the challenges faced by migrant families, global contributors from a variety of disciplines provide an expert review of geographical and historical paths into irregular migration. Offering their background knowledge and highlighting tools to better understand how irregular migration is linked to geopolitics and migration policies, the Research Handbook on Irregular Migration guides readers through the complex issues facing migrants worldwide. Written in a comprehensive yet accessible style, this Research Handbook will be an excellent resource for undergraduate and graduate students as well researchers and academics interested in migration, policy, law, security, border crossing, informal labour, crime and civil support to migrants"--
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface -- Introduction: The production of irregular migration / Ilse van Liempt, Joris Schapendonk and Amalia Campos-Delgado -- Part I. Approaches and perspectives on irregular migration -- 1. Irregular migration and migration control policies / Anna Triandafyllidou -- 2. Invisible, vulnerable, heroic and criminal: A gendered history of migration labelling / Marlou Schrover -- 3. How to research "irregular" migration: Approaches and perspectives from the field / Shiva S. Mohan, Alison Mountz, Monica Romero and Ana Visan -- 4. Humans, not arrows: Countering the violent cartography of undocumented migration / Henk van Houtum and Rodrigo Bueno Lacy -- 5. Situated glossaries of (ir)regular migration / Kolar Aparna, Manju Sharma, Arlene Bugabo and Beatrice Catanzaro -- 6. Beach encounters: Migrant death and forensics as an art of paying attention / Amade M'charek -- Part II. Aspirations and facilitation of irregular migration -- 7. Welcome aboard klm air land! Hope and uncertainty in precarious migration projects / Nauja Kleist -- 8. Irregular migrants and families: The challenges of transnational family lives in times of limited mobility and transient settlement / Inka Stock -- 9. Deterrence or empowerment? Awareness and information campaigns as a migration governance tool to stop irregular migration / Ida Marie Savio Vammen -- 10. How unintended are these consequences? The changing environment for migration facilitation in niger since 2015 / Ekaterina Golovko and Fransje Molenaar -- 11. Re-socializing migrant networks: Moving beyond dominant migrant-network approaches / Richard Staring and Mieke Kox -- Part III. Everyday life and (im)mobility -- 12. The irregularity maze: Investigating asymmetries and discontinuities in the interaction between migrants' geographic mobility and regulatory frameworks / Milena Belloni, Ferruccio Pastore and Emanuela Roman -- 13. Stuck in camps, at sea and in illegality: Dimensions of stuckedness endured by rohingya refugees / Antje Missbach -- 14. Irregular times: Refugees' struggles for a temporal justice in the European (im)mobility regime / Elena Fontanari -- 15. Children's mobility across the EU governance of unauthorized migration as a game of chutes and ladders: Evidence from libya, Italy, greece and Belgium / Giacomo Orsini, Océane Uzureau, Malte Behrendt, Marina Rota, Sarah Adeyinka, Ilse Derluyn and Ine Lietaert -- 16. The u.s. Response to undocumented immigrant youth: "deferred" mobilities in new york / Guillermo Yrizar Barbosa -- Part IV. Informal and irregular labour and exploitability -- 17. Migrant women workers in Europe: Forms of irregularity and conditions of vulnerability / Giulia Garofalo Geymonat, Sabrina Marchetti and Letizia Palumbo -- 18. Casting outside regular pathways: State restrictions to sri lankan female migration / Chandima Arambepola -- 19. Becoming sanfei: The irregularization of foreign migrants in China / Guangzhi Huang and Heidi Østbø Haugen -- 20. Making a living while on the move: Migrant trajectories, hierarchized mobilities and local labour landscapes in central america / Nanneke Winters -- 21. Illegalized refugees seeking protection in the hong kong economy / Francesco Vecchio -- Part V. Geopolitics and micropolitics of control -- 22. Helping people feel that their future lies at home: The geopolitics of externalising irregular migration control in the European Union / Michael Collyer -- 23. Regularizing irregular sojourners: The avenue of "deservingness" / Maurizio Ambrosini -- 24. Being (in)visible: Exploring the post-return categorisations of cameroonian migrants / Presca Wanki, Ilse Derluyn and Ine Lietaert -- 25. On the administration of evil: Frontline bureaucrats resolving ethical tensions while enforcing oppressive deportation policies / Barak Kalir -- 26. Dirty borderwork and maculated borders: Examining the Mexican transit control regime / Amalia Campos-Delgado -- Part VI. Solidarity, advocacy and contestation -- 27. Autonomous and civic solidarity practices towards irregular migrants in Europe / Martin Bak Jørgensen -- 28. Undocumented immigrant activism: The struggle for rights and recognition / Walter J. Nicholls and Zayda Sorrell-Medina -- 29. Autonomous migration and transgressive solidarity: The case of the el hiblu / Daniela DeBono and Ċetta Mainwaring -- 30. Contesting the lethal mediterranean frontier charles heller, lorenzo pezzani and maurice stierl afterword / Alison Mountz -- Index.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 2
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781839109010
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (436 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Handbooks on Globalisation Series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Roudometof, Victor N. Handbook of Culture and Glocalization
    DDC: 303.482
    Keywords: Globalization Social aspects
    Note: Description based upon print version of record , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 3
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing | Cheltenham, UK : Elgaronline
    ISBN: 1789903130 , 9781789903133
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xv, 423 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Elgar handbooks in migration
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 323.6
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Migration ; Staatsangehörigkeit ; Citizenship ; Emigration and immigration ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (URL des Erstveröffentlichers)
    URL: Volltext  (URL des Erstveröffentlichers)
    URL: Volltext  (URL des Erstveröffentlichers)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 4
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781802200720
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (viii, 169 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: International cooperation ; Komplexes System ; Klimaänderung ; Cyberspace ; Politischer Prozess ; Internationale Politik ; Global Governance ; Organisationswandel ; Organisation ; Erde ; Electronic books
    Abstract: "In this timely book, leading scholar Oran Young reflects on the future of the global order. Developing new lenses through which to consider needs for governance arising on a global scale, Young investigates the grand challenges of the 21st century requiring the most urgent and sustained planetary responses: protecting the Earth's climate system; controlling the eruption of pandemics; suppressing disruptive uses of cyberspace; and guiding the biotechnology revolution. Exploring how developments such as globalization, the rise of increasingly influential non-state actors, and the onset of the cyber age are eroding the institutional foundations of international society, this book considers the prospects for new forms of global order that differ in important ways from the familiar but increasingly problematic states system. Offering critical insights into the pressing need for institutional change to meet 21st century challenges, this book will prove beneficial to scholars working on matters involving governance on a global scale. Practitioners looking to connect their actions to broader analytic concerns will also find the book insightful"--
    Note: Literaturverzeichnis Seite 154-162, Index , Building intellectual capital for turbulent times , Grand challenges of planetary governance in the 21st century , Steering mechanisms for social and socioecological systems , What do we mean when we speak about the effectiveness of governance systems? , Does formalization enhance institutional effectiveness? , Escaping social and socioecological traps in complex systems , The technological dimensions of governance , The future of the global order references
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 5
    ISBN: 9781788974639
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (256 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Elgar research agendas
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als A research agenda for heritage planning
    DDC: 363.69
    Keywords: Historic sites ; Historic preservation ; Planning ; Cultural property ; Protection ; Planning ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Foreword: Some key challenges for heritage science research -- Part I: Setting the scene for heritage planning: Perspectives from Europe -- 1. Introduction to a research agenda for heritage planning: The state of heritage planning in Europe / Eva Stegmeijer, Loes Veldpaus and Joks Janssen -- 2. Heritage research in the 21st century: Departing from the useful futures of sustainable develoment / Visnja Kisić -- 3. The value of heritage in sustainable development and spatial planning / Koenraad Van Balen and Aziliz Vandesande -- Part II: Current research in heritage planning: Projects from Europe section a heritage and identity -- 4. Introduction to heritage and identity: From planning and policies to communities, and back / Remi Wacogne -- 5. Exploring archaeology's place in participatory European cultural landscape management: Perspectives from the 'refit' project / Tom Moore and Gemma Tully -- 6. Industrial heritage and conservation planning, changing governance practices, examples from Europe / Loes Veldpaus and Remi Wacogne -- 7. Developing participation through digital reconstruction and communication of 'lost' heritage / Laura Loredana Micoli, Gabriele Guidi, Pablo Rodríguez-Gonzálvez, Diego González-Aguilera -- 8. Cultural heritage and European identity in European Union law and policy / Francesca Fiorentini, Kristin Hausler and Andrzej Jakubowski SECTION B HERITAGE AND CLIMATE -- 9. Introduction to heritage and climate change: Current gaps and scientific challenges / Claudio Margottini -- 10. New uses for old waterways / Francesco Vallerani and Francesco Visentin -- 11. Satellite monitoring of geo-hazards affecting cultural heritage / Daniele Spizzichino and Claudio Margottini -- 12. Archaeological site monitoring and risk assessment using remote sensing technologies and gis / Stefano De Angeli and Fabiana Battistin SECTION C HERITAGE AND DEVELOPMENT -- 13. Introduction to heritage and development: The agency of heritage in rural and urban development practices / Annelie Sjölander-Lindqvist -- 14. Cultural heritage and improvised music in European festivals / Tony Whyton and Beth Perry -- 15. Cultural heritage at work for economy and society / Stefano Della Torre and Rossella Moioli -- 16. Gastronomy and creative entrepreneurship in rural tourism: Encouraging sustainable community development / Annelie Sjölander-Lindqvist, Anna de Jong, Romà Garrido Puig, Giuseppa Romeo and Wilhelm Skoglund -- Part III: Research agenda for heritage planning. Perspectives for Europe (and beyond) -- 17. Towards a more just world: An agenda for transformative heritage planning futures / Loes Veldpaus, Visnja Kisić, Eva Stegmeijer and Joks Janssen -- Index.
    Abstract: "Elgar Research Agendas outline the future of research in a given area. Leading scholars are given the space to explore their subject in provocative ways, and map out the potential directions of travel. They are relevant but also visionary. This insightful Research Agenda examines the multidimensional relationships between heritage planning and pressing current societal challenges around climate, identity and development. Mapping future avenues for the field, it suggests new approaches to executing, studying and reflecting on heritage planning. Expert international contributors raise key questions that challenge practice and research to push for structural and institutional change. The book highlights the transformative potential of heritage planning and the responsibilities that come with such potential. Chapters explore central topics including heritage-led regeneration, cultural landscape management, food, music and tourism, using social, participatory and digital research methods. They are contextualised with questions around contestation and politization, and the changing conceptualisations of heritage planning. Spanning the domains of theoretical and empirical insights, from academic outlooks to professional challenges, this Research Agenda will be a vital resource for academics and students of urban and human geography, heritage studies, planning, urban design and architecture. Its examination of heritage planning practices will also be useful for policy makers and professionals working in the heritage planning field"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 6
    ISBN: 9781789903386
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (192 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Forschungskooperation ; Wissenstransfer ; Open Innovation ; Hochschule ; KMU ; Großbritannien ; Welt ; Small business ; Universities and colleges Information services ; Electronic books
    Abstract: "Exploring the process of university collaboration from the perspective of small- and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs), this book offers an in-depth examination of the collaboration process, dispelling the myth of the disengagement of these firms. Andrew Johnston and Robert Huggins present a thorough account of how SMEs can 'unlock the ivory tower' and gain access to university knowledge to support their own innovation. Outlining and discussing the intellectual roots of research in this field in an accessible way, the book focuses on SMEs to provide insight to an often overlooked group of firms. Chapters show how the closeness of the partners in terms of network membership, working culture and practice, and technical language drive the formation and function of these collaborative links, offering a holistic account of this from idea generation to the completion of projects. This will be an essential read for academics researching innovation and the role of universities, as well as knowledge exchange practitioners wishing to further their understanding of collaboration processes. Policymakers seeking to explore how and why SMEs engage in open innovation practices will also find this an invigorating book"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 7
    ISBN: 9781781003824
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (160 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Öffentliches Unternehmen ; Innovation ; China ; Government business enterprises ; Infrastructure (Economics) ; Technological innovations ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- 1. State-owned enterprise, government, and the innovation ecosystem -- 2. Formation of the dual innovation systems in China -- 3. State Grid and user-driven innovation: the case of ultra-high voltage power transmission -- 4. TD-SCDMA, LTE-TDD, and China Mobile: catch-up and innovation in the Chinese telecommunications industry -- 5. China's high-speed train dream: CSR Group and the state-led innovation ecosystem -- 6. The CGN and engineering innovation in nuclear power -- 7. Revisiting SOEs' innovation in the large infrastructure sector -- Index.
    Abstract: "This original book is a unique and original in-depth study on how, in the past decade, Chinese State-Owned Enterprises (SOEs) have achieved technological innovation in the large infrastructure sectors. It reveals a 'new world' of Chinese innovation, showing that SOEs are willing to innovate and are also more than capable of doing so. Based on findings from first-hand data and years of observations, this book shows how the innovation ecosystem perspective incentivises and facilitates Chinese SOEs' innovation and highlights the entrepreneurial role of the government. Using the examples of UHV Power Transmission, mobile telecommunication standards, high-speed trains, and nuclear electric power, the book exhibits the complex determinants of SOEs' success in radical technological innovations within the large infrastructure sector. Chapters also demonstrate the innovation process of SOEs, the unique innovation model of China, as well as its advantages and disadvantages. Catch-Up and Radical Innovation in Chinese State-Owned Enterprises will be a useful resource for academics in research disciplines such as development studies, innovation and entrepreneurship, and Chinese studies. It will also aid entrepreneurs, businesses and managers who intend to collaborate with Chinese SOEs, to better understand the trends of SOEs' engagement in radical innovation and the potential opportunities for broadening their international collaborations"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 8
    ISBN: 9781789904963
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (224 Seiten)
    Series Statement: New horizons in institutional and evolutionary economics series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Kapitalgesellschaft ; Finanzkapitalismus ; Wirtschaftliche Macht ; Corporate Governance ; USA ; Corporations History ; United States Economic conditions 21st century ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Financialization and the corporation in the twenty-first century -- 2. Capitalist development -- 3. Widening of the market and the transition from scarcity to abundance -- 4. Role of the corporation -- 5. Failure of federal policy to achieve social control -- 6. Corporations and finance -- 7. Case studies in financialization -- 8. Creating the path forward by social control -- References -- List of cases -- Index.
    Abstract: "This insightful book traces the evolution of corporate power in the United States, from social control over corporate power under early state laws to the modern liberation of the corporation serving primarily private purposes. It illustrates how the transition of attitudes towards corporations and dynamic changes in public policy have ushered in an age of financial fragility, income inequality and macroeconomic instability. The book employs an evolutionary methodology to consider the role of the corporation in the US economy, and how that role as a tool for public purposes, defined by special charters, changed with the widening of markets and increasing industrial capacity for mass production. Evaluating the stages of capitalist development, chapters demonstrate how the co-evolution of law, economics and finance altered economic organization, leading to the evolution of core economic concepts such as capital, income and resources. The book examines the transition of corporate purpose towards generating wealth and enhancing profits in the early twentieth century and analyzes recent trends through illuminating case studies in financialization. It concludes with crucial insights into the future of the corporation, offering potential pathways for economists to intervene and address the systemic problems that are endemic to the modern financial era. A rousing and provocative call to arms for modern economists, this book is key reading for scholars and researchers of economics, particularly those focusing on the evolution of economic and business institutions and its impact on the social fabric of the US. Practitioners and policymakers will also benefit from its empirical perspectives on financialization"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 9
    ISBN: 9781800377806
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (288 Seiten)
    Series Statement: KDI/EWC series on economic policy series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Humankapital ; Bildungsinvestition ; Hochschule ; Weiterführende Schule ; Intergenerationenmobilität ; Welt ; Human capital ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: "This timely book evaluates international human capital policies, offering a comparative perspective on global efforts to generate new ideas and novel ways of thinking about human capital. Examining educational reforms, quality of education and links between education and socio-economic environments, chapters contrast Western experiences and perspectives with those of industrializing economies in Asia, focusing particularly on Korea and the USA. Contributors analyse trends in Korean education, including state, charter and private education, higher education and student loans and debt, and provide policy prescriptions for the improvement of higher education financing in the USA. Offering theoretical insights into the relationship between socio-economic and educational benefits for children and young people, and human capital formation, further chapters consider recent empirical evidence on disadvantaged people in the USA, before broadening the scope of analysis to consider the effects of human capital on industrial structure and productivity among OECD countries. Providing a unique and incisive understanding of human capital formation in the context of education, this book lays out guidance to scholars and researchers of human capital, particularly those concentrating on policies in Korea and the USA. It will also be useful to policymakers involved in economic and education policy"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 10
    ISBN: 9781789901504
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (264 pages)
    Series Statement: New horizons in organization studies series
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Career development ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction to career dynamics in a global world -- 1. An incongruence-driven approach to careers: insights from Ayurveda -- 2. Self-awareness in career development: meaning, importance and malleability -- 3. A field research of nascent social entrepreneur's intention formation -- 4. Individual factors in predicting and encouraging social entrepreneurship as a career choice -- 5. Satisficing career choices of Indian women managers -- 6. Stepping off the career ladder: exploring the impact of career shocks on women's career decisions in the UK -- 7. Economic structural changes and subjective career success in India -- 8. How an MBA contributes to the unfolding of careers: a comparative analysis -- 9. Women's careers: starting a new chapter post-career-break -- 10. Can we release the brake on the career re-entry of mothers? A UK perspective -- 11. Changing nature of academic careers in management education in India -- 12. The changing nature of academic careers in management education in western societies -- 13. Flying high in the turbulent skies: managing careers in the Indian it industry -- 14. Risk allocation, employer dependence and the welfare state: an investigation of it workers in the US and Canada -- 15. Integrating care work for sustainable careers of women: an Indian perspective -- 16. Leaning in: why some women are challenging the opt-out model? -- Index.
    Abstract: "Career Dynamics in a Global World takes on a major question in the global research and practice of career development and adopts a distinctive approach in response. The authors address the question of how and to what extent a predominant influence of Western thinking about careers interferes with our understanding of careers in other parts of the world. The approach involves identifying career topics for further exploration, recruiting teams of Indian and Westerns scholars on each topic to share their insights, and laying out those insights to help both careers researchers and practitioners see their significance. As a result, in this remarkable collaboration the reader is invited to compare views on self- awareness and careers from traditional Indian Ayurvedic and alternative Western perspectives, alongside contrasting Indian and Western reports on women stepping off their career ladders, the motivation of social entrepreneurs, the careers of IT workers, MBA holders and management scholars and other topics. Career and cross-cultural researchers and career and HR practitioners will be fascinated by the comparative analysis of career dynamics"--
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 11
    ISBN: 9781789908596
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (144 pages)
    Series Statement: New horizons in management series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Lanza, Andrea Strategic human capital
    RVK:
    Keywords: Human capital ; Personnel management ; Strategisches Management ; Unternehmen ; Wettbewerbsvorteil ; Humanvermögen ; Electronic books ; Unternehmen ; Humanvermögen ; Strategisches Management ; Wettbewerbsvorteil
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Strategic human capital at the crossroads -- 2. Understanding and clarifying the dynamics of strategic human capital effects on performance: a quasi-replication of a major literature evidence -- 3. The effect of strategic human capital renewal on organizational results: an empirical examination in the Italian serie a professional football league -- 4. Get the most from your most important asset. A conceptual and managerial model for harnessing the value of strategic human capital -- Index.
    Abstract: "This timely and insightful book offers an innovative, unifying conceptual framework for managing the crucial asset of human capital. In order to do this, Andrea Lanza and Giuseppina Simone bridge the gap between Strategy and Organization disciplines in the study of human capital. Clarifying ambiguous aspects overlooked by the extant literature, Lanza and Simone provide a new, theoretically grounded managerial tool to help organizations achieve the most from human capital. Based on original empirical evidence, the authors put forward a fresh perspective on human capital strategy. They also propose a fascinating, game-theoretic approach to solve the 'Principal-Agent' conflict in the context of human capital renewal, dramatically advancing the field of strategic human capital with respect to both academic knowledge and managerial applications. Innovative and cutting-edge, this book offers crucial insights for scholars investigating strategic management and strategic human capital, as well as researchers interested in entrepreneurship and human resource management. It will also benefit managers and practitioners, providing guidance in developing and implementing strategic human capital visions"--
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 12
    ISBN: 9781788979283
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (232 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Gründungsausbildung ; Unternehmensgründung ; Entrepreneurship Study and teaching ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: 1. How do you become entrepreneurial in one week? / Lise Aaboen, Hans Landström and Roger Sørheim -- Part I. Skills, competencies and awareness among students -- 2. Wofie: Workshop for innovation and entrepreneurship / Christian Tollestrup and Claus Andreas Foss Rosenstand -- 3. Innovation camp for nursing students: Igniting an entrepreneurial spirit in three days / Gunn-Berit Neergård and Antonella La Rocca -- 4. Semis (seedlings): Sowing the entrepreneurial competences of first-year master's students / Servane Delanoë-Gueguen and Eric Michael Laviolette -- 5. Entrepreneurship and society: Providing learners with a social lens on entrepreneurship / Emilee Simmons -- Part II. Start-ups and entrepreneurs from the university -- 6. Sommarmatchen: A student jump-start into the entrepreneurial life / Arne Jacobsson -- 7. Entrepreneurship for research professionals: Triggering transformative learning? / Ulla Hytti, Jarna Heinonen and Pekka Stenholm -- 8. Venturelab weekend: Developing entrepreneurial skills from idea to action / Sílvia Costa, Olga Belousova, Aniek Ouendag and Aard Groen -- 9. Training entrepreneurial competences involving key stakeholders / Patricia P. Iglesias-Sánchez, Carmina Jambrino Maldonado and Carlos de las Heras-Pedrosa -- Part III. Entrepreneurial citizens -- 10. Pursuing entrepreneurship: A blended approach to teaching entrepreneurship in two weeks / Vegar Lein Ausrød and Jeppe Guldager -- 11. 5UCV-E2: Fitting your business proposal in seven sessions / María Ripollés, Andreu Blesa and Laura Martínez -- 12. ComoNExT iStart Academy: Exploring the development of managerial skills / Chiara Cantù -- Index.
    Abstract: "Can you learn to be an entrepreneur in a week? The book focuses on short entrepreneurship education initiatives and includes eleven courses from European research-based universities. The book provides insights on best practice and lessons learned from experience for potential and current organizers of such initiatives. Entrepreneurship initiatives are a common response to top-down decisions to include entrepreneurship in all disciplines and study programs. There is often also a regional or societal goal for these activities. Different types of programme are analysed, from those aiming to instil an entrepreneurial mindset, those preparing the individual for an entrepreneurial career to those based on collaborations between universities. The authors make comparisons of the audiences, goals, organization and pedagogical approaches in each case to answer whether entrepreneurship can be taught in one week. By reading this book university managers, course designers and those delivering entrepreneurship initiatives will be able to make a more informed decision regarding if and how they should be organized"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 13
    ISBN: 9781788973403
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (128 pages)
    Series Statement: Entrepreneurship footprints series
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction to passion in entrepreneurship -- 2. Passion of entrepreneurs: Conceptual underpinnings and distinctions -- 3. Different potential targets of entrepreneurial passion -- 4. The profits and perils that can arise from entrepreneurial passion -- 5. Stoking the fires of entrepreneurial passion through engagement, education, and contagion -- 6. Passions of entrepreneurs in teams -- 7. Opportunities for future research on passion and entrepreneurship -- 8. Concluding thoughts on passion and entrepreneurship -- Index.
    Abstract: "The Profits and Perils of Passion in Entrepreneurship exposes the gaps in current knowledge and highlights opportunities ripe for additional investigation. This state-of-the art book also delivers essential guidelines for scholars on how to study entrepreneurial passion in a rigorous way. Melissa S. Cardon and Charles Y. Murnieks provide a critical review of the knowledge accumulated to date about passion in entrepreneurship, covering motivation, enthusiasm and excitement, as well as discussing debates about conceptual definitions, focus of analysis and methodological approaches. This includes the integration of different theories with an explanation of their commonalities and key distinctions. Examining the outcomes and antecedents of passion, chapters present empirical findings and explore future research questions for the topic. Scholars and students of entrepreneurship will find this book to be a comprehensive overview of the topic. Providing an accessible understanding of academic research, this book will also be a useful resource for practicing entrepreneurs and those who seek to support them"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 14
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788978361
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Elgar guides to teaching series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Teaching Strategic Management
    Keywords: Strategisches Management ; Betriebswirtschaftsstudium ; Lehrmaterial ; Lehrplan ; Lernmethode ; Strategic planning Study and teaching ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction: Learning from teaching failures, achieving teaching successes / Sabine Baumann -- Part one: Teaching strategic management history and newly evolving fields -- Chapter 1: Teaching the history of strategic management / Päivi Maijanen -- Chapter 2: Teaching strategy as an ethical practice / Sven-Ove Horst -- Chapter 3: Teaching sustainability in strategic management / Britta Boyd -- Part two: Methods for teaching strategic management -- Chapter 4: Service learning in strategic management - opportunities, challenges, and examples / Candace M. TenBrink and Krysti Turnquest -- Chapter 5: Experiential approach to strategy formulation / Richard R. Smith and Patrick Tan -- Chapter 6: Writing and using your own case study for strategy teaching / Uwe Stratmann -- Chapter 7: Interactive exercises, peer coaching, and videos in strategic management education / Sabine Reisinger -- Chapter 8: Tailored methods of strategizing in undergraduate education: From swot to the 6ps of business strategy / Norman T. Sheehan -- Chapter 9: Teaching strategy by not teaching strategy / Robert P. Wright -- Part three: Teaching strategic management for particular groups of learners and teaching settings -- Chapter 10: Strategic management in online and hybrid courses / David R. King and Aiden E. Sizemore -- Chapter 11: Teaching strategic management for media students / Geoffrey Graybeal -- Chapter 12: Teaching strategy work to business students / Rita Järventie-Thesleff and Janne Tienari -- Chapter 13: Teaching strategic management for executives / Dianne Tyers and John Bourke -- Index.
    Abstract: "Teaching Strategic Management: A Hands-on Guide to Teaching Success provides a wide scope of knowledge and teaching resources on methods and practices for teaching strategic management theories and concepts for a multitude of settings (classroom, online and hybrid), course levels (bachelors, masters, MBA, executive) and student groups. The book brings together experienced faculty who are experts in the topic to discuss and summarize pertinent theories, concepts and approaches and provide concrete examples of strategic management education courses. All chapters offer various resources for instructors such as assignments, exercises, case studies, reading lists, etc. to apply in either physical or virtual classrooms. The breadth of material provided within this guide is invaluable to faculty and instructors of strategic management whether they are experienced and seeking inspiration for new methods or needing guidance for developing a new course. Instructors, faculty, and program directors of strategic management courses at undergraduate, graduate and executive levels can use Teaching Strategic Management: A Hands-on Guide to Teaching Success as an enlightening and instructive guide for teaching and for creating course syllabi and teaching plans"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 15
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788979757
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (352 pages)
    Series Statement: Handbooks of business and management research as practice series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of intuition research as practice
    Keywords: Intuition ; Entscheidung ; Management ; Intuition Research ; Business Decision making ; Psychological aspects ; Electronic books ; Handbuch ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction - new advances in intuition research / Marta Sinclair -- Part 1 - intuition as Part of an integrated approach to decision making -- 1. Intuiting and reasoning: Facilitating subconscious and conscious processing for better decisions in organizations / Jaana Woiceshyn -- 2. Adaptive decision making processes in crisis management / Bjorn T. Bakken and Thorvald Haerem -- 3. Nursing students' decision making in clinical simulation / Jean E. Pretz, Amanda L. Price, Kristen D. Zulkosky and Krista A. White -- 4. The use of intuitive expertise in acquisition-making: An explorative study / Michael Grant, Fredrik Nilsson and Anna-Carin Nordvall -- 5. Uncovering opportunity: Expert vs. Novice entrepreneurs' use of intuitive and analytical decision-making / Mingyang Wang and Jenny Gibb -- 6. Investigating entrepreneurial use of intuition and rationality in decision-making: A QCA approach / Ariel Nian Gani, Allard C. R. van Riel, Sandra Streukens and Andreas Grössler -- 7. Presence of intuition in the process of strategic decision-making / Delfina Biščak -- Part 2 - different roles of affect in intuiting -- 8. What is feeling, and how does it function in intuition? / Lois Isenman -- 9. Psychophysical measurement of intuition / Galang Lufityanto -- 10. Exploring intuition and decision-making across the 'three brains' / Grant Soosalu and Suzanne Henwood -- 11. Are all intuitions the same? Or does it depend on the factor that triggers them? / Marta Sinclair -- 12. Moral intuition and moral leader development / Maxim Egorov and Armin Pircher Verdorfer -- Part 3 - cultural and collective views on intuition -- 13. Japanese style of "genbaism": Combining intuitive, logical, and holistic thinking through experience / Kazuhito Isomura and Akihiko Kobayashi -- 14. "wuity" - the proposed third cognitive model for mindful creative problem solving: A case study of two Chinese aerospace projects / Xin Wang -- 15. Group intuition and intentionality: Collective action at-a-distance? / Raymond Trevor Bradley -- Part 4 - developing intuition in practical settings -- 16. Resourcing intuition in practice / Satu Teerikangas, Marja Turunen and Liisa Välikangas -- 17. Facilitating intuitive decision making and an entrepreneurial mindset in corporate culture - a case study / L.Murray Gillin -- 18. The contribution of mental simulation to the development of intuition / Bianca Steffen, Michael Goller and Christian Harteis -- 19. Enhancing intuition in problem solving through problem finding / Paola Iannello, Barbara Colombo, Serena Germagnoli and Alessandro Antonietti -- Part 5 - researching intuition from new perspectives -- 20. Talking intuitions into existence: The role of ventriloquism figures / Nora Meziani -- 21. Researching intuition through metaphor / Heather Cairns-Lee -- 22. Intuition: Scientific, non-scientific or unscientific? / Viktor Dörfler and Alina Bas -- Index.
    Abstract: "How can intuition research inform practice? As the use of intuition in business has become more widely accepted, companies struggle to understand how to use this additional resource efficiently, while corporate trainers and university educators lack tools to develop it as a skill. This truly international Handbook provides relevant answers with: chapters by academics and practitioners, written in a concise, digestible format to make it accessible to non-academic readers empirical studies from multiple industry/service sectors that demonstrate an integrated use of intuition and analysis in decision making studies from industry and education that demonstrate how to develop intuition, including a ground-breaking research in problem solving non-Western perspectives illustrated on case studies from Japan and China use of language protocols/methods to bring intuition into our awareness new research into group/collective intuition (based on language analysis and quantum physics) research related to sensing and sense making. Due to its focus on bridging theory and practice, the Handbook is of value not only to academics and organizational researchers but also to industry professionals, corporate trainers and university educators who search for answers on how to incorporate intuition into a common skill set. Accessible in style, it will also appeal to educated business readers"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 16
    ISBN: 9781788977012
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (176 Seiten)
    Series Statement: New horizons in management series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: European Union ; Brexit ; Arbeitspsychologie ; Auslandsaufenthalt ; Studium ; Arbeitsmigranten ; Großbritannien ; Industrial management ; Employees Psychology ; Great Britain Politics and government 21st century ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- 1 a psychology of brexit / Ashley Weinberg -- 2 brexit bother: A story of uncertainty and (possibly) resilience / Richard Plenty and Terri Morrissey -- 3 'should we exit before brexit?' experiences and future plans of Hungarian workers in post-referendum britain / Ivett Bernadett Racz -- 4 the econometrics of brexit: Science or a means of expressing confirmation bias? / Imad A. Moosa -- 5 the impact of brexit on health and wellbeing in the workplace: What we know so far / Christian van Stolk -- 6 brexit and corporate social responsibility: A controversial case / Alexander-Stamatios Antoniou and Nikos Drosos -- 7 brexit 'at work' in parliament / Richard Kwiatkowski -- 8 the impact of brexit on higher education institutions and EU students / Nikos Drosos and Alexander-Stamatios Antoniou -- 9 a psychology of survival? / Ashley Weinberg -- Index.
    Abstract: "This timely book explores the psychological repercussions of Brexit in the workplace. Illustrating the mental and emotional impact of the Brexit process, interdisciplinary chapters demonstrate its effect on the wellbeing of workers and its implications for the welfare of the workforce in the future. Bringing together international contributors from a range of disciplines, this topical book focuses on key areas of workplace functioning, including higher education institutions, corporate social responsibility and the emerging experiences of businesses, migrant workers and politicians. The major psychological, political and economic implications for employers, employees and policy-makers are considered, and the importance after Brexit of actions that preserve and build on progress already achieved in the UK workplace are highlighted. Brexit in the Workplace will appeal to scholars and students of politics, psychology and business, as well as business leaders and policy-makers wishing to gain valuable insights into the range of issues facing the workforce in the current atmosphere of political change and uncertainty around Brexit"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 17
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781789900033
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (200 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Gründungsausbildung ; Ausbilder ; Entrepreneurship ; Welt ; Entrepreneurship Study and teaching ; Business teachers ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- Part I: The early years -- 1 deep learning and ee: Engage the world, change the world / Max Drummy -- 2 ee-stem in primary-middle years / James Davis -- 3 space to question / Catherine Brentnall -- 4 ee teachers: Agents of agency / Shani Hartley -- 5 the early years / Colin Jones -- Part II: The pre-graduate years -- 6 the art of making it possible / Paz Fernández de Vera -- 7 developing enterprising habits / Lesley Cottrell -- 8 creating giants / Maria Sourgiadaki -- 9 if i could ... Before i do / Colin Jones -- 10 insights of an accidental enterprise educator / Penny Matthews -- 11 the pre-graduate years / Colin Jones -- Part III: The graduate years -- 12 sheep assisted: The importance of being open to diversion / Elinor Vettraino -- 13 from instructor to educator / Norris Krueger -- 14 designing change: Seeing beyond the obvious and influencing others / Andy Penaluna -- 15 slow, lazy and stupid / Elena Oikkonen -- 16 getting curious about creativity: The why and the how? / Kathryn Penaluna -- 17 the graduate years / Colin Jones -- Part IV: The post-graduate years -- 18 if you're riding a dead horse, dismount! / Zen Parry -- 19 authentic grit: The elusive (but essential) entrepreneurial trait / Alex Maritz -- 20 specialist in enterprise and employability in uk he / Amy Gerrard -- 21 team entrepreneurial learning: Building sustainable businesses / Ainurul Rosli and Jane Chang -- 22 student-centred action learning / John Dobson -- 23 the post-graduate years / Colin Jones -- References -- / Index.
    Abstract: "With an increasing global demand for entrepreneurship education, and the need to prepare students for the challenges of an ever-changing world of work, Colin Jones tackles the difficult question: just where do these educators come from to meet this demand? How to Become an Entrepreneurship Educator is the first book to tackle how we create expert entrepreneurship educators at all levels of education. Using activity theory as a lens, the book unites the developmental trajectories of 20 eminent contemporary experts at different levels of enterprise and entrepreneurship education. Jones identifies these journeys in order to share the collective lessons learned. By highlighting a range of global insights, readers are enabled to reflect on their own strategies, creating order in the domain of enterprise and entrepreneurship education - an order that holds the power to propel the domain of enterprise and entrepreneurship education onwards to new heights. Such highly reflective accounts of how to teach entrepreneurship will be an invaluable guide to educators from numerous backgrounds to contemplate new strategies for teaching enterprise and entrepreneurship in the context of their own choosing"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 18
    ISBN: 9781789901658
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (480 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Wirtschaftsstudium ; Betriebswirtschaftslehre ; Lernmethode ; Lehrmaterial ; Interaktive Medien ; Business education Technological innovations ; Business education Methodology ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: Foreword by john j. Sosik -- Introduction to the handbook of teaching with technology in management, leadership and business -- Part I: Foundations: Concepts, context, and design -- 1. A context for teaching with technology in management, leadership, and business / Stuart Allen, Kim Gower, and Danielle K. Allen -- 2. Using the tpack framework to develop an integrated strategy for teaching management, leadership, and business with technology / Leslie Dinauer -- 3. Technology, culture, leadership, and education: Five orthodoxies / A. J. Grant and Robert Joseph Skovira -- 4. Distance learning - considerations and innovations for business schools / Maureen Snow Andrade -- 5. Creating inclusive online learning for business students with disabilities / Miriam Edwards -- 6. Best practices in the construction of attentional social presence: Securing the attention of multicommunicating audiences in the business world / Jeanine Warisse Turner and Sonja K. Foss -- 7. Outcomes first! Online learning that puts technology in its place / Julie Benesh and Alisha DeWalt -- 8. An administrative perspective: Going online with limited resources / Michael J. Urick 9. Best Practices for New Online Management Education Instructors to Overcome Resistance to Online Teaching: New Insights / Lorianne D. Mitchell -- 10. Business education and technology - an aacsb perspective / Nancy Bagranoff and Stephanie Bryant -- Part II: Applications of technology in teaching and learning -- 11. The role of technology in online case teaching / Bill Schiano -- 12. Teaching with transformational technology: Building a postheroic ethos in leadership education / James J. Jarc and Jonathan P. Jarc -- 13. Peer coaching: A holistic experiential learning process in online leadership classes / Mai P. Trinh -- 14. A move towards mastery: Leveraging technology to create life long learners / Jordan P. Mitchell and Kim Gower -- 15. Reciprocal peer tutoring: A simple strategy for enhancing classroom learning and the academic social environment / Ronald E. Riggio and Rowan Y. Mulligan -- 16. Virtual presentations: Techniques for improved learning outcomes and assessment of student learning in management, leadership, and business / Kyle B. Stone -- 17. Promoting global leadership through collaborative online international learning / Natasha H. Chapman, Anne Spear, Grace Ngai, and Stephen Chan -- 18. Utilizing interactive technology for implementing a flipped classroom for teaching design leadership / James L. Morrison -- 19. Leveraging game design and participatory culture to foster authentic learning / Andrew Feldstein -- 20. Strategies for integration of cognitive apprenticeship into distance learning for adult learners / Kelsey Long and Soo Jeoung "Crystal" Han -- 21. Approaches to writing, transforming, and selecting cases for use in online teaching: A practitioner perspective / Richard McCracken -- Part III: Applications of specific technology tools -- 22. The robots are coming, are you ready? / Terry A. Nelson, Kevin D. Lo, and Sumeet Jhamb -- 23. Increasing student engagement in data-driven management education: Front-facing lightboard technology in the flipped classroom / Heather Staples and Amy C. Lewis -- 24. Improving classroom discussion of self-assessments through polling / Terri A. Scandura -- 25. Learning by listening: Using podcasts to enhance leadership education / Martinella M. Dryburgh -- 26. Smartphone apps for use in management education / Danielle C. Fowler and Lisa T. Stickney -- 27. Insights on the use of free and open educational resources in business and management education / Anthony A. Piña and Kenneth A. Moran -- 28. Using twitter as a technology tool to teach leadership / Courtney "Pearson" Pearson and Kathy L. Guthrie -- 29. Use of social media in Indian MBA classes: Facebook groups in a course on organizational behaviour / Srinivasan Tatachari -- 30. Fostering soft-skills development through learning experience platforms (lxps) / Andrés Dávila Valdiviezo and Maria Crawford -- 31. Teaching with games and gamification: Best practices and future research needs / Kristina N. Bauer, Caribay Garcia-Marquez, and Daniel A. Gandara / 32. Teaching Global Citizen-Leadership by Design: Expanding Learning Opportunities Through Web-based Digital Curation Tools / Ginny Jones Boss -- Part IV: Evaluating and researching the role of technology in teaching and learning -- 33. Why the jury is still out on business simulation games / Meg L. Joseph -- 34. Exploring the drivers and barriers for e-learning system impact in the higher education sector / Norman Lee Dong Chiong and Na Fu -- 35. From the chalkboard to the motherboard: A quasi-experimental comparison of online and on-ground organizational behavior classes / Lorianne D. Mitchell, Jennifer D. Parlamis, G. Elaine Boone, and C. Allen Gorman -- 36. The impact of practice on feedback-providing skills in an online peer review activity / Roman Rietsche, Matthias Söllner, and Jan Marco Leimeister -- 37. Choices, choices, choices: Online and face-to-face options for management students / Katrina Radford, Heather Stewart, and Harsha Sarvaiya -- 38. Adopting assessment for learning (afl) in higher education: Implications for technology deployment / Mairead Brady, Martin R. Fellenz, and Ann Devitt -- Index.
    Abstract: "Ever-evolving technological innovation creates both opportunities and challenges for educators aiming to achieve meaningful and effective learning in the classroom and equip students with a well-honed set of technology skills as they enter the professional world. The Handbook of Teaching with Technology in Management, Leadership and Business is written by experienced instructors using technology in novel and impactful ways in their undergraduate and graduate courses, as well as researchers reporting and reflecting on studies and literature that can guide them on the how and why of teaching with technology. Combining insights from research and practice, this comprehensive Handbook provides a state-of-the-art reflection on the role and effectiveness of technology in management, leadership, and business education. It offers a variety of resources and guidelines for the application of technology across different educational contexts and courses, and explores how specific digital tools, software, and applications have been used in the classroom to promote student engagement, assessment, collaboration, learning, and leadership. The broad range of chapters will support educators, administrators, instructional designers, researchers, chief information officers, and teaching technology developers seeking to expand their knowledge on the use of teaching and learning technologies in higher-education level management, leadership, and business programs"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 19
    ISBN: 9781839109690
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (224 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Frontiers in European entrepreneurship series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Sustainable development ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Sustainable entrepreneurship and entrepreneurial ecosystems: Introduction / Eddy Laveren, Robert Blackburn, Cyrine Ben-Hafaïedh, Cristina Díaz-García and Ángela González-Moreno -- Part I: Sustainable entrepreneurship -- 2. Circular economy and smes: Insights and EU situation / Cristina Díaz-García, Ángela González-Moreno and Francisco J. Sáez-Martínez -- 3. Entrepreneurial cognition, sustainability and venture performance: A machine learning approach / Anna Maija Vuorio And Kaisu Puumalainen -- 4. The way to be green: Determinants of eco-process innovations in the food sector / Maria C. Cuerva, Ángela Triguero and Francisco José Sáez-Martínez -- 5. Emotion as an ethical compass in strategic sustainability decisions / Kirsi Maaria Snellman and Henri Hakala -- Part IIentrepreneurial ecosystems -- 6. Understanding the emergence of the university-based entrepreneurial ecosystem: Comparing the university and company actors' perspectives / Katja Lahikainen -- 7. Under the surface of the agricultural entrepreneurial support ecosystems: Through the lens of complexity leadership theory / Jennie Cederholm Björklund and Jeaneth Johansson -- Part III: Entrepreneurial conditions -- 8. Does family business background matter? Career decision of postgraduate students / Clara Cardone-Riportella, Isabel Feito-Ruiz and David Urbano -- 9. Organisational conditions stimulating the entrepreneurial mindset / Dagmar Ylva Hattenberg, Olga Belousova And Aard J. Groen -- 10. Growth of social and commercial smes - a comparative study / Annu Kotiranta, Saila Tykkyläinen and Kaisu Puumalainen -- Index.
    Abstract: "Sustainable entrepreneurship and entrepreneurial ecosystems research is ever evolving and this timely book stimulates further exploration, offering a research agenda and alternative approaches. Presenting new scientific evidence together with policy and other practical implications, chapters demonstrate the vibrancy and diversity of approaches in the field. Chapters on sustainable entrepreneurship analyse the circular economy, entrepreneurial decision-making logics, the drivers of eco-process innovations and strategic sustainability decision-making. Entrepreneurial ecosystems are investigated through discussion of different ecosystem orientations as factors influencing entrepreneurial behaviour. This thought-provoking book concludes with consideration of the conditions predicting entrepreneurial activity or behaviour, including family background and the growth of social and commercial SMEs. This book's up-to-date analysis and practical insight will prove invaluable to scholars and researchers in entrepreneurship as well as other business and management academics, policy-makers and practitioners"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 20
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781800372016
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (192 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Genossenschaftsmanagement ; Genossenschaft ; Kapitalismus ; Sozialismus ; Management Employee participation ; Democracy ; Socialism ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Preface Introduction: The cooperative firm as an alternative to the capital-owned business enterprise -- 1. Democratic firms and socialism -- 2. An up-to-date model of marxism: A socialist system without any communist colouring -- 3. The revolutionary impetus of marxism versus liberalism -- 4. Do trade unions champion worker interests? -- 5. In what direction goes history? -- 6. The evolution of socialism: From utopia to scientific producer of cooperative economics -- References -- Index.
    Abstract: "This book revolves around the idea that capitalism is not a democratic system and that a system of producer cooperatives, or democratically managed enterprises, gives rise to a new mode of production which is authentically socialist in essence and fully consistent with the ultimate rationale underlying Marx's theoretical approach. The author argues that the cooperative firm system outlined in this book offers a rich array of non-economic benefits that justify its classification as a 'genuinely socialist' entity, with real potential for achieving true economic democracy. This book will be required reading for all economists who are not content with the current capitalist economic system, and yet will still provide intriguing and thought-provoking insights for those who are"--
    Note: Includes index , Includes bibliographical references
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 21
    ISBN: 9781785363337
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (448 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of experimental game theory
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Spieltheorie ; Experiment ; Unvollkommene Information ; Vollkommene Information ; Methodologie ; Game theory ; Electronic books ; Handbuch ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Experimentelle Spieltheorie ; Spieltheorie
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction to the handbook of experimental game theory / C. Mónica Capra, Rachel T.A. Croson, Mary L. Rigdon and Tanya S. Rosenblat -- Part I: A sampling of methodological innovations -- 1. Stochastic game theory for social science: A primer on quantal response equilibrium / Jacob K. Goeree, Charles A. Holt and Thomas R. Palfrey -- 2.the experimetrics of depth-of-reasoning models / Peter G. Moffatt -- -- . The process of choice in games / Giorgio Coricelli, Luca Polonio and Alexander Vostroknutov -- 4. Games with continuous-time experimental protocols / Alexander L. Brown and Daniel G. Stephenson -- 5. Bargaining in the field / Marco Castillo and Ragan Petrie -- Part II: Experiments on static and dynamic games of complete information -- 6.recent advances in experimental coordination games / David J. Cooper and Roberto A. Weber -- 7.public goods, norms and cooperation / Marie Claire Villeval -- 8.cooperation among strangers with and without a monetary system / Maria Bigoni, Gabriele Camera and Marco Casari -- 9. Game-theoretic accounts of social norms: The role of normative expectations / Cristina Bicchieri and Alessandro Sontuoso -- 10. Strategies used by non-human primates in dynamic games / Mackenzie F. Webster, Julia Watzek and Sarah F. Brosnan -- 11. Reciprocity in games with unknown types / Garret Ridinger and Michael McBride -- 12. Behavioral rules / Carlos Alós-Ferrer and Johannes Buckenmaier -- Part III: Experiments on static and dynamic games of incomplete information -- 13. Strategic information transmission: A survey of experiments and theoretical foundations / Andreas Blume, Ernest K. Lai and Wooyoung Lim -- 14. Communication and information in games of collective decision: A survey of experimental results / César Martinelli and Thomas R. Palfrey -- 15. Voting game experiments with incomplete information: A survey / Jens Großer -- 16. Experiments in market design / Siqi Pan -- Index.
    Abstract: "The Handbook of Experimental Game Theory offers a comprehensive analysis of the field, discussing foundational topics that are at the core of applied game theory. It highlights the nuances that scientific experiments have delivered to our understanding of strategic interactions among decision makers. Leading experts explore methodological considerations and games of complete and incomplete information to offer new directions for research in experimental game theory. Chapters demonstrate transformative behavioral research focused on classic topics in game theory such as cooperation and coordination games. Taking a scientific approach to the study of game theory, this innovative Handbook provides an insight into laboratory and field experiments that test game theoretic propositions and suggests new ways of modeling strategic behavior. It takes a forward-thinking position, addressing the challenges inherent in innovations surrounding the measurement of strategic behavior using experimental methods. This Handbook will prove to be a valuable resource for scholars and students who are looking to gain a broader understanding of experimental game theory and how to contribute to its advancement. It will also be of particular interest to researchers in experimental and behavioral economics"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 22
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788970655
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (1,968 Seiten)
    Series Statement: International library of critical writings in economics series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als New directions in the economics of higher education
    DDC: 338.43378
    Keywords: Bildungsökonomik ; Studium ; Education, Higher Economic aspects ; Electronic books ; Übersichtsarbeit ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): 1. Claudia Goldin and Lawrence F. Katz (2008), 'The Race between Education and Technology', in The Race between Education and Technology, Chapter 8, Appendix D.1, [notes and references], London, UK and Massachusetts, USA: Harvard University Press, 287-323 -- 2. David H. Autor, Frank Levy and Richard J. Murnane (2003), 'The Skill Content of Recent Technological Change: An Empirical Exploration', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 118 (4), November, 1279-333 [55] -- 3. David Card (2001), 'Estimating the Return to Schooling: Progress on Some Persistent Econometric Problems', Econometrica, 69 (5), September, 1127-60 [34] -- 4. Pedro Carneiro, James J. Heckman and Edward J. Vytlacil (2011), 'Estimating Marginal Returns to Education', American Economic Review, 101 (6), October, 2754-81 [28] -- 5. Philip Oreopoulos and Uros Petronijevic (2013), 'Making College Worth It: A Review of the Returns to Higher Education', The Future of Children, 23 (1), Spring, 41-65 [25] -- 6. Janet Currie and Enrico Moretti (2003), 'Mother's Education and the Intergenerational Transmission of Human Capital: Evidence from College Openings', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 118 (4), November, 1495-532 [38] -- 7. Carolina Arteaga (2018), 'The Effect of Human Capital on Earnings: Evidence from a Reform at Colombia's Top University', Journal of Public Economics, 157, 212-25 [14] -- 8. Brian Jacob, Brian McCall and Kevin Stange (2018), 'College as Country Club: Do Colleges Cater to Students' Preferences for Consumption?', Journal of Labor Economics, 36 (2), December, 309-48 [40] -- 9. Thomas J. Kane and Cecelia Elena Rouse (1995), 'Labor-Market Returns to Two and Four Year College', American Economic Review, 85 (3), June, 600-14 [15] -- 10. Mark Hoekstra (2009), 'The Effect of Attending the Flagship State University on Earnings: A Discontinuity-Based Approach', Review of Economics and Statistics, 91 (4), 717-24 [8] -- 11. Seth D. Zimmerman (2014), 'The Returns to College Admission for Academically Marginal Students', Journal of Labor Economics, 32 (4), 711-54 [44] -- 12. David J. Deming, Noam Yuchtman, Amira Abulafi, Claudia Goldin and Lawrence F. Katz (2016), 'The Value of Postsecondary Credentials in the Labor Market: An Experimental Study', American Economic Review, 106 (3), March, 778-806 [29] -- 13. Joseph G. Altonji, Erica Blom and Costas Meghir (2012), 'Heterogeneity in Human Capital Investments: High School Curriculum, College Major, and Careers', Annual Review of Economics, 4, 185-223 [39] -- 14. Lars J. Kirkeboen, Edwin Leuven and Magne Mogstad (2016), 'Field of Study, Earnings, and Self-selection', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 131 (3), 1057-112 [56] -- 15. Matthew Wiswall and Basit Zafar (2015), 'Determinants of College Major Choice: Identification using an Information Experiment', Review of Economic Studies, 82 (2), April, 791-824 [34] -- 16. Enrico Moretti (2004), 'Workers' Education, Spillovers, and Productivity: Evidence from Plant-Level Production Functions', American Economic Review, 94 (3), June, 656-90 [35] -- 17. Adam B. Jaffe (1989), 'Real Effects of Academic Research', American Economic Review, 79 (5), December, 957-70 [14] -- 18. Otto Toivanen and Lotta Väänänen (2016), 'Education and Invention', Review of Economics and Statistics, 98 (2), 382-96 [15] -- 19. John Bound, Michael F. Lovenheim and Sarah Turner (2010), 'Why Have College Completion Rates Declined? An Analysis of Changing Student Preparation and Collegiate Resources', American Economic Journal: Applied Economics, 2 (3), July, 129-57 [29]
    Abstract: 20. Kevin M. Stange (2012), 'An Empirical Investigation of the Option Value of College Enrollment', American Economic Journal: Applied Economics, 4 (1), January, 49-84 [36] -- 21. Paco Martorell and Isaac McFarlin Jr. (2011), 'Help or Hindrance? The Effects of College Remediation on Academic and Labor Market Outcomes', Review of Economics and Statistics, 93 (2), May, 436-54 [19] -- 22. Peter Arcidiacono (2005), 'Affirmative Action in Higher Education: How Do Admission and Financial Aid Rules Affect Future Earnings?', Econometrica, 73 (5), September, 1477-524 [48] -- 23. Peter Arcidiacono, Esteban M. Aucejo and V. Joseph Hotz (2016), 'University Differences in the Graduation of Minorities in STEM Fields: Evidence from California', American Economic Review, 106 (3), March, 525-62 [38] -- 24. Surendrakumar Bagde, Dennis Epple and Lowell Taylor (2016), 'Does Affirmative Action Work? Caste, Gender, College Quality, and Academic Success in India', American Economic Review, 106 (6), June, 1495-521 [27] -- 25. Susan M. Dynarski and Judith E. Scott-Clayton (2006), 'The Cost of Complexity in Federal Student Aid: Lessons from Optimal Tax Theory and Behavioral Economics', National Tax Journal, 59 (2), June, 319-56 [38] -- 26. Eric P. Bettinger, Bridget Terry Long, Philip Oreopoulos and Lisa Sanbonmatsu (2012), 'The Role of Application Assistance and Information in College Decisions: Results from the H&R Block Fafsa Experiment', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 127 (3), 1205-242 [38] -- 27. Caroline M. Hoxby and Sarah Turner (2015), 'What High-Achieving Low-Income Students Know About College', American Economic Review, 105 (5), May, 514-17 [4] -- 28. Benjamin L. Castleman and Lindsay C. Page (2016), 'Freshman Year Financial Aid Nudges: An Experiment to Increase FAFSA Renewal and College Persistence', Journal of Human Resources, 51 (2), Spring, 389-415 [27] -- 29. Sarena Goodman (2016), 'Learning from the Test: Raising Selective College Enrollment by Providing Information', Review of Economics and Statistics, 98 (4), October, 671-84 [14] -- 30. Joshua D. Angrist, Daniel Lang and Philip Oreopoulos (2009), 'Incentives and Services for College Achievement: Evidence from a Randomized Trial', American Economic Journal: Applied Economics, 1 (1), January, 136-63 [28] -- 31. Judith Scott-Clayton (2011), 'On Money and Motivation: A Quasi-Experimental Analysis of Financial Incentives for College Achievement', Journal of Human Resources, 46 (3), 614-46 [33] -- 32. Edwin Leuven, Hessel Oosterbeek and Bas van der Klaauw (2010), 'The Effect of Financial Rewards on Students' Achievement: Evidence from a Randomized Experiment', Journal of the European Economic Association, 8 (6), 1243-65 [23] -- 1. Thomas J. Kane, Peter R. Orszag, Emil Apostolov and Robert P. Inman (2005), 'Higher Education Appropriations and Public Universities: Role of Medicaid and the Business Cycle', Brookings-Wharton Papers on Urban Affairs, 99-146 [48] -- 2. Stephanie Riegg Cellini and Claudio Goldin (2014), 'Does Federal Student Aid Raise Tuition? New Evidence on For-Profit Colleges', American Economic Journal: Economic Policy, 6 (4), November, 174-206 [33] -- 3. Pietro Garibaldi, Francesco Giavazzi, Andrea Ichino and Enrico Rettore (2012), 'College Cost and Time to Complete a Degree: Evidence from Tuition Discontinuities', Review of Economics and Statistics, 94 (3), August, 699-711 [13] -- 4. Jeffrey T. Denning (2017), 'College on the Cheap: Consequences of Community College Tuition Reductions', American Economic Journal: Economic Policy, 9 (2), May, 155-88 [34] -- 5. Susan M. Dynarski (2003), 'Does Aid Matter? Measuring the Effect of Student Aid on College Attendance and Completion', American Economic Review, 93 (1), March, 279-88 [10] -- 6. Wilbert Van Der Klaauw (2002), 'Estimating the Effect of Financial Aid Offers on College Enrollment: A Regression-Discontinuity Approach', International Economic Review, 43 (4), November, 1249-87 [39]
    Abstract: 7. Sarah R. Cohodes and Joshua S. Goodman (2014), 'Merit Aid, College Quality, and College Completion: Massachusetts' Adams Scholarship as an In-Kind Subsidy', American Economic Journal: Applied Economics, 6 (4), October, 251-85 [35] -- 8. Gabrielle Fack and Julien Grenet (2015), 'Improving College Access and Success for Low-Income Students: Evidence from a Large Need-Based Grant Program', American Economic Journal: Applied Economics, 7 (2), April, 1-34 [34] -- 9. Benjamin M. Marx and Lesley J. Turner (2018), 'Borrowing Trouble? Human Capital Investment with Opt-in Costs and Implications for the Effectiveness of Grant Aid', American Economic Journal: Applied Economics, 10 (2), April, 163-201 [39] -- 10. Pedro Carneiro and James Heckman (2002), 'The Evidence on Credit Constraints in Post-Secondary Schooling', Economic Journal, 112 (482), October, 705-34 [30] -- 11. Lance J. Lochner and Alexander Monge-Naranjo (2011), 'The Nature of Credit Constraints and Human Capital', American Economic Review, 101 (6), October, 2487-529 [43] -- 12. Ralph Stinebrickner and Todd Stinebrickner (2008), 'The Effect of Credit Constraints on the College Drop-out Decision: A Direct Approach Using a New Panel Study', American Economic Review, 98 (5), December, 2163-84 [22] -- 13. Harald Beyer, Justine Hastings, Christopher Neilson and Seth Zimmerman (2015), 'Connecting Student Loans to Labor Market Outcomes: Policy Lessons from Chile', American Economic Review, 105 (5), May, 508-13 [6] -- 14. Alex Solis (2017), 'Credit Access and College Enrollment', Journal of Political Economy, 125 (2), April, 562-622 [61] -- 15. Michael F. Lovenheim and C. Lockwood Reynolds (2013), 'The Effect of Housing Wealth on College Choice: Evidence from the Housing Boom', Journal of Human Resources, 48 (1), 1-35 [35] -- 16. Scott E. Carrell and James E. West (2010), 'Does Professor Quality Matter? Evidence from Random Assignment of Students to Professors', Journal of Political Economy, 118 (3), June, 409-32 [24] -- 17. Robert W. Fairlie, Florian Hoffmann and Philip Oreopoulos (2014), 'A Community College Instructor like Me: Race and Ethnicity Interactions in the Classroom', American Economic Review, 104 (8), August, 2567-91 [25] -- 18. David N. Figlio, Morton O. Schapiro and Kevin B. Soter (2015), 'Are Tenure Track Professors Better Teachers?', Review of Economics and Statistics, 97 (4), October, 715-24 [10] -- 19. Eric P. Bettinger, Lindsay Fox, Susanna Loeb and Eric S. Taylor (2017), 'Virtual Classrooms: How Online College Courses Affect Student Success', American Economic Review, 107 (9), September, 2855-75 [21] -- 20. Robert W. Fairlie and Rebecca A. London (2012), 'The Effects of Home Computers on Educational Outcomes: Evidence from a Field Experiment with Community College Students', Economic Journal, 122 (561), June, 727-53 [27] -- 21. Bruce Sacerdote (2001), 'Peer Effects with Random Assignment: Results for Dartmouth Roommates', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 116 (2), May, 681-704 [24] -- 22. Scott E. Carell, Bruce I. Sacerdote and James E. West (2013), 'From Natural Variation to Optimal Policy? The Importance of Endogenous Peer Group Formation', Econometrica, 81 (3), May, 855-82 [28] -- 23. Adam S. Booij, Edwin Leuven and Hessel Oosterbeek (2017), 'Ability Peer Effects in University: Evidence from a Randomized Experiment', Review of Economic Studies, 84 (2), 547-78 [32] -- 24. Fabian Waldinger (2016), 'Bombs, Brains, and Science: The Role of Human and Physical Capital for the Creation of Scientific Knowledge', Review of Economics and Statistics, 98 (5), December, 811-31 [21] -- 25. Pierre Azoulay, Joshua S. Graff Zivin and Jialan Wang (2010), 'Superstar Extinction', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 125 (2), May, 549-89 [41] -- 26. George J. Borjas and Kirk B. Doran (2012), 'The Collapse of the Soviet Union and the Productivity of American Mathematicians', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 127 (3), 1143-203 [61] -- 27. Gordon C. Winston (1999), 'Subsidies, Hierarchy and Peers: The Awkward Economics of Higher Education', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 13 (1), Winter, 13-36 [24] -- 28. Ronald G. Ehrenberg (2012), 'American Higher Education in Transition', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 26 (1), Winter, 193-216 [24] -- 29. Caroline M. Hoxby (2015), 'Endowment Management Based on a Positive Model of the University' in Jeffrey R. Brown, Caroline M. Hoxby (eds), How the Financial Crisis and Great Recession Affected Higher Education, Chapter 1, Chicago, USA: University of Chicago Press, 15-41 [27] -- 30. Dennis Epple, Richard Romano and Holger Sieg (2006), 'Admission, Tuition, and Financial Aid Policies in the Market for Higher Education', Econometrica, 74 (4), 885-928 [44] -- 31. Chistopher N. Avery, Mark E. Glickman, Caroline M. Hoxby and Andrew Metrick (2013), 'A Revealed Preference Ranking of U.S. Colleges and Universities', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 128 (1), 425-67 [43]
    Abstract: "The 63 seminal papers presented in this two-volume collection provide an overview of the vibrant and growing field of the economics of higher education. Covering the full breadth of the topic, the sections of the collection cover the returns to higher education, college attendance and completion, higher education financing, educational production, and the market for higher education. An original introductory chapter by the editors puts the collected papers into the perspective of developments in the wider literature on the economics of higher education over the past decade"--
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 23
    ISBN: 9781839109508
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (256 pages)
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als 30 years of transition in Europe
    DDC: 330.94
    Keywords: Entwicklung ; Systemtransformation ; Politischer Wandel ; Wirtschaftsreform ; Wirtschaftspolitik ; Geschichte ; Mitteleuropa ; Osteuropa ; Südosteuropa ; Economic development ; Economic history ; Economic policy ; Europe History 20th century ; Europe Economic conditions 20th century ; Europe ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Europäische Union ; Wirtschaftspolitik ; Geschichte
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- PART I A historic transformation: heterogeneity in CESEE in a changing global context -- 1 Looking back on 30 years of transition - and looking 30 years ahead / Robert Holzmann -- 2 1989: the year of the great ambivalence / Anton Pelinka -- 3 The price of unity: the transformation of Germany and Eastern Europe after 1989 / Philipp Ther -- PART II A central banker's view on monetary policy during transition -- 4 Monetary policy challenges during transition: the case of Serbia / Jorgovanka Tabaković and Ana Ivković -- 5 Monetary milestones of the past 30 years: the Czech National Bank's view / Jiří Rusnok -- 6 Croatia - from hyperinflation to the road to the euro area / Boris Vujčić and Katja Gattin Turkalj -- PART III Modes of transition: the impact of different economic policy approaches -- 7 Ten lessons from thirty years of post-communist economic transformation / Anders Åslund -- 8 The impact of different transition patterns and approaches on economic development in EU-CEE11, Russia and Ukraine / Marina Gruševaja -- 9 Central, Eastern and Southeastern Europe's reunion with Europe / Andrzej Sławiński -- PART IV Lessons from three decades of catching-up in Asia -- 10 Catching-up in Central and Eastern Europe and East Asia - commonalities and differences / Michael A. Landesmann -- 11 Chinese multinationals in East Central Europe: structural, institutional or political considerations? / Ágnes Szunomár -- PART V Challenges for CESEE's near future: monetary and financial stability -- 12 Did macroprudential policies play a role in stabilizing the credit and capital flow cycle in CESEE? / Markus Eller, Helene Schuberth and Lukas Vashold -- 13 30 years of monetary and exchange rate regimes in Central and Eastern Europe: what has changed, and what is next? / Johannes Wiegand -- PART VI The future of CESEE: the impact of megatrends -- 14 At the start of a new leadership of the European Commission and the European Central Bank: where is the place of Central and Eastern Europe? / Martin Selmayr -- 15 Will the EU overcome the East-West divide? / Ada Ámon -- 16 Demographic change in Central, Eastern and Southeastern Europe: trends, determinants and challenges / Tomáš Sobotka and Alexia Fürnkranz-Prskawetz -- 17 The demographic challenge of Eastern Europe and potential policy options / Mario Holzner -- Index.
    Abstract: "This thought-provoking book investigates the political and economic transformation that has taken place over the past three decades in Central, Eastern and Southeastern Europe (CESEE) since the fall of the Iron Curtain. Through an examination of both the successes and shortcomings of post communist reform and the challenges ahead for the region, it explores the topical issues of economic transition and integration, highlighting important lessons to be learned. Featuring contributions from both top academics and experienced policymakers, 30 Years of Transition in Europe first discusses the process of transition in CESEE from a historical perspective, analysing the impacts of differing approaches on economic and monetary policy, the role of central banks and the speed of reform in various countries of the region. Chapters also compare CESEE transformations to emerging economies in Asia, and examine contemporary concerns around financial and monetary stability, as well as exploring the long-term determinants of economic growth such as digitalization, climate change and demographic trends. Economists, central bankers, and policymakers in the banking sector and other international financial organizations will find this book an enlightening read. It will also be useful for academics in economics and politics with a particular interest in emerging European economies and European integration"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 24
    ISBN: 9781839105098
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 Seiten)
    Edition: Second edition
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Organisatorischer Wandel ; Organisationstheorie ; Philosophie ; Organizational change Philosophy ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction - 'changing philosophies' -- 2. The theory philosophy: 'changing theories' -- 3. The rational philosophy: 'changing plans' -- 4. The biological philosophy: 'changing organisms' -- 5. The models philosophy: 'changing consultants' -- 6. The institutional philosophy: 'changing conformity' -- 7. The resource philosophy: 'changing opportunities' -- 8. The psychological philosophy: 'changing minds' -- 9. The systems philosophy: 'changing everything' -- 10. The cultural philosophy: 'changing values' -- 11. The critical philosophy: 'changing realities' -- 12. The innovation philosophy: 'changing ideas' -- 13. The dualities philosophy: 'changing tensions' -- 14. Conclusion: 'changing futures' -- Index.
    Abstract: "This revised and extended second edition evaluates the diverse approaches to organizational change that have defined the field. Explaining the assumptions and implications that accompany these diverse philosophies, this book demystifies the complexities of conflicting perspectives and delivers valuable insights into the research and practice of organizational change. Philosophies of Organizational Change employs a critical analysis of scholarly writings that have shaped the evolution of alternative perspectives on change. It examines twelve unique approaches to change, charting the territory from philosophy and theory to practice and implications. By uncovering the deep assumptions associated with organizational change, the book supplies readers with a comprehensive analytical toolkit with which to pursue change in an unprecedented era of organizational disruption. Offering a guide through contradictory approaches to implementing change, this book will appeal to scholars and researchers in organization theory. It will also be valuable for MBA and DBA students, as well as undergraduate business students engaging with critical debates on theories and tools for introducing change"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 25
    ISBN: 9781788971966
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (800 pages)
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook of responsible management
    DDC: 174.4
    Keywords: Corporate Social Responsibility ; Nachhaltigkeit ; Unternehmensethik ; Business ethics ; Business ethics ; Unternehmensethik ; Electronic books ; Handbuch ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents -- Part I: Setting the stage -- 1. Mapping the emerging field of responsible management: domains, spheres, themes, and future research / Oliver Laasch, Roy Suddaby, R. Edward Freeman and Dima Jamali -- 2. Can management ever be responsible? Alternative organizing and the three irresponsibilities of management / Kiri Langmead, Chris Land and Daniel King -- 3. What 'are' responsible management? A conceptual potluck / Archie B. Carroll, Nancy J. Adler, Henry Mintzberg, François Cooren, Roy Suddaby, R. Edward Freeman and Oliver Laasch -- Part II: Iconic views -- 4. Mintzberg on (ir)responsible management / Henry Mintzberg and Oliver Laasch -- 5 from managerial responsibility to csr and back to responsible management / Archie B. Carroll and Oliver Laasch -- 6. Responsible management as re-enchantment and retrovation / Roy Suddaby and Oliver Laasch -- 7. Responsible leadership and management: key distinctions and shared concerns / Nancy J. Adler and Oliver Laasch -- 8. From 'management sucks' to 'responsible management rocks!' / R. Edward Freeman and Oliver Laasch -- Part III: Management frameworks -- 9. Sustainability management from a responsible management perspective / Markus Beckmann, Stefan Schaltegger and Nancy E. Landrum -- 10. Responsible leadership and/versus responsible management / Tânia M. G. Marques and Jorge F. S. Gomes -- 11. Ethics management and ethical management: mapping criteria and interventions to support responsible management practice / Mihaela Constantinescu and Muel Kaptein -- 12. Responsible governance: broadening the corporate governance discourse to include positive duties and collective action / Rob van Tulder and Eveline van Mil -- 13. Humanistic management as integrally responsible management? / Michael Pirson -- 14. Bioinspiration as a guide for responsible management / Taryn L. Mead and Nancy E. Landrum -- Part IV: Glocal and spiritual perspectives -- 15. The United Nations global compact and the sustainable development goals / Andreas Rasche -- 16. the multinational perspective on responsible management: managing risk-responsibility trade-offs across borders / Rob van Tulder -- 17. Responsible management: an indigenous perspective / Jason Paul Mika, Rick Colbourne and Shamika Almeida -- 18. Islamic perspective of responsible management / Yusuf Sidani -- 19. Catholic social teaching and responsible management / Domènec Melé -- 20. Responsible management with Chinese characteristics / Pingping Fu, Qing Qu, Bo Yang and Huihua Jiang -- 21. The Japanese perspective on responsible management / Naoki Kuriyama -- 22. Responsible managers for the common good: African (Igbo and Yoruba) perspectives on responsible management / Kemi Ogunyemi and Ogechi Obiorah -- 23. "Honorable merchant" and "handshake quality": interpretations of individually responsible leadership / Stéphanie Looser and Joachim Schwalbach -- 24. American pragmatism and responsible management: the role of John Dewey / Svetlana N. Dmitrieva, R. Edward Freeman and Sergiy D. Dmytriyev -- Part V: Conceptualizing process and practices -- 25. Corporate social responsibility at the individual level of analysis: research findings that inform responsible management "in the wild" / Chelsea R. Willness, David A. Jones, Nicole Strah and Deborah E. Rupp -- 26. Enacting responsible management: a practice-based perspective / Oriana Milani Price, Silvia Gherardi and Marie Manidis -- 27. Beauty of responsible management: the lens and methodology of organizational aesthetics / Antonio Strati -- 28. The emerging logic of responsible management: institutional pluralism, leadership, and strategizing / Nevena Radoynovska, William Ocasio and Oliver Laasch -- 29. Responsible management of sustainability tensions: a paradoxical approach to grand challenges / Connie Van der Byl, Natalie Slawinski and Tobias Hahn -- 30. Consensus vs. dissensus: the communicative constitution of responsible management / Dennis Schoeneborn, Hannah Trittin-Ulbrich and François Cooren -- 31. Managing the past responsibly: a collective memory perspective on responsibility, sustainability and ethics / Sébastien Mena and Jukka Rintamäki -- Part VI: Learning and development -- 32. Responsible managers' workplace learning / Olga Andrianova and Elena Antonacopoulou -- 33. Responsible management unlearning / Tali Padan and Nhien Nguyen -- 34. Differentiating csr managers' roles and competencies: taking conflicts as a starting point / Renate Wesselink and Eghe R. Osagie -- 35. Giving voice to values: responsible management as facilitation of ethical voice / Carsten Tams and Mary C. Gentile -- 36. A strength-based approach to responsible management: professional moral courage and moral competency / Leslie E. Sekerka -- 37. The dynamics of responsible careers and their impact on societal issues: a conceptual framework / Svenja Tams -- Part VII: Innovation and change -- 38. Responsible job crafting / Lorenzo Bizzi -- 39. Whistleblowing as a crucial practice for responsible management / Luca Carollo, Simone Pulcher and Marco Guerci -- 40. Responsible management of innovation in business / Thomas B. Long, Edurne Iñigo and Vincent Blok -- 41. Social innovation: specifying pathways for impact / Christian Seelos and Johanna Mair -- 42. Innovating business models for sustainability: an essential practice for responsible managers / Steve Kennedy and Nancy Bocken -- 43. Institutional work and (ir)responsible management / Lauren McCarthy and Sébastien Mena -- 44. Memes, transformational change, and responsible leadership / Sandra Waddock -- Part VIIi engaged research -- 45. Critically responsible management: agonistic answers to antagonistic questions 686 marton racz and simon parker -- 46. Realizing the critical performative potential of responsible organizational research through participant action research / Kiri Langmead and Daniel King -- 47. Inquiring into change and innovation for greater responsibility through an appreciative inquiry lens / 'Alim J. Beveridge, Lindsey Godwin and Ignacio Pavez -- 48. Creating standards for responsible translation of management research for practitioners / Isabelle Yi Ren and Jean M. Bartunek -- 49. Using the past responsibly: what responsible managers and management academics can learn from historians' professional ethics / Christian Stutz and Judith Schrempf-Stirling -- Index.
    Abstract: "Outlining both historical foundations and the latest research trends, this Research Handbook offers a unique and cutting-edge overview of the numerous avenues to responsible management. Opening with a conceptual mapping of the field, thought leaders such as Henry Mintzberg and Archie Carroll present foundational and controversial views. Frameworks such as sustainability management, responsible leadership, humanistic and biomimetic management are introduced. Glocal approaches include responsible management with Chinese characteristics, West African Yoruba, and American Pragmatism. Exploring frameworks for the responsible management process, such as theories of practice, and for responsible management learning and innovation, readers are introduced to key methods responsible management research, such as participatory action research. Groundbreaking in scope and depth, this Handbook caters to the responsible management research community, particularly to the Academy of Management and to United Nations PRME signatory business schools. Policymakers and practitioners will benefit from its insight into the latest advances in responsible management research"--
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 26
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781800370890
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (528 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Heterodoxe Ökonomik ; Ökonomische Ideengeschichte ; Wirtschaftswissenschaft ; Economics ; Electronic books ; Interview
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- Foreword I: Professor Geoffrey Harcourt -- Foreword II: Professor Sheila Dow -- Introduction The Biographies of the Interviewees -- Part 1: Round one (R1) interviews (2018) i. Professor Victoria Chick ii. Professor Tim Congdon CBE iii Professor Paul Davidson iv. Professor Kevin Dowd v. Professor Roger Farmer vi. Professor Charles Goodhart FBA vii. Professor Geoffrey Harcourt viii. Dr. James Juniper ix. Professor Andrew Kliman x. Professor Marc Lavoie xi. Professor William (Bill) Mitchell xii. Warren Mosler xiii. Dr. Thomas Palley xiv. Professor Ricardo Reis xv. Professor Malcolm Sawyer xvi. Professor Willi Semmler xvii. Professor Anwar Shaikh xviii. Professor Englebert Stockhammer xix. Professor Martin Watts xx. Professor L. Randall Wray Part 2: Round Two (R2) 2019 i. Professor David Colander ii. Professor Sheila Dow iii. Professor Scott Ferguson iv. Professor Geoff Hodgson v. Professor Jonathan Joseph vi. Professor Steve Keen vii. Professor Tony Lawson viii. Professor Jamie Morgan ix. Dr. Ioana Negru x. Professor Nick Potts xi. Professor John Smithin Conclusion Bibliography Appendix 1: R1 and R2 questions Appendix 2: MMT White Paper by Warren Mosler Index.
    Abstract: "In a series of in-depth interviews with leading economists and policymakers from different schools including Austrian, Monetarist, New-Keynesian, Post-Keynesian, Modern Monetary Theory, Marxist, Sraffian and Institutionalist, this intriguing book sheds light upon the behaviour of economists and the sociology of the economics profession by enabling economists to express their views on a wide range of issues. Exploring why the aftermath of the 2008 global financial crisis did not pave the way for an uptake in heterodox economic approaches, these key thinkers consider why mainstream economics still reigns supreme and explore whether an alternative approach can be developed to rival it. The most important issues facing the discipline are addressed, and the book offers a particular focus upon the extent to which radical economists can work together to provide a genuine alternative to orthodoxy. The analytical responses to important questions posed to each interviewee make this a critical read for practising economists both inside and outside of academia. It will also be a thought-provoking book for economics students focusing both on orthodox and heterodox viewpoints, as it offers important insights to the nuances between a vast range of different schools of thought"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 27
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781839105623
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (272 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Wirtschaftswissenschaft ; Ökonomische Ideengeschichte ; Wirtschaftstheorie ; Economic policy ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- 1. Puzzles and Myths: A General Overview -- 2. Puzzles in International Finance -- 3. Puzzles in International Economics and Macroeconomics -- 4. Puzzles in Finance -- 5. The Myths of Econometrics -- 6. The Myths of Laissez Faire -- 7. The Myths of Financial Economics -- 8. The Myths of Macroeconomics -- 9. The Mother of all Myths: Do the Royals Attract Tourists? -- 10. Epilogue: Puzzles and Myths in Economics and Finance -- References -- Index.
    Abstract: "In this fascinating book, Imad A. Moosa challenges existing preconceptions surrounding normative economics, arguing that what some economists see as undisputed facts of life may be myths caused by dogmatic thinking. With this in mind, Moosa argues that the alleged puzzles found in the economics and finance literature are not puzzles at all, because they can be explained intuitively, without the need for complex models or the extravaganza of econometrics. Plausible explanations are suggested for puzzles in various areas of economics and finance, such as the home bias puzzle, the PPP puzzle and the presidential puzzle. The author explains why some common beliefs are, in fact, myths, including those of the power of the market, inefficiency of the public sector and the use of low-interest policy to combat the depression caused by the 2020 coronavirus outbreak. Controversies in Economics and Finance is a thought-provoking and stimulating read that exposes common flaws in economic analysis. It will be of great benefit to academics, graduate students and policy makers looking to understand the limits of economic analysis"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 28
    ISBN: 9781788974387
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (480 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook on the temporal dynamics of organizational behavior
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Verhalten in Organisationen ; Zeit ; Organisationsforschung ; Methodologie ; Organizational behavior ; Electronic books ; Handbuch ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- Introduction to the handbook on the temporal dynamics of organizational behavior / Yannick Griep and Samantha D. Hansen -- Part I: The need to look at organizational behavior from a dynamic perspective -- 1. How a dynamic way of thinking can challenge existing knowledge in organizational behavior / Hannes Zacher and Cort W. Rudolph -- 2. Principles for taking a dynamic perspective / Christopher R. Dishop, Jeffrey Olenick, and Richard P. DeShon -- Part II: A dynamic look at organizational behavior topics -- 3. Keeping up with the pace of change: a recipient-centered perspective on change and its outcomes / Irina Nikolova and Jeroen de Jong -- 4. A temporal perspective on work-family experiences / Marijke Verbruggen, Elisabeth Abraham, and Lynn Germeys -- 5 a temporal perspective on organizational citizenship behavior and counterproductive work behavior / Reeshad S. Dalal and Linden T. Hughes -- 6 temporal and person-oriented perspectives on job insecurity / Katharina Klug, Claudia Bernhard-Oettel, Eva Selenko, and Magnus Sverke -- 7. A temporal perspective on work design and job crafting / Lotta K. Harju and Maria Tims -- 8. A temporal perspective on psychological contracts / Tim Vantilborgh, Yang Yang, and Jiahong Du -- 9. From split seconds to lifetimes: the temporal fabric of fairness dynamics / Camille Desjardins and Marion Fortin -- 10. A dynamic capabilities view of talent acquisition: Resource verification and risk management / David J. Finch and Nadege Levallet -- 11. A temporal look at decision making / Jason L. Harman, Justin Weinhardt, and John-Luke McCord -- 12. Temporal development of job attitudes during the first two years on the job: a meta-analysis of longitudinal studies / Omar N. Solinger and Jesse T. Vullinghs -- 13. Dynamic personality at work / Nadin Beckmann and Robert E. Wood -- 14. A temporal perspective on emotions / Annika Nübold, Peter Kuppens, and Philippe Verduyn -- 15. A dynamic perspective on workplace motivation / James W. Beck and Anna F. Gödöllei -- 16. A temporal approach to studying organizational leadership / Jesse T. Vullinghs and Edina Dóci -- 17. A temporal perspective on teams / Antonio Cunha Meneses Abrantes, Thomas A. O'Neill, and Ana Margarida Passos -- 18. The temporal perspective on well-being at work: lessons learned and future trends / Despoina Xanthopoulou, Kevin Daniels, and Ana Isabel Sanz-Vergel -- 19. A temporal perspective on workplace safety / Jeremy M. Beus -- Part III: A method toolbox -- 20. Discontinuous growth models: illustrations, recommendations, and an r function for generating the design matrix / Paul D. Bliese, Jason Kautz, and Jonas W. B. Lang -- 21. Mixture modeling for organizational behavior research / Alexandre J. S. Morin, Matthew J. W. McLarnon, and David Litalien -- 22. Computational modeling: getting dynamic theory correct / Jeffrey B. Vancouver and Cassandra E. Colton -- 23. Thinking longitudinal: a framework for scientific inferences with temporal data / Christopher R. Dishop, Michael T. Braun, Goran Kuljanin, and Richard P. DeShon -- 24. Studying within-person processes using intensive longitudinal methods / Harris Rubin -- Index.
    Abstract: "For more than a decade, organizational behavior scholars have highlighted the importance of studying phenomena through a temporal lens by focusing on the role of time and its various implications for research. When a phenomenon occurs, what aspects of the phenomena are being influenced, how these aspects are being influenced, and why this influence occurs are considerations of the utmost importance when trying to understand the full essence of organizational behavior. Handbook on the Temporal Dynamics of Organizational Behavior is designed to help scholars begin to address the temporal shortcomings in the extant organizational behavior literature. The handbook provides conceptual and methodological reasons to study organizational behavior from a dynamic perspective and offers new conceptual and theoretical insights on some of the most popular organizational behavior topics. By providing the methodological and analytical tools needed to translate dynamic ideas into dynamic reality, this handbook will become a guiding light for scholars, academic audiences, and evidence-based management practitioners who wish to tackle the challenges of dynamic organizational behavior research"--
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 29
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781789909876
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (208 pages)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Industrial organization ; Industrial management ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction in search of a third lens -- 1. Why organize? -- 2. Space, our friend -- 3. Imagination -- 4. The meeting of two organizational worlds -- 5. Reverse journey -- 6. And then there was silence -- 7. In search of freedom in the corporation -- 8. In transition -- Coda: being there -- Appendix: a note on narrative collage for ethnographers -- Bibliography -- Index.
    Abstract: "Organising is made possible by sense-making. This book represents a narrative quest for a symbolic grounding to help leaders in times when stable social structures and institutions dissolve and disappear. Monika Kostera approaches this sense-making process through innovative and exciting research methods, collecting stories from participants and exploring plots and outcomes of an imagined meeting between two symbolic worlds: one of the internal and imaginative and the other of the external and corporate. Investigating the spatiality and temporality of these stories, the author offers critical implications for educational practice, arguing that teachers should engage and develop students' imagination and creativity to question the hidden rules of social settings and interactions in organisational and business situations. Innovative and visionary in scope, this book will be critical for researchers of organisation theory at all levels, particularly those looking for new research methods and applications. Students of business and organisational studies will also benefit from its unique insights into business-related settings, as well as leaders and practitioners searching for innovative directions in business environments"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 30
    ISBN: 9781788971188
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (624 pages)
    Edition: Second edition
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management series
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on employee voice
    DDC: 658.3152
    RVK:
    Keywords: Mitbestimmung ; Betriebsrat ; Gewerkschaft ; Arbeitsbeziehungen ; Management Employee participation ; Communication in organizations ; Management Handbooks, manuals, etc Employee participation ; Research ; Communication in organizations Handbooks, manuals, etc Research ; Electronic books ; Handbuch ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Mitbestimmung
    Abstract: Contents: Part I. Perspectives and theories of voice -- 1. Employee voice: Bridging new terrains and disciplinary boundaries / Adrian Wilkinson, Tony Dundon, Jimmy Donaghey and Richard Freeman -- 2. Employee voice before Hirschman: Its early history, conceptualization, and practice / Bruce E. Kaufman -- 3. Hirschman and voice / Matthew M.C. Allen -- 4. Employee voice and the transaction cost economics project / Paul Willman, Alex Bryson, Rafael Gomez and Tobias Kretschmer -- 5. Industrial democracy in the twenty-first century / Catherine Casey -- 6. Labour process / Abigail Marks and Shiona Chillas -- 7. Employee voice and silence in organizational behavior / Chad T. Brinsfield and Marissa Edwards -- Part II. Actors -- 8. Managing voice: An employers perpective / Peter Holland -- 9. Line managers / Keith Townsend and Paula Mowbray -- 10. Union voice / Sarah Kaine -- 11. The missing employee in employee voice research / Dionne M. Pohler, Andrew A. Luchak, & J.M. Harmer -- 12. The expression of worker voice through civil society organizations / Edmund Heery and Stephen Williams -- 13. Employee voice and democracy: A critique of national and transnational laws / Glenn Patmore -- Part III. Voice processes -- 14. Collective bargaining / Virginia Doellgast and Chiara Benassi -- 15. Works councils / Werner Nienhüser -- 16. Joint consultative committees / Amanda Pyman -- 17. Individual voice: Grievance and other procedures / David Lewin -- 18. High performance work systems and employee voice / Bill Harley -- 19. Task-based voice and teamworking / Stephen Procter, Jos Benders and Jonas Ingvaldesen -- 20. Workplace partnership / Stewart Johnstone -- 21. Voice in the mutual gains organization / Ariel C. Avgar, Stacey Sekwao, Phoebe Strom -- 22. Non-union employee representation / Tony Dobbins and Tony Dundon -- 23. Employee and collective voice engagement: Being psychologically present when speaking up at work / Jamie A. Gruman and Alan M. Saks -- 24. Individual voice in informal and formal contexts in organizations / Deirdre O'Shea and Kevin Murphy -- 25. Whistleblowing / Kate Kenny, Wim Vandekerckhov and Muhammad Irfan -- Part IV. Evaluating voice 26. Voice across borders: Comparing and explaining the dynamic of participation in a context of change / Maria González Menéndez and Miguel Martínez Lucio -- 27. Employee silence / Niall Cullinane and Jimmy Donaghey -- 28. Diversity management and missing voices / Jawad Syed -- 29. The internet, the web and social media: The promise and practice of e-voice / Louise Thornthwaite, Craig Macmillan and Alison Barnes -- 30. Charting voice in a developing economy: The case of China / Jenny Chan -- Part V. Future directions on voice -- 31. Workplace voice: Assessing its impact on the individual and the organization / Brian Klaas -- 32. Integrating voice : Voice within hospitals: Reciprocal relationship between employee voice related to patient care with working conditions voice / Adrian Wilkinson, Michael Barry, Paula Mowbray and Ariel Avgar -- 33. The future of employee voice / Senia Kalfa and John W. Budd -- Index.
    Abstract: "This thoroughly revised second edition presents up-to-date analysis from various academic streams and disciplines that illuminate our understanding of employee voice from a range of different perspectives. This wide-ranging Handbook demonstrates that research on employee voice has gone beyond union and non-union voices to build a wider and deeper knowledge base. Exploring the previously under-represented paradigm of the organisational behaviour approach, new chapters take account of a broader conceptualisation of employee voice. Written by expert contributors, this Handbook explores the meaning and impact of employee voice for various stakeholders and considers the ways in which these actors engage with voice processes such as collective bargaining, individual processes, mutual gains, task-based voice and grievance procedures. This comprehensive Handbook will enable the reader to engage with the debates surrounding employee voice and help extend our overall understanding of what goes on in workplaces at the heart of modern economies. This second edition of the Handbook of Research on Employee Voice will be a vital resource for academics and students researching human resource management, organisational behaviour and employment relations, while its forward thinking approach will also appeal to policy makers, employers and union officials"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 31
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788117449
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 pages)
    Series Statement: New horizons in innovation management series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Damanpour, Fariborz Organizational innovation
    Keywords: Organizational change ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- Part I. Innovations and organizations -- 1. Research on organizational innovation -- 2. Concepts, theories, and contexts -- Part II. Elements of organizational innovation -- 3. Types of innovation - technical, nontechnical, hybrid -- 4. Spectrum of innovation radicalness -- 5. Process of innovation - generation, adoption -- 6. Openness of innovation process -- Part III. Sources of innovations in organizations -- 7. Primary antecedents of organizational innovation -- 8. Moderators, mediators, and measurement of innovation -- Part IV. Performance consequences of innovation -- 9. Innovation and organizational performance -- 10. Innovation pattern, complementarity, and performance -- References -- Index.
    Abstract: "This comprehensive book synthesises research from the past 50 years of innovation studies, addressing the main elements and providing a connected perspective on innovation within organizations. It explores the generation and adoption of both technological and non-technological innovations, offering a coherent and systematic view of the process. Fariborz Damanpour examines innovation activity and internal mechanisms and processes in both business and non-business organizations, providing an overview of key concepts, terms and theory. Insights from behavioral, economic and structure-based perspectives are used to explain existing findings and help the reader navigate current research on the management of innovation, as well as offering ideas and frameworks to guide new studies. Organizational Innovation will be an invaluable resource for researchers and graduate-level students of management and organization studies, particularly those working on the management of innovation and technology. It will also prove useful to educators in the field as a reference work for students"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 32
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781789906721
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (104 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Game changers and ground breakers series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Gründungsausbildung ; Wirtschaftsforschung ; Welt ; Businesspeople ; Entrepreneurship ; Entrepreneurship Research ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- 1. Scholarship, knowledge, concepts -- 2. Entrepreneurship as an academic subject -- 3. Knowledge and reality -- 4. Scholar and entrepreneur -- 5. A framework for scholarly inquiry -- 6. Awakening the entrepreneurial scholar -- Conclusion -- References -- Index.
    Abstract: "What does it mean to be an entrepreneurial scholar? Dimo Dimov draws on an eclectic range of philosophical ideas to investigate the study of entrepreneurs and makes the case for entrepreneurial scholarship to become more holistic, dynamic, and future oriented. This thought-provoking book argues that entrepreneurs seek to put knowledge in the service of the future, whereas scholars seek to put the future in the service of knowledge. Engaging with this tension, Dimov explores the relationship between the study of entrepreneurship and the entrepreneurs who are studied. Creating a framework for entrepreneurial scholarship, this concise book highlights four distinct styles and approaches to the field: theoretical, integrative, craft, and clinical. He invites reflection on the role and place of entrepreneurs in modern society, and puts the case that the entrepreneurial scholar should embrace inter-disciplinarity as a way of engaging with entrepreneurship as a holistic experience, and draw on design science as a way of improving the art and skills of entrepreneurship. This innovative book will be a stimulating read for academics and students of entrepreneurship, and its accessible format will also appeal to reflective practitioners"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 33
    ISBN: 9781788973304
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (240 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Wirtschaftsliberalismus ; Spiritualität ; Weltanschauung ; Welt ; Neoliberalism Religious aspects ; Neoliberalism Psychological aspects ; Spirituality ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Towards radical subjects: Workplace spirituality as neoliberal governance in American business / James Dennis LoRusso -- 2. Running to stay in the same place? Personal development work and the production of neoliberal subjectivity among Israel's "last republican generation" / Ariel Yankellevich -- 3. Expressive individualism in the new spirit of capitalism: Mindfulness and outdoor management development / Liza Cortois -- 4. A 'juggly mummy's' life history of teaching yoga: Embodied postfeminism and neoliberal spirituality / Amanda Peticca-Harris, Kseniya Navazhylava, Genevieve Shanahan -- 5. The commodification of re-sacralised work in the neoliberal era / Tom Vine 6. Enchanted gardeners in urban food gardens: A case study of Khayelitsha, Cape Town / Darlene Miller -- 7. Citizens for Ghana and the kingdom: Christian personal development in accra / Anna-Riikka Kauppinen -- 8. Religion after work: Christianity, morality, and serious leisure / Ibrahim Abraham -- 9. The contemporary faith of innovationism / Katja Valaskivi -- Index.
    Abstract: "This book brings together analyses from across the social sciences to develop an interdisciplinary approach to understanding spiritualities and neoliberalism. It traces the lived experience of social actors as they engage with new and alternative spiritualities in neoliberal contexts. An international group of authors in anthropology, sociology, religious studies, political science, critical management studies explore the contemporary flourishing of subjectivities centred on a variety of spiritual practices and imaginaries. The book analyses the social and organisational mechanisms that underlie the generation of 'enterprising' and 'competitive' subjectivities engaged in transforming inner selves and social environments in accordance with prevailing neoliberal economic rationalities. Contributions draw on a wide range of empirical settings around the world to discuss the role of subjectivities in organizations. The purpose of the book is to provide specific insights into how neoliberalism is resisted, contested or reproduced through a transformative ethic of spiritual self-realization. Researchers, academics and Masters level students in a range of social science disciplines, including anthropology, sociology, human geography, and organization studies will find this book relevant reading"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 34
    ISBN: 9781839106682
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (160 pages)
    Series Statement: New horizons in organization studies series
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Industries Social aspects ; Business enterprises Political aspects ; Business enterprises Political activity ; Social responsibility of business ; Trade associations ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Part 1 -- Firms collective action: A synoptic view -- 1. The emergence and evolution of business meta-organizations -- 2. On political and economic problems raised by business meta-organizations -- Part 2 -- Within trade associations and other meta-organizations -- 3. Fcads as a mix of heterarchy and hierarchy -- 4. Dynamic analysis of a business meta-organization -- 5. The ways of acting of business meta-organizations -- 6. Other types FCADs -- Conclusion -- References -- Index.
    Abstract: "Collective action by firms is a central phenomenon in society, seen for example in standards setting, multi-stakeholder initiatives, and in relation to climate change, environmental and human rights issues. This incisive book reveals how firms set up specific devices, referred to by the authors as FCADs (Firms' Collective Action Devices), of which trade associations and chambers of commerce are the traditional forms, and investigates how firms organize themselves collectively, and their impact on the economy and democracy. Delving deeply into previously under-explored aspects of collective actions by firms, using the concepts of meta-organization and heterarchy, the book combines and expands on insights from history, political science, economics, sociology, management and organization theory. It demonstrates empirically how FCADs function on the basis of compromise and consensus, and analyzes their forms of action, their organizational dynamics and their recent evolution. This rigorous and pluridisciplinary evaluation of how businesses organize collectively will appeal to researchers and PhD students in organization studies and business management, as well as those in other disciplines who are interested in firms' collective action. It will also be a useful resource for business practitioners, public servants and politicians in contact with firms' collective action, and NGO members"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 35
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788974073
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (304 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Elgar research agendas series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Familienunternehmen ; Unternehmensnachfolge ; Personalführung ; Strategisches Management ; Korruption ; Unternehmensfinanzierung ; Digitalisierung ; Family-owned business enterprises ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: Introducing a research agenda for family business / by Andrea Calabrò -- 1 family trends shaping the family business landscape / Joyce Kox and Astrid Kramer -- 2 developing a "sociological imagination" of families in family business research / Eric R. Kushins and Elaina Behounek -- 3 history as a source and method for family business research / Christina Lubinski and William B. Gartner -- 4 engaging the next generation of family members through work: Adolescence and beyond / Marjan Houshmand, Marc-David L. Seidel and Dennis Ma -- 5 entrepreneurial legacy: How narratives of the past, present and future affect entrepreneurship in business families / Miruna Radu-Lefebvre, Vincent Lefebvre, Jean Clarke and William B. Gartner -- 6 from turmoil to synergism: How business leaders' human resource mental models and family control impact employees / Chiung-Wen Tsao and Shyh-Jer Chen -- 7 diversity on family firm boards: A research agenda for 2020-30 / Mary Barrett and Ken Moores -- 8 the role of vision in determining family, small business and minority ethnic business research / Claire Seaman and Richard Bent -- 9 strategic and organizational choices in family firms: Introducing sense-making / Luca Gnan and Giulia Flamini -- 10 advancing research on creativity in family firms / Julia Vincent Ponroy and Dianne H.B. Welsh -- 11 changing landscape of Indian family businesses / Kavil Ramachandran, Sougata Ray and Yashodhara Basuthakur -- 12 spatial familiness: A bridge between family business and economic geography / Rodrigo Basco and Lech Suwala -- 13 family-owned MNEs and transparency: A focus on corruption risk in host countries / Matteo Caroli, Claudia Pongelli and Alfredo Valentino -- 14 financing the growth of the family business: A research agenda / Alessandro Cirillo, Alexandra Dawson, Anneleen Michiels and Donata Mussolino -- 15 innovation in family business groups: Going beyond an r&d perspective / Marita Rautiainen, Suvi Konsti-Laakso and Timo Pihkala -- 16 the digitalization of family firms: A research agenda / Catherine E. Batt, Peter Cleary, Martin R.W. Hiebl, Martin Quinn and Pall M. Rikhardsson -- 17 digital business transformation in family firms: How the owning family sets the scene / Ann Sophie Löhde, Giovanna Campopiano and Daniela Gimenez Jiménez -- Conclusion andrea calabrò -- Index.
    Abstract: "Elgar Research Agendas outline the future of research in a given area. Leading scholars are given the space to explore their subject in provocative ways, and map out the potential directions of travel. They are relevant but also visionary. This exciting Research Agenda expertly addresses the question: What will be important within the family business field and for family businesses in practice over the next decade? Top international contributors explore farsighted theories, methods and topics, often taking a multi-disciplinary approach in order to outline the potential routes for further advancing family business research. Chapters cover the significance of new family trends, entrepreneurial legacy, board diversity, spatial-familiness, corruption, innovation and digital business transformation, challenging core assumptions surrounding the family business phenomenon and mapping the future of the discipline. A Research Agenda for Family Business will prove a stimulating read for family business and entrepreneurship scholars, as well as academics focusing on strategy, HR, organisational behaviour and corporate governance. Practitioners will also find this book valuable for reflecting on challenges that they are facing and navigating developments in the family business field"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 36
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781839101106
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (288 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Kreativsektor ; Digitalisierung ; Disruptive Innovation ; Arbeitsgesellschaft ; Cultural industries ; Technological innovations Economic aspects ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: 1 the future of creative work: Creativity and digital disruption / Greg Hearn -- Part I: The evolution of creative work -- 2 the creative economy: The rise and risks of intangible capital and the future of creative work / Greg Hearn and Marion McCutcheon -- 3 the relationship between creative employment and local economies outside capital cities / Greg Hearn, Stuart Cunningham, Marion McCutcheon and Mark David Ryan -- 4 a taxonomic structural change perspective on the economic impact of robots and artificial intelligence on creative work / Ben Vermeulen, Andreas Pyka and Pier Paolo Saviotti -- Part II: Digital disruption and creative work -- 5 new economic infrastructures for creative work / Ellie Rennie and Jason Potts -- 6 automated journalism: Expendable or supplementary for the future of journalistic work? / Aljosha Karim Schapals -- 7 robotics and artificial intelligence in architecture: What skills will architects need in 2050? / Cori Stewart, Glenda Amayo Caldwell, Müge Belek Fialho Teixeira and Jonathan Roberts -- 8 museum curation in the digital age / Rui Oliveira Lopes -- Part III: Changing contexts of creative work - 9 the role of casual creative environments for creative work in cities: Implications for the future creative city / Ana Bilandzic, Onur Mengi and Greg Hearn -- 10 digital nomadism: Mobility, millennials and the future of work in the online gig economy / Beverly Yuen Thompson -- 11 playing with tiktok: Algorithmic culture and the future of creative work / Natalie Collie and Caroline Wilson-Barnao -- 12 managing embedded creative work: The challenge of causal ambiguity / Cliff Bowman and Juani Swart -- Part IV: Educating for the future of creative work -- 13 creativity 2.0: New approaches to creative economy work and education in the creative industries / Chris Bilton -- 14 when dancers learn to teach dance: How creatives acquire expertise in multiple domains to improve employability / Jose Hilario Pereira Rodrigues -- 15 do creative skills future-proof your job? Creativity and the future of work in an age of exponential technological advancement / Ruth Bridgstock, Russell Tytler and Peta White -- Index.
    Abstract: "The Future of Creative Work provides a unique overview of the changing nature of creative work, examining how digital developments and the rise of intangible capital are causing an upheaval in the social institutions of work. It offers a profound insight into how this technological and social evolution will affect creative professions. Expert international contributors explore how robotics, artificial intelligence, blockchain, global digital platforms and autonomous systems will shape the design, production and consumption of culture. Taking a multidisciplinary approach incorporating creative industries studies, business, education and economics, the book analyses the technological drivers of disruption in the world of creative work. Chapters reveal how these changes will create new axes of power and inequality in the global sphere of creative work, predicting that conventional creative professions will be challenged and different species of creative work will evolve as a result. By charting the impact of digital and technological developments, The Future of Creative Work challenges traditional views of creative work, careers and education. This book will be a valuable resource for students and researchers undertaking creative industries studies. Its discussion of the application of creative careers across the economy will also be beneficial for scholars and practitioners interested in business, economics, and advertising and marketing studies"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 37
    ISBN: 9781839104183
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (176 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Wissenschaftliches Arbeiten ; Narrative Methode ; Befragung ; Dissertations, Academic ; Interviewing Methodology ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction: Brief history, topics addressed, how to use this book, and glossary of terms -- 2. Dialogical and dialectical conversational interviews: Using self-correcting aid phases and 4 tests with the ciw case example -- 3. Choosing your research question: And using the storytelling paradigm theories including narrative retrospective, antenarrative prospective, counternarrative, living story, ensemble storytelling, and grounded theory -- 4. Storytelling paradigm method, including types of induction, narrative retrospective, antenarrative prospective, integrative qualitative-quantitative methods, narrative inquiry, and multiplicities -- 5. Storytelling paradigm praxes -- 6. Why karl popper is rolling over in his grave -- 7. Writing dialectical/dialogical and big/little storytelling science conclusions -- 8. Managing the oral examination and post-submission process -- Index.
    Abstract: "Introducing the idea of conversational storytelling interviewing (CSI) as an 'indirect' method of interviewing, David Boje and Grace Ann Rosile explore this innovative methodological framework as a way for respondents to tell their own story, without resorting to structured or semi-structured interviews. Bringing together theory, method and praxis of storytelling in an iterative process of self-correcting induction, How to Use Conversational Storytelling Interviews for Your Dissertation offers researchers ways to move beyond the bystander role, urging them to be co-creators of their findings. Complete with exercises to train practitioners in new methods of inquiry and in-depth discussions of an array of philosophical issues, this illuminating book illustrates how rigorous self-correcting methods move inquiry from conversation to storytelling science. Pioneering in both method and framework, this book is a crucial guide for using CSI in qualitative research for PhD students and researchers in management and organizational studies. Scholars of feminist and indigenous studies and other critical studies fields will benefit from alternative interviewing methods as these disciplines undergo an ontological turn"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 38
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781800371705
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (232 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Gottschalk, Petter, 1950 - Case studies of executive deviance
    Keywords: White collar crimes ; Executives Psychology ; Electronic books ; Wirtschaftskriminalität ; Korruption ; Risikoverhalten ; Risikomanagement
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction -- 1. Convenience case of navy commander -- 2. Convenience case of chief executive officer -- 3. Convenience case of corruption blame -- 4. Convenience case of investment fraud -- 5. Rich and mighty on the shoreline -- 6. Corruption among friends -- 7. Germany: Thomas middelhoff -- 8. United States: Bernard kerik -- 9. United States: Jordan belfort -- 10. Japan: Tsuyoshi kikukawa -- 11. Environmental crime convenience -- 12. Game over for executives -- 13. Corruption in China trade -- 14. Seriousness of executive deviance -- Bibliography -- Index.
    Abstract: "This insightful book illustrates thirteen case studies demonstrating the convenience theory of white-collar crime. Offering an integrated deductive perspective through a convenience lens, Petter Gottschalk provides crucial insights into the motives, opportunities and behaviors behind executive deviance. Featuring a unique examination of era-defining cases of white-collar crime, from the Deepwater Horizon oil spill to the Olympus scandal, Gottschalk closely follows legal accounts to paint an international picture of executive deviance. This book scrutinizes public opinion of deviant behavior and how public sentiment towards white-collar crime has changed over time. Offering an innovative view of executive deviance, Gottschalk concludes by testing the integrated theory of convenience through empirical surveys of white-collar offenders. Audacious and illuminating, this book is crucial reading for researchers and students of business, criminal law and criminology, sharing a unique angle on the world of executive deviance through empirical research. Its real-world observations will also be crucial to policymakers and legal practitioners"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 39
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788972154
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (192 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Toporowski, Jan Credit and crisis from Marx to Minsky
    DDC: 332.7
    RVK:
    Keywords: Monetäre Konjunkturtheorie ; Finanzkrise ; Schuldenkrise ; Theorie ; Credit ; Finance ; Economic history 20th century ; Credit ; Finance ; Economic history 20th century ; Cykl koniunkturalny ; Ekonomia ; Finanse ; Kryzys gospodarczy ; Kapitalizm ; Kryzysy gospodarcze ; Kryzysy gospodarcze 20 w. ; Kapitalizm Analiza marksistowska ; Kapitalizm Aspekt ekonomiczny ; Ekonomia Historia ; Finanse Historia ; Electronic books ; Kredit ; Finanzwirtschaft ; Wirtschaft ; Wirtschaftskrise ; Kapitalismus ; Wirtschaftswissenschaften ; Krisentheorie ; Geschichte ; Marx, Karl 1818-1883 ; Luxemburg, Rosa 1871-1919 ; Hawtrey, Ralph G. 1879-1975 ; Fisher, Irving 1867-1947 ; Keynes, John Maynard 1883-1946 ; Breit, Marek 1907-1942 ; Kalecki, Michał 1899-1970 ; Steindl, Josef 1912-1993 ; Simons, Henry C. 1899-1946 ; Minsky, Hyman P. 1919-1996 ; Krisentheorie
    Abstract: Contents: Part I: Capitalism and financial crisis -- 1. Marx and the monetary business cycle -- 2. Marx and the emergence of debt markets -- 3. Rosa luxemburg and the marxists on finance -- Part II: Critical theories of finance in the twentieth century: Unstable money and finance -- 4. Ralph hawtrey and the monetary business cycle -- 5. Irving fisher and debt deflation -- 6. John maynard keynes's financial theory of under-investment i: Towards doubt -- 7. John maynard keynes's financial theory of under-investment ii: Towards uncertainty -- Part III: Critical theories of finance in the twentieth century: corporate debt and crisis -- 8. The principle of increasing risk: Marek breit -- 9. The principle of increasing risk: Michal kalecki -- 10. The principle of increasing risk: Josef steindl and michal kalecki on profits and finance -- 11. The kalecki-steindl theory of financial fragility -- Part IV: Critical theories of finance in the twentieth century: The financial instability hypothesis -- 12. The monetary theory of kalecki and minsky -- 13. From money to minsky: Henry simons -- 14. The financial instability hypothesis -- Bibliography -- Index.
    Abstract: "This timely book studies the economic theories of credit cycles and disturbances in the 20th century, presenting a nuanced view of the role of finance in the economy after the financial crash of 2008. Focusing on the work of economists from Marx onwards, Jan Toporowski moves beyond conventional monetary theory to offer an insightful critical alternative to current financial macroeconomics. The book features an extended discussion of Marx's approach to credit and finance, new insights to Minsky's ideas and a reconsideration of the financial theories of Kalecki and Steindl. Economic researchers and postgraduate students seeking to extend their knowledge of critical approaches to finance will find this an invaluable read, as well as practitioners and policy makers who seek to understand financial instability and unstable markets. This will also be an insightful read for economic historians looking to understand the nuances of different key economic theories and their practical applications"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 40
    ISBN: 9781839104954
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (224 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Management ; Künstliche Intelligenz ; Betriebliche Wertschöpfung ; Wettbewerbsvorteil ; Artificial intelligence ; Business enterprises Technological innovations ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction: From Intelligent Machines To Self-Driven Organizations -- 1. Artificial Intelligence And Machine Learning Landscape -- 2. The Impact Of Autonomous Systems On Technologies, Processes And Industry Sectors -- 3. Autonomous Systems In Value Generation -- 4. Prospects For The Future -- Conclusions -- Index.
    Abstract: "Autonomous systems are on the frontiers of Artificial Intelligence (AI) research, and they are slowly finding their business applications. Driven mostly by Reinforcement Learning (RL) methods (one of the most difficult, but also the most promising modern AI algorithms), autonomous systems help create self-learning and self-optimizing systems, ranging from simple game-playing agents to robots able to efficiently act in completely new environments. Based on in-depth study of more than 100 projects, Andrzej Wodecki explores RL as a key component of modern digital technologies, its real-life applications to activities in a value chain and the ways in which it impacts different industries. Artificial Intelligence in Management will help project leaders, decision makers and investors evaluate new autonomous projects and will serve as an inspiring guide for future research"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 41
    ISBN: 9781786434678
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (192 Seiten)
    Series Statement: New horizons in marketing series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Social marketing and advertising in the age of social media
    DDC: 658.8/72
    Keywords: Social Marketing ; Online-Marketing ; Social Web ; Werbung ; Ethik ; Social marketing ; Social media Economic aspects ; Internet advertising ; Internet marketing ; Social marketing ; Social networks ; Computer network resources ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: 1 Reinforcing the 'social' in social marketing / Lukas Parker and Linda Brennan -- So what is social marketing? -- What social marketing is not -- Book structure -- References -- Social marketing frameworks / Linda Brennan, Lukas Parker and Ella Chorazy -- Approaches to social marketing -- Social marketing frameworks -- Social marketing and de-marketing strategies -- Systems thinking and behavioural ecological systems -- A targeted social marketing toolkit -- The types of social marketing activities undertaken at each level -- Conclusion -- References -- Social media mechanics and marketing strategy / Dang Nguyen, Linda Brennan, Lukas Parker, Nhat-Tram Phan-Le and Ella Chorazy -- Getting started: from social network sites to social media --- People power: how information spreads on social networks -- Experience and engagement: how social media function -- Conclusion -- References -- The Four Es: ingredients for successful social advertising / Linda Brennan, Lynn Poole, Phillip Morgan, Lukas Parker and Johanna Prasch -- Introduction -- Developing the Four Es of a social advertising toolkit -- Case 1: NSW Health - 'Safe Sex. No Regrets' campaign -- Case 2: Cancer Institute NSW - 'Breast Cancer: Early Detection is Vital' -- Case 3: Sydney Water - voluntary water saving: every drop counts -- Conclusion -- References -- The use of emotions in social marketing and social advertising / Tej Pochun, Linda Brennan and Lukas Parker -- Introduction -- Definitions -- Types of affect -- Affect and its use in social marketing -- Negative emotions and social marketing -- Positive emotions and social marketing -- Conclusion -- References -- 6 Social marketing with fear, guilt and shame / Linda Brennan, Tej Pochun and Lukas Parker -- Introduction -- Fear appeals in social marketing -- Guilt appeals in social marketing -- Shame appeals in social marketing -- Conclusion -- References -- 7 Positive emotions in social marketing and social advertising using humour / Linda Brennan, Lukas Parker, Dang Nguyen and Tej Pochun -- Positive emotions in advertising -- Humour appeals and social advertising -- Conclusion -- References -- 8 Telling stories: the science of social media content / John Dingeldei, Linda Brennan, Lukas Parker, Dang Nguyen and Ella Chorazy -- Introduction -- Storytelling is the foundation of a shared humanity -- Principles of storytelling -- Social media connects people to both a real and virtual world -- Social media is driven by content creation -- Social media storytelling techniques connect and persuade -- Social marketing and digital storytelling -- Conclusion -- References -- 9 Ethical challenges associated with social marketing communication / Michaela Jackson -- Introduction: why a chapter on ethics and social marketing? -- That's immoral! Criticising marketing communication practices -- Using marketing communication for good: the utilitarian defence -- Do the ends justify the means used in these campaigns? -- Duty, behaviour, and codes of ethics -- Social media: opportunities and challenges for social marketers -- Examples highlighting the challenges and opportunities of social media for social marketers -- A timely opportunity for reflection -- Concluding remarks -- References -- Glossary -- Index.
    Abstract: "Reviewing and analysing the most relevant concepts, theories and strategies related to the field, this timely book reveals what makes for strong social marketing and social advertising campaigns. With a comprehensive understanding of social advertising models and their applications, chapters present original case studies and scenarios from international researchers to illustrate strategies and concepts in practice. Exploring the mechanics of social media, contributors highlight what makes a successful campaign. They evaluate the use and impact of emotions in social power, exploring the power of storytelling, whilst weighing ethical implications. The book covers important and upcoming areas of interest in the field including the rise of social media influencers, the use of memes, the functionality of social media, and the use of fear, guilt and shame in communications campaigns as well as positive emotions. This book will assist marketing academics and practitioners in the development of successful campaigns as it highlights not only what these campaigns look like, but also why they achieve success. It will also prove an excellent guide for government organizations and public policy makers interested in using social marketing for health promotion and social change"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 42
    ISBN: 9781786430960
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (352 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of quantitative research methods in entrepreneurship
    RVK:
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Wissenschaftliche Methode ; Empirische Methode ; Quantitative Methode ; Entrepreneurship Handbooks, manuals, etc Research ; Quantitative research Handbooks, manuals, etc ; Electronic books ; Handbuch ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction to the handbook of quantitative research methods in entrepreneurship / George Saridakis and Marc Cowling -- 2. How do we measure firm performance? A review of issues facing entrepreneurship researchers / Josh Siepel and Marcus Dejardin -- 3. Exporting, technological collaboration and SME growth: An empirical analysis / Joan-Lluis Capelleras, Alex Rialp and Josep Rialp -- 4. As time goes by: Survival analysis as a method to study topics in entrepreneurship / Priscila Ferreira -- 5. Longitudinal and mixture modeling methods with application for family firm and entrepreneurship research / Melissa Medaugh, Laura Stanley, Franz W. Kellermanns and Thomas M. Zellweger -- 6. Social enterprise and social entrepreneurship - developing the evidence base using the UK small business survey / Catherine Robinson -- 7. Using meta-analysis to develop entrepreneurship research and theory / Yanqing Lai, George Saridakis and Chris Hand -- 8. Using RCTS as a research method for SME policy research: The UK experience / Stephen Roper -- 9. The role of small businesses in employing the unemployed and inactive / Peter Urwin and Franz Buscha -- 10. The promises of machine learning and big data in entrepreneurship research / Daniel S. Hain and Roman Jurowetzki -- 11. Studying small firms and their banks: A review of common methods and current concerns / Anoosheh Rostamkalaei and Mark Freel -- 12. Financing, selection, and value-adding effects of venture capital: A review of econometric methods and issues / Luca Pennacchio and Alessandro Sapio -- 13. Information asymmetries and entrepreneurial finance: Evidence from theories and empirics / Liang Han, Lin Tian and Biao Mi -- 14. Bank loan pricing to small firms: Sorting or market power? / Marc Cowling and Wei Yue -- Index.
    Abstract: This Handbook of Quantitative Research Methods in Entrepreneurship provides an overarching perspective on the methods and approaches critical to quantitative analysis of research on entrepreneurship. Representing the research efforts of 28 international scholars in entrepreneurship, this Handbook offers guidance for quantitative analysts at a time of increasing availability of economic, financial and business data. Contributions focus on a range of important empirical issues, including business survival, job creation, internationalisation, bank financing and specific types of entrepreneurial activity such as social enterprise and family business. The combined chapters synthesise and experiment with useful methods to navigate and unpack crucial entrepreneurial data. Informative and accessible, this Handbook is crucial reading for undergraduate and postgraduate students looking for a broad overview of the field. It will also be useful to established academics and researchers who require state of the art research, and policymakers and practitioners, who may use this book as an indispensable guide for reflecting on public interventions in the entrepreneurial arena
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 43
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781789904543
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (200 pages)
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Ziegler, Rafael, 1977 - Innovation, ethics and our common futures
    Keywords: Social change ; Technological innovations ; Electronic books ; Innovation ; Wandel ; Fortschritt ; Ethik
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction to innovation and ethics - a collaborative philosophy -- 2. Varieties of innovation - business, grassroots and democratic -- 3. Fair enough? - justice and innovation from a liberal-egalitarian perspective -- 4. Collaborative pluralism - community and capability -- 5. Innovation, domination and emancipation -- 6. Enough innovation -- References -- Index.
    Abstract: "The important yet contradictory role of innovation in society calls for a philosophy of innovation. Critically exploring innovation in relation to values, the economy and social change, Rafael Ziegler proposes a collaborative theory and practice of innovation that aims to liberate possibilities for our common futures. Following cues from the arts and drawing on the innovation literature across the social sciences, this book exposes pro-innovation bias and the gospel of disruptive change. Not only entrepreneurs but also civic networks and tinkerers are discussed as sources of innovation, and social change as a balancing act of innovation, exnovation and restoration. The discussion of capabilitarian, communitarian, liberal, republican and socialist ideas of justice and innovation leads Ziegler to a transformative proposal: 'enough innovation' based on enough for all and with respect for all. This is a thought-provoking read for scholars working on sustainability-transformation, democratic, responsible and social innovation, and philosophy of economics"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 44
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788978545
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (304 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and mangement series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook on cross-cultural marketing
    Keywords: Internationales Marketing ; Kulturelle Identität ; Welt ; Export marketing ; International business enterprises ; Globalization ; Electronic books ; Handbuch ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: Foreword / Jean-Claude Usunier -- 1 Introduction to the handbook on cross-cultural marketing / Glen H. Brodowsky -- Part I: Cross-cultural marketing themes and theories -- 2 cross-cultural marketing insights / Camille P. Schuster -- 3 glocalization: Companies' search for the right balance between globalization and localization / Svend Hollensen -- 4 the country image literature: Intellectual basis and future research directions / Saeed Samiee and Brian R. Chabowski -- Part II: Methodological challenges of cross-cultural marketing research -- 5 cross-cultural market and marketing research / Michael R. Czinkota and Camille P. Schuster -- 6 methodological issues in cross-cultural research: Establishing equivalence / V. Kumar -- Part III: Applied cross-cultural marketing research -- 7 consumers' perceptions and attitudes toward product placements: Exploring similarities and differences between Finland and the United States / Siva K. Balasubramanian, Deepa Pillai, Giacomo Gistri, Nadia I. Sabour and Hemant Patwardhan -- 8 global luxury brands: Researching cross-cultural differences in motivations to consume / Annie Peng Cui, Christopher A. Nelson and Alexis Yim -- 9 intra-national cultural differences in thinking styles and the importance of technological product attributes for brand perceptions / Kelly Hewett and Helena F. Allman -- 10 partnerships in cross-cultural marketing and retail internationalization: Research propositions / Fatima Wang and Pervez Ghauri -- 11 to the big go the spoils: Empirical evidence of the advantages of large players in global and local markets / Maxwell Winchester and Tiffany Winchester -- 12 family-owned businesses in the global marketplace: A taxonomy for generational evolution and directions for future research / Phil Harris and Ozlem Ozdemir -- 13 the impact of indigenous administrative norms on cross-cultural research: Leveraging smartphone platforms to reduce potential bias threats / Eric S. Rhodes -- Part IV: New paradigms and future research -- 14 marketing research across cultures / Fons Trompenaars and Peter Woolliams -- 15 advances in methods and theory for research in international business negotiations / John L. Graham -- 16 future directions of cross-cultural marketing research / Jagdish N. Sheth and Atul Parvatiyar -- 17 the future is now / Glen H. Brodowsky -- Index.
    Abstract: "Disillusionment with globalization, along with a rise in nationalist sentiment, may lead one to ask whether cross-cultural or international research will be necessary in the coming years and, if it is, what form it will take. While all international marketing is cross-cultural, not all cross-cultural marketing is international. Cultures are defined as groups of people who share a common language, set of norms, institutions, beliefs and values. There are many ways such groups can be defined - only one of which is country. Regardless of the definition parameters, one thing remains clear: cross-cultural marketing is a broad topic in today's technological, always-connected world. This Handbook suggests future directions for cross-cultural marketing research in a rapidly evolving global environment. It builds upon existing models and topics and addresses the methodological challenges of cross-cultural research and provides applied examples spanning various methodologies as well as industry sectors and country settings. In addition, contributors present new paradigms for future research. Cross-cultural marketing research scholars, Ph.D. students and cross-cultural and international marketing practitioners will benefit from this thorough examination of current trends as well as forward thinking concepts from some of the field's foremost experts"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 45
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781789901931
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (224 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Technological innovations ; Creative ability ; Knowledge management ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: Preface and Introduction / Mitsuru Kodama -- 1. Innovation through boundaries vision and dynamic capabilities - the strategic management perspective / Mitsuru Kodama -- 2. Developing boundaries knowledge (knowing) - the knowledge creation perspective / Mitsuru Kodama -- 3. Knowledge convergence and design-driven innovation through boundaries knowledge - new knowledge from the knowledge convergence and design-driven innovation perspectives / Mitsuru Kodama and Masashi Kimura -- 4. Product and service innovation through boundaries vision and boundaries knowledge - new knowledge from the corporate strategy and innovation perspective / Mitsuru Kodama and Yoshiki Takano -- 5. Interpersonal cognitive traits and interactional traits that support boundaries vision, the basis of group creativity / Takashi Oka and Mana Yamamoto -- 6. The process of creating knowledge between different actors in co-creation ba - a case study of the panasonic smart city project / Nobuyuki Tokoro -- 7. Regional revitalization through cultural innovation and creativity development / Takehiko Yasuda -- 8. Product innovation through boundaries vision and boundaries knowledge - new knowledge from the corporate transformation and innovation perspective / Mitsuru Kodama and Yuji Mizukami -- 9. Boundaries knowledge through boundaries vision creation - driving dynamic capabilities and the seci process / Mitsuru Kodama -- 10. Implications and conclusion / Mitsuru Kodama -- Index.
    Abstract: "Illustrating the interdisciplinary implications for research on creativity development, this book focuses on the new concept of 'knowledge differences' that arise between people, organizations and various phenomena. It describes how these key differences create boundaries knowledge, a dynamic process that accelerates innovation. Chapters offer interdisciplinary perspectives on the topic to stimulate knowledge convergence across dissimilar fields of research, including business studies, economics, psychology and the arts. Following Arthur Koestler's theory of creativity, this insightful book shows how bisociation - the recognition of similarity in the collision of two distinct concepts - can be expressed through boundaries vision and boundaries knowledge, applying these twin concepts to the field of business and management. Focusing on literature related to strategy theory and knowledge creation theory, the book presents a theoretical framework for applying boundaries knowledge and boundaries vision to dynamic capabilities and knowledge creation in business innovation. Pioneering new frameworks for innovation, this book offers key insights for students and researchers of creativity development across various business-related fields. It will also benefit business leaders and managers, describing a key path to knowledge creation in professional environments"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 46
    ISBN: 9781789907834
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (192 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Project method in teaching ; Project management Methodology ; Project management Study and teaching ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction how to manage student consulting projects -- 1. Experiential learning at babson college -- 2. The realities of running student consulting teams and best practices -- 3. Recruiting and selecting clients/projects, students, project advisors and program administrators -- 4. First steps to take in managing student project teams -- 5. Managing student project teams throughout the semester -- 6. Evaluation, learning, virtual teams and recommendations -- Index.
    Abstract: "How to Manage Student Consulting Projects describes the key principles and tools needed by project advisors to manage student consulting projects in an academic setting. The authors highlight different approaches for managing student consulting teams, including an innovative model in which graduate students manage undergraduates. This model of experiential learning suggests that project advisors should include reflection of learning as a key outcome for any student consulting project. The book also emphasizes the importance of evaluating both team and individual performance in a project's overall success, and data are shown on the positive impact that student teams have had on clients. In addition to offering strategies that project advisors can use to improve project performance, the book provides information for program administrators and deans, as well as project managers in non-academic settings, to help in the development and running of project-based learning"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 47
    ISBN: 9781839106736
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The magic of organization
    RVK:
    Keywords: Creative ability in business ; Technological innovations ; Industrial management ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: List of contributors -- 1 Introduction / Hugo Letiche, Stephen A. Linstead and Jean-Luc Moriceau -- Part I: Magic and imagination -- 2 introductory Chapter to Part I: - magic and imagination: Taking strategy into the unknown / Per Olof Berg -- 3 the return of the magi: Image magic and the institutionalisation of kitsch therapeutic fantasy / James Fairhead -- 4 the persistence of magic: Management and the new alchemy / Iain Munro -- 5 the intra-act of accounting / Ivo De Loo, Alan Lowe and Philip Smith -- 6 risk management and the magical arts: Rituals of risk calculation in the banking industry / Peter Case and Peter Pelzer -- 7 markets and machines: The magic of predicting, obscuring and securing value / Geoff Lightfoot and Simon Lilley -- Part II: Magic and its transgressions -- 8 introductory Chapter to Part II: - magic being re-understood / Hugo Letiche -- 9 grammarye, grammatization, grammatology: Interviewing technique as a magic trick / Jean-Luc Moriceau -- 10 artaud's dissolute magic: Some thoughts on ambivalent desires 207 heather höpfl -- 11 magification as bunny(-fication) 224 hugo letiche -- 12 magic or the presence of absence 239 michael lazarin -- 13 schwung magic: Aesthetic subversion of organization in the philosophy of deleuze and guattari 263 pierre guillet de monthoux -- Afterword / Hugo Letiche, Stephen A. Linstead and Jean-Luc Moriceau.
    Abstract: "Exploring magic as a creative necessity in contemporary business, this book clarifies the differences between magic as an organizational resource and magic as fakery, pretence and manipulation. Using this lens, it highlights insights into the relationship between anthropology and business, and organizational studies. The Magic of Organization looks at our economy and its dependence on magic, as success depends on innovation and creativity to produce the unexpected and amazing; but perhaps also the bogus and deceitful. Exposing the unpredictability of magic, the book reveals clear links between magic and uncontrollable and non-linear ways of organizing. Chapters discuss the double-edged sword of magic: while organizations, economies and finance depend on magical thought and actions for inspiration and surprise, they also fear them; what if the magic is real? With its clarity on how the turn-to-ontology in anthropology is significant for organizational studies, this book will be an illuminating read for students of creativity and innovation"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 48
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781839100093
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (416 Seiten)
    Series Statement: New directions in post-Keynesian economics series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Geldtheorie ; Postkeynesianismus ; Theorie ; Keynesian economics ; Money ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: Foreword / Louis-Philippe Rochon -- Introduction / Marc Lavoie -- Part I: Earlier and easier writings -- 1 'the endogenous flow of credit and the post keynesian theory of money', journal of economic issues, 18 -- (3), september 1984, 771-97 2 2 'the post keynesian theory of endogenous money: A reply', journal of economic issues , 19 -- (3), september 1985, 843-8 29 3 'credit and money: The dynamic circuit, overdraft economics, and post- keynesian economics', in m. Jarsulic (ed.), money and macro policy , kluwer- nijhoff, boston, 1985, 63-84 35 4 'a primer on endogenous credit-money', in l.-p. Rochon and s. rossi (eds), modern theories of money: the nature and role of money in capitalist economies , edward elgar, cheltenham, uk and northampton, ma, usa, 2003, 506-43 57 -- Part II: Inspiring authors -- 5 'change, continuity, and originality in kaldor's monetary theory', in e.j. Nell and w. Semmler (eds), nicholas kaldor and mainstream economics: Confrontation or convergence? , macmillan, London, 1991, 259-78 96 6 'jacques le bourva's theory of endogenous credit-money', review of political economy , 4 -- (4), 1992, 436-46 116 7 'eichner's monetary economics: Ahead of its time', in m. Lavoie, l.-p. Rochon and m. Seccareccia (eds), money and macrodynamics: alfred eichner and post- keynesian economics , m.e. sharpe, armonk (nj), 2010, 155-71 127 -- Part III: In defense of horizontalism -- 8 'monetary policy in an economy with endogenous credit money', in g. Deleplace and e.j. Nell (eds), money in motion: The circulation and post- keynesian approaches , macmillan, London, 1996, 532-45 145 9 'horizontalism, structuralism, liquidity preference and the principle of increasing risk', Scottish journal of political economy , 43 -- (3), august, 1996, 275-300 159 10 'the credit-led supply of deposits and the demand for money: Kaldor's reflux mechanism as previously endorsed by joan robinson', cambridge journal of economics , 23 -- (1), january 1999, 103-13 185 11 'endogenous money: Accommodationist', in p. Arestis and m. Sawyer (eds), handbook on alternative monetary economics , edward elgar, cheltenham, uk and northampton, ma, usa, 2006, 17-34 196 -- Part IV: Three innovating articles -- 12 'monetary base endogeneity and the new procedures of the asset-based canadian and American monetary systems', journal of post keynesian economics , summer 2005, 27 -- (4), 689-709 215 13 'towards a post-keynesian consensus in macroeconomics: Reconciling the cambridge and wall street views', in e. Hein, t. Niechoj and e. Stockhammer (eds), macroeconomic policies on shaky foundations - whither mainstream economics? , metropolis-verlag, marburg, 2009, 75-99 236 14 'fair rates of interest in post-keynesian political economy', in j. Teixeira (ed.), issues in modern political economy , university of brasilia press, brasilia, 1997, 123-37 261 -- Part V: After the global financial crisis -- 15 'changes in central bank procedures during the subprime crisis and their repercussions on monetary theory', international journal of political economy , 39 -- (3), fall 2010, 3-23 277 16 'the monetary and fiscal nexus of neo-chartalism: A friendly critique', journal of economic issues , 47 -- (1), march 2013, 1-31 298 17 'the eurozone: Similarities to and differences from keynes's plan', international journal of political economy , 44 -- (1), spring 2015, 3-17 329 18 'rethinking monetary theory in light of keynes and the crisis', brazilian keynesian review , 2 -- (2), 2016, 174-88 344 19 'unconventional monetary policies, with a focus on quantitative easing', European journal of economics and economic policies: Intervention , edward elgar, cheltenham, uk and northampton, ma, usa, 15 -- (2), 2018, 139-46 (with brett fiebiger) 359 -- Part VI: A final overview -- 20 'money, credit and central banks in post-keynesian economics', in e. Hein and e. Stockhammer (eds), a modern guide to keynesian macroeconomics and economic policies , edward elgar, cheltenham, uk and northampton, ma, usa, 2011, 34-60 368 -- Index.
    Abstract: "Post-Keynesian Monetary Theory recaps Marc Lavoie's views on monetary theory over a 35-year period, seen from a post-Keynesian perspective. The book contains a collection of twenty previously published papers, as well as an introduction which explains how these papers came about and how they were received. All of the selected articles avoid mathematical formalism. Readers will find analyses of the earlier advocates of endogenous money such as Nicholas Kaldor and Jacques Le Bourva. They will discover how the arguments in support of the post-Keynesian theory of endogenous money and the credit view of banking have evolved through this 35-year period, and how they have been related to the new procedures pursued by central banks. All these essays show the relevance of the realistic post-Keynesian monetary theory in understanding the subprime and euro crises, quantitative easing and the distributional role of interest rates. Within these pages Marc Lavoie provides an overview of what has happened in post-Keynesian monetary economics over the last three and a half decades for students and scholars with interest in monetary economics, the horizontalist-structuralist debates and the recent history of economic thought"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 49
    ISBN: 9781789901788
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (416 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook on railway regulation
    DDC: 385.068
    RVK:
    Keywords: Schienenverkehr ; Regulierung ; Bahnpolitik ; Welt ; Railroads and state ; Railroads ; Railroads ; Railroads ; Safety measures ; Railroads ; Safety regulations ; Handbooks and manuals ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Eisenbahnverkehr ; Regulierung
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Railway regulation: A comparative analysis of a diverging reality / Juan Montero and Matthias Finger -- 2. Railway regulation in Germany / Thomas Fetzer -- 3. The ongoing process of liberalization of the railway sector in France / Stéphane de la Rosa -- 4. Developments in rail regulation in britain / Chris Nash and Andrew Smith -- 5. Railway regulation in Italy / Nadia Bert and Germano Guglielmi -- 6. Spain: Between the failure of freight and the success of high speed / Alberto Garcia Alvarez -- 7. Railways in Switzerland / Matthias Finger -- 8. Regulatory challenges of open-access passenger competition in the Czech Republic / Zdeněk Tomeš, Martin Kvizda, Monika Jandová and Václav Rederer -- 9. China's railway development: A cyclical process of de-regulation and re-regulation / Linda Tjia Yin-nor -- 10. Railways in south korea / Leif Karlén -- 11. Indian railways: Challenges and opportunities / Rachna Gangwar -- 12. Railways in Japan / Fumio Kurosaki -- 13. Rail sector reforms and regulation in Russia / Yu.Z. Saakyan -- 14. The deregulation of Turkish railways / Şahin Ardıyok and Evren Sesli -- 15. Railways and railways regulation in the United States: Surely you don't want jones back? / Russell Pittman -- 16. Towards a new architecture for technical regulation of Europe's railways / Christian Chavanel -- 17. Regulating rail mass transit: A century-long legacy and still looking for fine tuning / Pierre Messulam -- 18. Competitive tendering for regional trains: What can be learnt from economic literature? / Patricia Perennes -- 19. Competition law challenges in domestic rail passenger services / Mariarosaria Ganino -- 20. Financing railways / Georg Götz and Jan Thomas Schäfer -- 21. The consumer perspective on railways / Mark van Hagen -- 22. Competition in the market of rail passenger services: The experience of small and medium-sized new entrants in long-distance services in Europe / Rodolfo Ramos -- 23. High-speed rail: From first principles to final expectations / Michel Leboeuf -- 24. The digitalization dilemma in the railway industry / Juan Montero -- Index.
    Abstract: "Taking a global approach, this insightful Handbook brings together leading researchers to provide a comprehensive overview of the state-of-the-art in railway regulation with a particular focus on countries that rely heavily on railways for transportation links, such as Japan, India and France. Despite numerous liberalisation attempts in recent years, the railway sector is still excessively complex, with regulations varying throughout the world. The Handbook on Railway Regulation gathers, for the first time, these various approaches and practices, using a historical and systematic approach to identify the main lessons for all countries. The Handbook also considers the most pressing issues for those working in and with railway systems, and outlines future trends in the development of global rail. Specific topics covered include the digitalization dilemma in the industry, rail sector reforms and regulation, and competition in the market for rail freight and passenger services. This Handbook provides an invaluable contribution to the discussion of railway regulation worldwide, and will be a crucial compendium for students and scholars of transportation, regulation and competition looking to explore different approaches to the topic. This will also be an invaluable read for railway policymakers and regulators looking to deepen their understanding of contemporary regulations around the world"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 50
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781789902761
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (992 Seiten)
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics series 375
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The economics of banking
    DDC: 332.1
    Keywords: Bankwirtschaft ; Finanzsystem ; Bank ; Internationale Bank ; Bankgeschäft ; Bankenaufsicht ; Banks and banking ; Economics ; Electronic books ; Übersichtsarbeit ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): 1. Michael A. Klein (1971), 'A Theory of the Banking Firm', Journal of Money, Credit and Banking, 3 (2) (Part 9), May, 205-18 -- 2. Douglas W. Diamond and Philip H. Dybvig (1983), 'Bank Runs, Deposit Insurance and Liquidity', Journal of Political Economy, 91 (3), June, 401-19 -- 3. Franklin Allen and Douglas Gale (1998), 'Optimal Financial Crises', Journal of Finance, 53 (4), August, 1245-84 -- 4. Charles W. Calomiris and Charles M. Kahn (1991), 'The Role of Demandable Debt in Structuring Optimal Banking Arrangements', American Economic Review, 81 (3), June, 497-513 -- 5. Douglas W. Diamond (1984), 'Financial Intermediation and Delegated Monitoring', Review of Economic Studies, 51 (3), July, 393-414 -- 6. Joseph E. Stiglitz and Andrew Weiss (1981), 'Credit Rationing in Markets with Imperfect Information', American Economic Review, 71 (3), June, 393-410 -- 7. Anil K. Kashyap, Raghuram Rajan and Jeremy C. Stein (2002), 'Banks as Liquidity Providers: An Explanation for the Coexistence of Lending and Deposit-Taking', Journal of Finance, 57 (1), February, 33-73 -- 8. Allen N. Berger and David B. Humphrey (1997), 'Efficiency of Financial Institutions: International Survey and Directions for Future Research', European Journal of Operational Research, 98 (2), April, 175-212 -- 9. Arnoud W. A. Boot (2017), 'The Future of Banking: From Scale & Scope Economies to Fintech', European Economy - Banks, Regulation and The Real Sector, 2, 77-95 -- 10. Wolf Wagner (2010), 'Diversification at Financial Institutions and Systemic Crises', Journal of Financial Intermediation, 19 (3), July, 373-86 -- 11. Franklin Allen and Douglas Gale (2004), 'Competition and Financial Stability', Journal of Money, Credit and Banking, 36 (3) (Part 2), June, 453-80 -- 12. Sam Langfield and Marco Pagano (2016), 'Bank bias in Europe: Effects on Systemic Risk and Growth', Economic Policy, 31 (85), January, 51-106 -- 13. Mitchell A. Petersen and Raghuram G. Rajan (1994), 'The Benefits of Lending Relationships: Evidence from Small Business Data', Journal of Finance, 49 (1), March, 3-37 -- 14. Allen N. Berger and Gregory F. Udell (2002), 'Small Business Credit Availability and Relationship Lending: The Importance of Bank Organisational Structure', Economic Journal, 112 (477), February, F32-53 -- 15. Òscar Jordà, Moritz Schularick and Alan M. Taylor (2016), 'The Great Mortgaging: Housing Finance, Crises and Business Cycles', Economic Policy, 31 (85), January, 107-52 -- 16. Arnoud W. A. Boot and Lev Ratnovski (2016), 'Banking and Trading', Review of Finance, 20 (6), October, 2219-46 -- 17. Charles Goodhart and Dirk Schoenmaker (2016), 'The Global Investment Banks are now all Becoming American: Does that Matter for Europeans?', Journal of Financial Regulation, 2 (2), August, 168-81 -- 18. Allen Goss and Gordon S. Roberts (2011), 'The Impact of Corporate Social Responsibility on the Cost of Bank Loans', Journal of Banking and Finance, 35 (7), July, 1794-1810 -- 19. Thorsten Beck, Asli Demirgüç-Kunt and Maria Soledad Martinez Peria (2008), 'Banking Services for Everyone? Barriers to Bank Access and Use around the World', World Bank Economic Review, 22 (3), November, 397-430
    Abstract: 20. Robert Grosse and Lawrence G. Goldberg (1991), 'Foreign Bank Activity in the United States: An Analysis by Country of Origin', Journal of Banking and Finance, 15 (6), December, 1093-112 -- 21. Nicola Cetorelli and Linda S. Goldberg (2012), 'Banking Globalization and Monetary Transmission', Journal of Finance, 67 (5), October, 1811-43 -- 22. Dirk Schoenmaker (2011), 'The Financial Trilemma', Economics Letters, 111, 57-9 -- 23. Stijn Claessens and Neeltje Van Horen (2014), 'Foreign Banks: Trends and Impact', Journal of Money, Credit and Banking, 46 (S1), February, 295-326 -- 24. Ralph De Haas and Iman Van Lelyveld (2014), 'Multinational Banks and the Global Financial Crisis: Weathering the Perfect Storm?', Journal of Money, Credit and Banking, 46 (S1), February, 333-64 -- 25. Eugenio Cerutti, Giovanni Dell'Ariccia and Maria Soledad Martinez Peria (2007), 'How Banks Go Abroad: Branches or Subsidiaries', Journal of Banking and Finance, 31 (6), June, 1669-92 -- 26. Eugenio Cerutti and Christina Schmieder (2014), 'Ring Fencing and Consolidated Banks' Stress Tests', Journal of Financial Stability, 11, April, 1-12 -- 27. Dirk Schoenmaker (2015), 'The New Banking Union Landscape in Europe: Consolidation Ahead?', Journal of Financial Perspectives, 3 (2), 189-201 -- 28. David Miles, Jing Yang and Gilberto Marcheggiano (2013), 'Optimal Bank Capital', Economic Journal, 123 (567), March, 1-37 -- 29. Enrico Perotti and Javier Suarez (2011), 'A Pigovian Approach to Liquidity Regulation', International Journal of Central Banking, 7 (4), 3-41 -- 30. Dirk Schoenmaker and Peter Wierts (2015), 'Regulating The Financial Cycle: An Integrated Approach with a Leverage Ratio', Economics Letters, 136, November, 70-2 -- 31. Raj Aggarwal and Kevin T. Jacques (2001), 'The Impact of FDICIA and Prompt Corrective Action on Bank Capital and Risk: Estimates Using a Simultaneous Equations Model', Journal of Banking and Finance, 25 (6), June, 1139-60 -- 32. Jean-Charles Rochet (2003), 'Why Are There so Many Banking Crises?', CESifo Economic Studies, 49 (2), 141-55 -- 33. Ben S. Bernanke (1983), 'Nonmonetary Effects of the Financial Crisis in the Propagation of the Great Depression', American Economic Review, 73 (3), June, 257-76 -- 34. C. A. E. Goodhart (1987), 'Why Do Banks Need a Central Bank?' Oxford Economic Papers, 39 (1), March, 75-89 -- 35. Tobias Adrian and Hyun Song Shin (2010), 'Liquidity and Leverage', Journal of Financial Intermediation, 19 (3), July, 418-37 -- 36. Andrei Shleifer and Robert Vishny (2011), ' Fire Sales in Finance and Macroeconomics', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 25 (1), Winter, 29-48 -- 37. Luc Laeven and Fabián Valencia (2013), 'The Real Effects of Financial Sector Interventions During Crises', Journal of Money, Credit and Banking, 45 (1), February, 147-77 -- 38. Emilios Avgouleas, Charles Goodhart and Dirk Schoenmaker (2013), 'Bank Resolution Plans as a Catalyst for Global Financial Reform', Journal of Financial Stability, 9 (2), June, 210-18
    Abstract: "Banks have a special position in the financial system. Their exclusive link to the central bank puts them at the top of the financial system and enables banks to offer liquidity to the wider economy. They also provide loans and payment services to firms and households. This multifaceted nature of banking makes the economics of banking exciting. Together with an original introduction by the editor, this collection assembles the best 'banking' papers on all these dimensions and will be invaluable for all banking scholars and practitioners"--
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 51
    ISBN: 9781800376014
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (192 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Steuerpolitik ; Finanzpolitik ; Risiko ; Modellierung ; Öffentliche Schulden ; Wirkungsanalyse ; Theorie ; Fiscal policy ; Electronic books ; Bibliographie enthalten
    Abstract: "Presenting innovative modelling approaches to the analysis of fiscal policy and government debt, this book moves beyond previous models that have relied upon the assumption that various age-specific rates and policy variables remain unchanged when it comes to generating government expenditures and tax revenues. As a result of population ageing, current policy settings in many countries are projected to lead to unsustainable levels of public debt; Tax Policy and Uncertainty explores models that allow for feedbacks and uncertainty to combat this. Applicable to any country, the models in the book explore the optimal timing and extent of tax changes in the face of anticipated high future debt. Chapters produce stochastic debt projections, including probability distribution of debt ratios at each point in time. It also offers important analysis of fiscal policy trade-offs as well as providing advice on when and by how much tax rates should be increased. Economics scholars focusing on fiscal policy will appreciate the improved models in this book that allow both for uncertainty and feedback effects arising from responses to increased debt. It will also be helpful to economic policy advisors and economists in government departments"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 52
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781839109997
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (336 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Geldtheorie ; Geldpolitik ; Ökonomische Ideengeschichte ; Theorie ; Economics History ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: "This volume contains thirty-seven contributions from the most significant early developers of monetary economics. Starting with Aristotle, the collection tracks the development of the modern theory of money through the ages by thinkers like Thomas Aquinas, Martin de Azpilcueta, John Locke, Richard Cantillon, David Hume, and A.R.J Turgot. Also included are the first translations of Jean Buridan's writings on money and of Albert the Great's writings on money from Latin. A Source Book on Early Monetary Theory will be of interest to bankers, historians, and macroeconomists and can be used as a supplementary text on courses in macroeconomics, money and banking, and the history of economic thought"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 53
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788978972
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (232 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Neue Seidenstraße ; Internationale Wirtschaftsbeziehungen ; Verkehrsinfrastruktur ; Globalisierung ; China ; Infrastructure (Economics) ; Business logistics ; Electronic books ; Bibliographie enthalten
    Abstract: Contents: Preface: Beyond China, China, China -- PART I INTRODUCTION -- 1. Actions and Reactions -- PART II CHINA -- 2. From China's Logistics to China's Geologistics -- PART III THE SILK ROAD ECONOMIC BELT: LANDBRIDGES, ECONOMIC CORRIDORS AND DRY PORTS -- 3. Landbridging Eurasia -- 4. Secondary Economic Corridors, Dry Ports and Seaport Gateways -- PART IV THE TWENTY-FIRST CENTURY MARITIME SILK ROAD: BLUE ECONOMIC PASSAGES, AN ECONOMIC CIRCLE AND SEAPORTS -- 5. China-Indian Ocean-Africa-Mediterranean Passage -- 6. China-Oceania-South Pacific Passage: Adding Antarctica -- 7. China-Arctic Ocean Passage -- 8. China-Trans-Pacific Ocean Passage: Latin America and the Caribbean -- PART V CONCLUSION -- 9. Five Years On, Centennial Goals and an Imperial Connection? -- Bibliography -- Index.
    Abstract: "This insightful book examines the growing role of China on the global stage by gauging the varying reactions of international spectators to Beijing's hugely significant Belt and Road Initiative. Featuring detailed studies of key geologistical projects, Peter Rimmer charts the swift transformation of China's domestic logistics systems into a global geologistics policy. Analyses of major international logistical projects, from the Great Stone Industrial Park of Belarus, through the ports of Gwadar, Piraeus, Darwin and Sabetta to the Nicaragua Canal, illustrate the global impact of China's geologistical developments and how key logistics skills are exported through the Silk Road Economic Belt and the 21st Century Maritime Silk Road. This book distils China's global logistics developments into three basic models - the transcontinental, the reverse and the classic - to reflect upon the effects of the first five years of the Belt and Road Initiative. Laced with detailed empirical studies and an array of illustrative maps, Rimmer assesses the domestic impact of the Initiative thus far and offers an astute appraisal of the imperial connotations of Beijing's global logistical project. This enlightening book provides crucial insights for academics and researchers in political science, transport studies and economics investigating China's recent policy initiatives, particularly those who examine the impact of geologistics. Policymakers and commentators will also benefit from the author's unique empirical insight into global logistics development"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 54
    ISBN: 9781839106095
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (208 pages)
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: European Research Council ; Research institutes ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Part I -- 1. The Makings of an Authority in Science -- 2. Theorizing Status Intermediaries -- Part II -- 3. Tensions and Struggles in Europe-Level Science -- 4. Creating Acceptance for European Research Council Evaluations -- 5. The Consequences of European Research Council Allocations -- Part III -- 6. Constructing a Status Intermediary in Science -- 7. Taking Stock and Looking Ahead Appendix Studying the European Research Council -- Index.
    Abstract: "In this insightful book, Peter Edlund takes a status-based approach to theorizing the development of the European Research Council (ERC). Drawing upon rich empirical material, the author vividly details how the ERC was transformed from a funding organization into an authoritative status intermediary in European science. Edlund's innovate approach illustrates the ERC's path toward pre-eminence, building on a theoretical framework that the author uses to analyze evidence from Swedish and European contexts in an intriguing exploration of research funding allocated under the flagship Starting Grant scheme. Offering a field perspective on the multi-layered interactions between candidates and audiences within which the ERC was constructed as a status intermediary, this book redirects attention toward key antecedents that allow us to understand many of the extensive consequences generated by the ERC's funding. Blending theoretical models and empirical findings, Edlund's book will appeal to academics seeking advances in status theory. Practitioners and policymakers working with research funding will also benefit from its account of the historic development of the ERC and the consequences of its funding across Europe"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 55
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788978347
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (224 pages)
    Series Statement: Elgar impact of entrepreneurship research series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 338/.04
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; New business enterprises
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- 1. Business Creation: Wall Street and Main Street -- 2. Business Creation: Scope and Stability -- 3. Business Creation and Economic Growth: Churning is Good -- 4. New Firms are the Major Source of New Jobs -- 5. Different National Development: Different Business Creation -- 6. Context Counts, But May be Hard to Change -- 7. Growth Firms and Job Redistribution -- 8. Money is Necessary, But Not Sufficient -- 9. Everyone Pays, Some Benefit a Lot -- 10. An Important Option for the Desperate -- 11. New Firms: Change Agents Hiding in Plain Sight -- Appendix A Global Entrepreneurship Monitor (GEM) Program -- Appendix B U.S. Regional Business Dynamics Data Set -- Appendix C U.S. Panel Study of Entrepreneurial Dynamics (PSED) Program -- References -- Index.
    Abstract: "Policy makers give a lot of attention to business creation and entrepreneurship, but they do not have a good resource for understanding The Truth about Entrepreneurship. The extensive media coverage of Wall Street entrepreneurship provides an incomplete portrayal of most business creation. While both high profile and everyday new firms provide major contributions to economic growth, the ongoing, bottoms-up activity pursued by over half a billion around the world is not widely recognized. This book reviews some of the most salient features of grass roots business creation, such as the total amount of activity, differences related to national economic development, the relationship to business churning and job creation, the impact of national context, the mixed contributions of high growth firms, the modest effect of external financial support, the unequal distribution of sunk costs related to successful payback, importance as an option for the most desperate in poor countries, and the tendency to overlook the continuing incremental impact of Main Street business creation. Entrepreneurial scholars, faculty, policy analysists and graduate students interested in economic development, entrepreneurship and public policy will find clarity and gain a depth of knowledge about policy making and business creation with The Truth about Entrepreneurship"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 56
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781839107481
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 250 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Nachhaltige Stadtentwicklung ; Räumlicher Wettbewerb ; Urbanisierung ; Stadtsoziologie ; Welt ; Sociology, Urban ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Nachhaltigkeit ; Stadtentwicklung ; Stadtsoziologie
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction -- PART I THE SUSTAINABLE CITY -- 1 Towards sustainable urban competitiveness? The role of organizing capacity and distributed leadership / Leo van den Berg and Luis Carvalho -- 2 The modern city and third places: new sources of sustainable entrepreneurs and competitiveness / Diane-Gabrielle Tremblay and Arnaud Scaillerez -- 3 Urbanization and sustainable urban development in China / Shen Jianfa -- 4 In search of an innovation economic geography / Edward Blakely -- 5 Evaluating the quality of comprehensive plans for urban resilience: the case of seven metropolitan cities in South Korea / Hyun-Woo Kim and Gi-Chan Kim -- PART II THE COMPETITIVE CITY -- 6 "Focused Research University"and "Matrix College": Incheon National University's strategies based on combination and permutation / Cho Dong-Sung -- 7 Human behavior and economic development: culture, psychology and the competitiveness of cities and regions / Robert Huggins and Piers Thompson -- 8 Must a competitive city be a tolerant city? / Peter Karl Kresl -- 9 Ecological environment competitiveness in emerging economies: a case of urban India / Shaleen Singhal and Meenakshi Kumar -- 10 Metropolitan development and geographical deconcentration in Mexico, 1980-2015 / Jaime Sobrino -- 11 Mexico: GVCs network development and the emergence of interactive cities 200/ Clemente Ruiz Durán -- 12 Mexican cities' innovative industry and competitiveness in the age of the modern city: changes between 1993 and 2013 / Isela Orihuela -- Index.
    Abstract: "This original book examines the experiences cities and urban areas have had with two principal concerns that confront them today: sustainability and competitiveness. Focusing on major cities in East Asia, North America, and Western Europe, Towards a Competitive, Sustainable Modern City illuminates the ways in which cities differ not only in their course and stages of development, but in the nature of their economies and their administrative structures. Featuring a wide-ranging set of contributions from top researchers, this book discusses and analyzes the issues that different cities face, such as social cohesion, tolerance and cultural diversity, and how this will determine their developmental trajectories through the coming decade. These issues are explored in relation to contemporary topics including the growing economy of robotics, the rising importance and use of artificial intelligence and the information and communications economy. Towards a Competitive, Sustainable Modern City will be an invaluable read for scholars and professors in urban economics and urban studies more broadly, particularly those who are focusing on the importance of sustainability in both areas. Its stimulating, yet accessible, approach to the topic and key case studies will also greatly benefit urban planners and economic policy makers looking to improve contemporary cities"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 57
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788116237
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xvii, 349 pages)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook on intervention and statebuilding
    DDC: 327.1
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Intervention (International law) ; Nation-building ; Intervention ; Nationenbildung ; Intervention ; Konfliktregelung ; Internationaler Konflikt ; Internationale Politik ; Internationale Organisation ; Problemlösen ; Fähigkeit ; Failed State ; Begrenzte Staatlichkeit ; Institutionalisierung ; Handbuch ; Nation-building ; Intervention (International law) ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Intervention ; State building
    Abstract: "This innovative Handbook offers a new perspective on the cutting-edge conceptual advances that have shaped - and continue to shape - the field of intervention and statebuilding. Bringing together leading global scholars, the Handbook on Intervention and Statebuilding offers a cross-cutting perspective on a wide array of themes. Chapters cover democracy promotion, transitional justice and humanitarianism, as well as the involvement of drones and cyber technology in conflicts. Employing state-of-the-art perspectives on the most crucial themes, this Handbook explores issues at the heart of contemporary statebuilding. This Handbook will be critical reading for researchers at all levels in the broad field of international relations and peace and conflict studies. Upper-level students of political science will also benefit from the breadth of topics covered"--
    Abstract: 1. Introduction to the handbook on intervention and statebuilding: Moving beyond the current orthodoxy / Nicolas Lemay-Hébert -- 2. Intervention and statebuilding beyond the human / David Chandler -- 3. Knowledge, expertise and the politics of intervention and statebuilding / Berit Bliesemann de Guevara and Roland Kostić -- 4. Post-conflict reconstruction, the local, and the indigenous / Elisa Randazzo -- 5. Data in the context of intervention and statebuilding / Isabel Rocha de Siqueira -- 6. The ambiguity of statebuilding / Florian P. Kühn -- 7. International statebuilding interventions and the politics of scale / Shahar Hameiri and Fabio Scarpello -- 8. Intervening in a diverse world: Revisiting the 'problem' of difference in international statebuilding / Pol Bargués-Pedreny and Xavier Mathieu -- 9. Decolonial 'interventions'? Potentials and challenges of decolonial perspectives / Philipp Lottholz -- 10. Democracy promotion and statebuilding / Sonja Grimm -- 11. Post-conflict statebuilding as contentious politics / Outi Donovan -- 12. State formation in the context of hybrid political orders / Volker Boege -- 13. The everyday politics of international intervention / Janosch Neil Kullenberg -- 14. Non-state actors, service delivery and statebuilding / Claire Mcloughlin -- 15. Clear, hold, build ... A 'local' state: Counterinsurgency and territorial orders in somalia / Louise Wiuff Moe -- 16. International political sociology of interventions / Médéric Martin-Mazé -- 17. From international justice and statebuilding to international justice as statebuilding / Sara Dezalay -- 18. Mapping the nexus of transitional justice and peacebuilding / Catherine Baker and Jelena Obradovic-Wochnik -- 19. Civilian protection in the context of interventions / Cecilia Jacob -- 20. The spatial dimensions of statebuilding / Annika Björkdahl and Stefanie Kappler -- 21. The temporal dimension in the study of interventions / Róisín Read and Roger Mac Ginty -- 22. Statebuilding and narrative / Josefin Graef and Raquel da Silva -- 23. Myths and the international politics of intervention and statebuilding / Berit Bliesemann de Guevara and Catherine Goetze -- 24. Cyber security: States, development and intervention / Kristan Stoddart -- 25. The plain drone, the armed drone and human security / Astri Suhrke -- 26. New forms of intervention: The case of humanitarian refugee biometrics / Katja Lindskov Jacobsen -- 27. Transnational environmental crime: From securitization to intervention and statebuilding / Lorraine Elliott -- 28. The aid bunker: Security risk management in conflict zones / Florian Weigand -- 29. From gendered war to gendered peace? Feminist perspectives on international intervention in sites of conflict / Maria O'Reilly -- 30. Romanticising the locals and the externals? Identifying challenges to a gendered ssr / Nina Wilén -- 31. The political economy of gender and peacebuilding / Yasmin Chilmeran and Jacqui True -- Index.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 58
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788114363
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (192 pages)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar research agendas
    Parallel Title: Also issued as:
    Keywords: Special events Management ; Research ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction to a research agenda for event management / Erik Lundberg, Tommy D. Andersson and John Armbrecht -- Part I: Events in society -- 2. Re-thinking event sustainability / Judith Mair -- 3. The past, present and future of event safety research / Morten Thanning Vendelø -- 4. Event bidding: a research agenda for major and mega sport events / David McGillivray, Daniel Turner and John Lauermann -- 5. Event evaluation and impact assessment: five challenges / Donald Getz -- Part II: The event consumer -- 6. Re-thinking the value of events for event attendees: emerging themes from psychology / Eliza Kitchen and Sebastian Filep -- 7. Event experience research directions / Greg Richards -- 8. Managing extraordinary event experiences: understanding consumer immersion / Lena Mossberg -- 9. Participant events and the active event consumer / Tommy D. Andersson, John Armbrecht and Erik Lundberg -- Part III: The event organisation -- 10. Revisiting and advancing the research agenda for event volunteering / Karen A. Smith, Leonie Lockstone-Binney and Kirsten Holmes -- 11. Knowledge management in event and festival organisations: Challenges and future directions / Raphaela Stadler -- Index
    Abstract: "Elgar Research Agendas outline the future of research in a given area. Leading scholars are given the space to explore their subject in provocative ways, and map out the potential directions of travel. They are relevant but also visionary. Offering a unique collection of established and emerging perspectives on event management, this Research Agenda investigates contemporary themes and innovative methodologies. 10 chapters cover core topics in the current academic debate, exploring the development of event management from a management-oriented field into a multidisciplinary research area. Organised into three parts, the Research Agenda contains international contributions from academics across tourism, geography, management, psychology and sociology fields. Initially tackling events in society, the book moves on to look specifically at the consumer, and finally examines the event organization. Chapters recommend the integration of events in geographical and political contexts, suggesting research agendas for the future that focus on the spectator, the participant and, ultimately, the consumer. Critical reading for management and tourism scholars, this book offers key insights to developing topics in the field. Event practitioners and policy makers will also greatly benefit from reading this"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: FULL  ((Currently Only Available on Campus))
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 59
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784718602
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (272 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook on place branding and marketing
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Standortmarketing ; Destinationsmanagement ; Tourismusforschung ; Nachhaltige Stadtentwicklung ; Regionalentwicklung ; Trend ; Internationaler Tourismus ; Branding (Marketing) ; Electronic books ; Standortpolitik ; Tourismusforschung ; Regionalentwicklung
    Abstract: Contents: Section 1: Place branding: strategies and perspectives -- 1. The state of art: from country-of-origin to strategies for economic development / Adriana Campelo -- 2. Place branding in strategic spatial planning: challenges and opportunities of branding regions / Eduardo Oliveira and Gregory Ashworth -- 3. The cultural branding matrix: framing the relation between cultural institutions and city branding / Cecilia Pasquinelli -- 4. 'Like a pair of worn-out slippers': place attraction factors among return migrants to peripheral places / Helle Dalsgaard Pedersen and Anette Therkelsen -- Section 2: Place making -- 5. Place brand meaning-making: culture, ethos and habitus / Adriana Campelo -- 6. "I love this place": tourists' destination brand love / Kathryn Swanson, Dominic Medway, and Gary Warnaby -- 7. Programmatic authenticity: culinary place branding in Greenland / Søren Askegaard, Dannie Kjeldgaard, and Eric Arnould -- 8. Smell it, taste it, listen it, touch it, and see it to make sense of this place / Adriana Campelo -- Section 3: Methodologies for place branding -- 9. Multisensory place branding: a manifesto for research / Dominic Medway and Gary Warnaby -- 10. Place branding and place narratives / Maria Lichrou, Maurice Patterson and Lisa O'Malley -- 11. Place brand biography: something special or same old story? / Stephen Brown -- Section 4: Urban issues -- 12. Mobility, marketing, and the experience of the city / Gary Warnaby and Christopher J. Parker -- 13. Pretty vacant? -- Implications of neglect and emptiness for urban aesthetics and place branding / Gary Warnaby and Dominic Medway -- 14. Trends and final remarks / Adriana Campelo -- Index.
    Abstract: Place branding as an academic field is both challenging and under explored. In the face of an ever-expanding global urban population, this Handbook illustrates how place branding can contribute to transforming urban agglomeration into sustainable and healthy areas. The Chapters cover four key areas; place branding as a tool for economic development, experiences of place making, methodologies to develop place brands, and urban regeneration. Pioneering experts provide in-depth analysis on the politics and significance of place branding's inclusion in economic development programs, the multisensory dimensions of sense of place, and new epistemologies and methodologies for research. They further examine the role of place marketing in combatting challenges for future cities such as mobility, aesthetics and metropolitan conurbation. Students and scholars in management, marketing and economics will find this innovative and contemporary Handbook a must read. Eminently practical, it will also benefit policy makers and place planners, alongside consultants on public policies. Place branding as an academic field is both challenging and under explored. In the face of an ever-expanding global urban population, this Handbook illustrates how place branding can contribute to transforming urban agglomeration into sustainable and healthy areas. The Chapters cover four key areas; place branding as a tool for economic development, experiences of place making, methodologies to develop place brands, and urban regeneration. Pioneering experts provide in-depth analysis on the politics and significance of place branding's inclusion in economic development programs, the multisensory dimensions of sense of place, and new epistemologies and methodologies for research. They further examine the role of place marketing in combatting challenges for future cities such as mobility, aesthetics and metropolitan conurbation. Students and scholars in management, marketing and economics will find this innovative and contemporary Handbook a must read. Eminently practical, it will also benefit policy makers and place planners, alongside consultants on public policies
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 60
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781786432797
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (224 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Universities and the entrepreneurial ecosystem
    Keywords: Universitäre Forschung ; Forschungskooperation ; Unternehmensgründung ; Entrepreneurship Social aspects ; Business incubators ; Entrepreneurship ; University-based new business enterprises ; Electronic books ; Universität ; Investitionspolitik ; Wissens- und Technologietransfer
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction / David B. Audretsch and Albert N. Link -- Part I -- University entrepreneurship -- 1. Albert N. Link and John T. Scott (2003), 'U.S. Science Parks: the diffusion of an innovation and its effects on the academic missions of universities', International Journal of Industrial Organization, 21 (9), November, 1323-56 -- 2. Albert N. Link and John T. Scott (2005), 'Opening the ivory tower's door: an analysis of the determinants of the formation of U.S. University spin-off companies', research policy, 34 (7), September, 1106-12 -- 3. Albert N. Link and John T. Scott (2006), 'U.S. University Research Parks', Journal of Productivity Analysis, 25 (1), April, 43-55 -- 4. T. Taylor Aldridge and David Audretsch (2011), 'The Bayh-Dole Act and scientist entrepreneurship', research policy, 40 (8), October, 1058-67 -- 5. T. Taylor Aldridge, David Audretsch, Sameeksha Desai and Venkata Nadella (2014), 'Scientist entrepreneurship across scientific fields', Journal of Technology Transfer, 39 (6), December, 819-35 -- Part II: University technology transfer -- 6. David B. Audretsch, Erik E. Lehmann and Susanne Warning (2005), 'University spillovers and new firm location', research policy, 34 (7), September, 1113-22 -- 7. Albert N. Link, Donald S. Siegel and Barry Bozeman (2007), 'An empirical analysis of the propensity of academics to engage in informal university technology transfer', industrial and corporate change, 16 (4), August, 641-55 -- 8. Ahmed Alshumaimri, Taylor Aldridge and David B. Audretsch (2010), 'The University Technology transfer revolution in Saudi Arabia', Journal of Technology Transfer, 35 (6), December, 585-96 -- Part III: Complementary nature of university-based research -- 9. Albert N. Link and John Rees (1990), 'Firm size, university based research, and the returns to R&D', Small Business Economics, 2 (1), March, 25-31 -- 10. Zoltan J. Acs, David B. Audretsch and Maryann P. Feldman (1992), 'Real effects of academic research: comment', American Economic Review, 82 (1), March, 363-7 -- 11. David B. Audretsch and Paula E. Stephan (1996), 'Company-scientist locational links: the case of biotechnology', American Economic Review, 86 (3), June, 641-52 -- 12. Dennis Patrick Leyden and Albert N. Link (2013), 'Knowledge spillovers, collective entrepreneurship, and economic growth: the role of universities', Small Business Economics, 41 (4), December, 797-817 -- Part IV: Universities as research partners -- 13. Bronwyn H. Hall, Albert N. Link and John T. Scott (2003), 'Universities as research partners', Review of Economics and Statistics, 85 (2), May, 485-91 -- 14. David B. Audretsch, Dennis P. Leyden and Albert N. Link (2012), 'Universities as research oartners', Economics of Innovation and New Technology, 21 (5-6), September, 529-45 -- 15. Marco Guerzoni, T. Taylor Aldridge, David B. Audretsch and Sameeksha Desai (2014), 'A new industry creation and originality: insight from the funding sources of university patents', Research Policy, 43 (10), December, 1697-707 -- Index.
    Abstract: This book brings together leading research and scholarship on one of the newest and most compelling forces of economic growth, dynamism and innovation - entrepreneurial ecosystems. Particular emphasis is given to the role of innovation, startups, SMEs and technology transfer in shaping the entrepreneurial ecosystem, as well as its impact on firm performance and regional economic performance. From the perspectives of theory, empirical analysis and public policy, this book shows why entrepreneurial ecosystems have become the new economic superstars in the global economy. It provides explicit analysis of policies promoting entrepreneurship and entrepreneurial ecosystems, and examines the link between entrepreneurial ecosystems and universities. This timely collection of research will be of interest not only to academics and scholars in economics and management, but also to thought leaders in public policy and business
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 61
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781782545569
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (456 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on corporate governance and entrepreneurship
    RVK:
    Keywords: Corporate Governance ; Entrepreneurship ; Unternehmensgründung ; KMU ; Corporate governance ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Entrepreneurship ; Corporate Governance
    Abstract: Contents: Part I Corporate governance and entrepreneurship as a research field -- 1. Corporate governance and entrepreneurship: Current states and future directions / Jonas Gabrielsson -- 2. Governance theory: Origins and implications for researching boards and governance in entrepreneurial firms / Jonas Gabrielsson and Morten Huse -- Part II Corporate governance in start-ups and early stage ventures -- 3. Advisory boards in entrepreneurial companies / Eythor Ivar Johnson -- 4. Top management team organization of high-tech venture firms: Structural arrangements and their potential consequences / Till Talaulicar -- 5. Research on board of directors in high-tech start-ups: An assessment and suggestions for future research -- Ekaterina S. Bjornali -- 6. Corporate governance in early stage high tech ventures: The impact of top management team and outside board human capital on innovation speed / Elien Vandenbroucke and Mirjam Knockaert -- 7. The effects of private equity investors on the governance of companies -- Stefano Bonini and Vincenzo Capizzi -- Part III Corporate governance in SMEs -- 8. Corporate governance practices in smaller privately held businesses - insights from the Rhine Valley region / Susanne Durst and Julia Brunold -- 9. Alliance governance in entrepreneurial firms: The influence of family control and organizational size / Daniel Pittino, Franscesca Visintin and Paola Mazzurana -- 10. Corporate governance and innovation in small entrepreneurial firms: The board chairperson's role / Daniel Yar Hamidi and Jonas Gabrielsson -- Part IV Corporate governance in fast growing firms and IPOs -- 11. An engagement theory of governance: The dynamics of governance structures in high growth, high potential firms / Teresa Nelson and Huseyin Leblebici -- 12. Founder status and defensive mechanisms at IPO: Evidence from French firms / Asma Fattoum and Frédéric Delmar -- 13. Corporate governance and accounting in small growing firms: A comparison of financial reporting and cost of debt across Gazelles and Non-Gazelles / Marita Blomkvist and Mari Paananen -- Part V Corporate governance and corporate entrepreneurship -- 14. Corporate governance and corporate entrepreneurship in different organisational forms / Elin Smith and Sven-Olof Collin -- 15. Corporate entrepreneurship in a large company - skunk works or guided evolution? / Seppo Laukkanen, Martin Lindell and Anssi Vanioki -- Index
    Abstract: Issues and challenges surrounding corporate governance in entrepreneurial firms remain relatively unexamined. The Handbook of Research on Corporate Governance and Entrepreneurship brings together leading academic experts within their specific fields to examine the most important issues surrounding corporate governance in various entrepreneurial settings, including start-ups, owner-managed firms, fast-growing firms and IPOs. The Handbook also considers how corporate governance and board leadership is associated with entrepreneurship and innovation in mature companies. Detailed chapters span a wide range of topics, methodologies and levels of analysis, all designed to contribute to advancements in the understanding of corporate governance in entrepreneurial firms. The Handbook begins with a succinct investigation into governance and entrepreneurship as a research field, followed by clearly delineated and thematic parts dedicated to different business settings. Key topics include governance in early stage, high-tech ventures and dynamics of governance structures in high-growth, high-potential firms. This innovative Handbook will provide fresh insights and unique practical perspectives for advanced students and academics in business management and entrepreneurship. Collectively, the chapters provide new insights into the topic across different organizational and geographical settings and offer guidance to practitioners and policy-makers working within these domains
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 62
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785363719
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (192 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Entrepreneurial identity
    Keywords: Unternehmer ; Identity theory ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entrepreneurship
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- 1. Entrepreneurial identity : professional virtues moderate attraction and persistence / Thomas N. Duening -- 2. The entrepreneur in the age of discursive reproduction : whence comes entrepreneurial identity? / Rebecca Gill -- 3. Visualizing Bill Gates and Richard Branson as comic book heroes : an examination of the role of cartoon and caricature in the parodization of the entrepreneurial persona / Robert Smith and David Boje -- 4. Entrepreneurial identity and motivation / Blake Mathias -- 5. Learning to become entrepreneurial : fostering entrepreneurial identity & habits / Karen Williams-Middleton and Anne Donnellon -- 6. Teaching the aspiring entrepreneur / Matthew L. Metzger -- Index.
    Abstract: Entrepreneurship is an academic discipline that, despite decades of growth in research and teaching activity lacks a traditionally distinct or common pedagogy. In this book, editors Thomas N. Duening and Matthew L. Metzger explore entrepreneurial identity as a new basis upon which curricula can be constructed for aspiring entrepreneurs. Critically, this perspective is based on the insight that there is a fundamental difference between venture development and entrepreneur development. Unfortunately, most current interventions for aspiring entrepreneurs focus on the former at the expense of the latter. The editors have collected work from an international team of authors with diverse views on how identity theory applies to entrepreneur development. Chapters focus primarily on macro-level identity issues (that is, how do these entrepreneurial archetypes form, persist, and sometimes change) or micro-level identity issues (that is, how can educators and resource providers identify, communicate, and incentivize identity construction among aspiring entrepreneurs). This book provides a general theoretical background and offers numerous suggestions for application and further research. One example of this is the 'For Further Reading' feature at the end of each chapter which is perfect for assisting those who want to delve deeper into various topics. This essential resource will be of interest to researchers, resource providers and students alike
    Note: Contributors include: D. Boje, A. Donnellon, T.N. Duening, R. Gill, B. Mathias, M.L. Metzger, R. Smith, K. Williams-Middleton , Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 63
    ISBN: 9781785361241
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (704 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of sustainability in management education
    DDC: 650/.0711
    RVK:
    Keywords: Führungskräfteentwicklung ; Betriebswirtschaftsstudium ; Nachhaltigkeit ; Management Study and teaching ; Electronic books ; Führungskraft ; Ausbildung ; Nachhaltigkeit
    Abstract: Contents: introduction -- Part I: Theorizing the field of sustainability in management education (SiME) development in practice -- 1. Business cases for sustainability-integrated management education / Melissa Edwards, Suzanne Benn, and Mark Starik -- 2. Reforming the delinquent organization: academia's impactful tribute to society / Frederick Ahen -- 3. Critical reflection and transformative learning: the development of shared value rationality in the teaching of strategy for sustainability / Janette Brunstein, Marta Fabiano Sambiase, and Marcos Bidart Carneiro De Novaes -- 4. Sustainability in management education: an alternative paradigm based on critical pedagogy and substantive rationality / Soraia Schutel, Emmanuel Raufflet, Paola Schmitt Figueiró, and Pedro Roberto Jacobi -- 5. Sustainability as a university value: a journey from awareness to behavior change / Erik E. Nordman, Norman Christopher, and Yumiko Jakobcic -- 6. The importance of philosophical and anthropological knowledge in management education regarding sustainability / Angela Vidal Da Silva Martins -- Part II: Exploring transformational interventions in SiME -- 7. Mission possible: introducing sustainability as an experiential entrepreneurship activity / Leo T. Wong -- 8. A review of the pedagogical tools, games, and simulations in the sustainability classroom / Claire A. Simmers, and Sara Soderstrom -- 9. Developing the sustainability mindset / Isabel Rimanoczy -- 10. Sustainability learning processes: concepts, benchmarking, development and integration / Farley Simon Nobre, Jorge A. Arevalo and Shelley F. Mitchell -- 11. Expansive learning through contradictions of sustainability / Martin Albert, Julia Breßler, and Stefan Hüsig -- 12. Sustainability through stakeholder value creation: redesigning an MBA curriculum / Richard Miller, R. Greg Bell, Dale Fodness, and J. Lee Whittington -- 13. Gender and sustainable management education: exploring the missing link / Jannine Williams, Elina Meliou, and Jorge A. Arevalo -- Part III: Understanding change agents and reform accelerators' roles -- 14. The role of management education in transdisciplinary collaborations for sustainable social-economic-ecological systems / Susan L. Manring -- 15. Journeying towards responsible citizenship and sustainability / Martin Brueckner, Rochelle Spencer, Megan Paull, Antonia Girardi, Steve Klomp -- 16. University sustainability reporting: a review of the literature and development of a model / Alan J. Richardson, Meghan D. Kachler -- 17. External facilitators of sustainable management education (EFSUMEs) and their role in promoting sustainable management education in higher education / Diego Vazquez-Brust, Natalia Yakovleva -- 18. University experiential learning partnerships as living laboratories for sustainability / Adam Sulkowski -- Part IV: Sustaining long term programs through innovation -- 19. The influence of temporality on students' learning processes: lessons from a service- learning program in Brazil / Luciano Barin Cruz, and Marlei Pozzebon -- 20. Sustainable entrepreneurship undergraduate education: a community of practice perspective / Marcela Ramirez Pasillas, and Quang Evansluong -- 21. Faculty experiences with teaching sustainability in management education: a study of select management institutions in India / Kaushik Ranjan Bandyopadhyay, and Ritika Mahajan -- 22. Enabling sustainability in management education / Paul Miesing, Linda Krzykowski, and Eliot Rich -- 23. Sustainable MBAs: a phase model development of sustainability in MBA education / Timothy A. Hart, Corey J. Fox, John Korstad, and Erin E. Nill -- 24. Managing for sustainability: -- Designing a successful undergraduate program / Neil Boyd, Jamie R. Hendry, Tammy Bunn Hiller, and Eric Martin -- Part VI: Conclusion -- Index.
    Abstract: This Handbook strives to ...
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 64
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784711016
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (240 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in institutional and evolutionary economics
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Jones, Colin, 1966 - An autecological theory of the firm and its environment
    DDC: 302.3/5
    Keywords: Theorie der Unternehmung ; Ökologie ; Organisationstheorie ; Ecology ; Business enterprises Social aspects ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Unternehmenstheorie ; Autökologie
    Abstract: Contents: Part I: An alternative theory of the firm -- 1. Why we need an alternative theory of the firm and its environment -- Part II: The firm and its environment -- 2. What is a firm? -- 3. What is an environment? -- 4. Modification and matching -- Part III: Explaining adaptation -- 5. The case of transferred demand and other observations -- Part IV: Towards an autecological approach -- 6. Methodological issues -- 7. Opportunities and future directions -- Index.
    Abstract: The ecological study of f ...
    Note: Includes index
    URL: FULL  ((Currently Only Available on Campus))
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 65
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785364747
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Gender and entrepreneurial activity
    DDC: 338/.04/081
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Geschlechterunterschiede ; Geschlechterdiskriminierung ; Entrepreneurship Sex differences ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Gender and entrepreneurial activity : an overview / Albert N. Link -- 2. The psychology of the entrepreneur and the gender gap in entrepreneurship / Olga Bentsson, Tino Sanandaji and Magnus Johannesson -- 3. Female immigrant entrepreneurship in Germany / David B. Audretsch, Erik E. Lehmann, and Katharine Wirsching -- 4. Gender and entrepreneurship : selected stylized propositions, a simple empirical illustration, and some comparisons / Rajeev K. Goel, Devrim Göktepe-Hultén, and Rati Ram -- 5. Apparel industry entrepreneurs and small business owners : exploring gender within a global context / Nancy Hodges, Kittichai Watchravesringkan, Miranda Williams, Jennifer Yurchisin, Elena Karpova, Sara Marcketti, Jane Hegland, and Ruoh-Man (Terry) Yan -- 6. Barriers to academic entrepreneurship among women : a review of the constituent literatures / Marla Parker, Christopher S. Hayter, Lauren Lynch, and Rasheeda Mohammed -- 7. Elucidating the process : why women patent less than men / Erin Leahey and Amelia Blume -- 8. Corruption and entrepreneurship : does gender matter? / Claudia Trentini and Malinka Koparanova -- 9. Gender differences and academic entrepreneurship : a study of scientists in the principal investigator role / James A. Cunningham, Paul O'Reilly, Brendan Dolan, Conor O'Kane, and Vincent Mangematin -- 10. Reducing the gender gap in angel investing : the rising tide program / Susan Coleman and Alicia Robb -- 11. Gender in entrepreneurial finance : matching investors and entrepreneurs in equity crowdfunding / Silvio Vismara, Davide Benaroio, and Federica Carne -- 12. Gender and institutional environments in stem fields entrepreneurship / Margaret E. Blume-Kohout -- Index.
    Abstract: There is growing interest in the relationship between gender and entrepreneurial activity. In this book, 37 eminent scholars from diverse academic disciplines contribute cutting-edge research that addresses, from a gender perspective, three general areas of importance: key characteristics of entrepreneurs, key performance attributes of entrepreneurial firms, and the role of financial capital in the establishment and growth of entrepreneurial firms. Each chapter focuses on original, burgeoning themes related to gender and entrepreneurship, with forward-looking research that highlights key findings. For example, some authors show how the so-called 'gender divide' in patenting is greater than in publishing for academic entrepreneurs. Others explore the corruption in business practices, which is less for women entrepreneurs than their male counterparts, and explain why gender diversity is higher in equity crowdfunding than in other entrepreneurial finance markets. The book takes a global approach, offering examples of entrepreneurs from around the world. Scholars and students interested in entrepreneurship and the role of gender in business will find this volume informative and eye opening
    Note: Contributors include: D.B. Audretsch, D. Benaroio, O. Bengtsson, A. Blume, M.E. Blume-Kohout, F. Carne, S. Coleman, J.A. Cunningham, B. Dolan, R.K. Goel, D. Göktepe-Hultén, C.S. Hayter, J. Hegland, N. Hodges, M. Johannesson, E. Karpova, M. Koparanova, E. Leahey, E.E. Lehmann, A.N. Link, L. Lynch, V. Mangematin, S. Marcketti, R. Mohammed, C. O'Kane, P. O'Reilly, M. Parker, R. Ram, A. Robb, T. Sanandaji, C. Trentini, S. Vismara, K. Watchravesringkan, M. Williams, K. Wirsching, R.-N. Yan, J. Yurchisin , Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 66
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781783478293
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (288 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Young, Dennis R., 1943 - Financing nonprofits and other social enterprises
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Unternehmensfinanzierung ; Nonprofit-Organisation ; Sozialwirtschaft ; Nonprofit organizations Finance ; Electronic books ; Nonprofit-Bereich ; Finanzierung
    Abstract: Contents: Foreword by Bill Bolling -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Cross-currents in SPO finance -- 3. Benefits theory -- 4. The nature of benefits and their financing -- 5. Fee-reliant SPOs -- 6. Contributions-reliant spos -- 7. Government-reliant SPOs -- 8. Investment income-reliant SPOs -- 9. Mixed income strategies -- 10. Capital financing -- 11. Income portfolios -- 12. Benefits thinking : ideas and tools for practice -- Index.
    Abstract: Benefits theory connects an organization's mission, the public and private benefits it produces, and the societal groups that it benefits, to an appropriate income mix. This book applies benefits theory to the financing of nonprofit and other social purpose organizations to guide managers and leaders towards finding the best mix of income sources for their organizations, to help educate future managers about resource development and to stimulate additional research on the financing of nonprofits and other forms of social enterprise. Individual chapters are devoted to organizations primarily reliant on earned income, gifts, government support and investment income, respectively, as well as to organizations that are well diversified in their sources of operating support. Each type of income, as well as mixed income portfolios are analyzed in depth. Detailed case studies of contemporary social purpose organizations are discussed throughout the book, and templates are provided to help leaders apply benefits theory to analyze the income opportunities and portfolios of their own organizations. Comprehensive and practitioner-friendly, this book is suitable not only for teaching graduate and undergraduate students in non-profit management, social enterprise, public administration and business management, but also for informing practicing managers, teachers and researchers, and funders of social purpose organizations
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 67
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781786439987
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (168 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in international business series
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Pearce, Robert, 1943 - The development of international business
    RVK:
    Keywords: Internationale Geschäftsbeziehungen ; Multinationales Unternehmen ; Auslandsinvestition ; Theorie der Unternehmung ; International business enterprises History 20th century ; International trade ; Electronic books ; Wirtschaftsforschung ; Multinationales Unternehmen
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Multinationals: -- in theory and practice -- 2. From FDI to the MNE: -- Hymer and the roots of ownership advantage -- 3. From innovation to internationalisation: the product cycle model -- 4. From multi-domestic hierarchy to network hierarchy -- 5. Trade and FDI revisited: -- the role of location -- 6. Internalisation: ownership advantage as an intermediate good -- 7. The knowledge-seeking transition: -- decentralising innovation and R&D -- 8. Multinationals from emerging economies: a new challenge of practice to theory -- 9. Evaluating the multinationals: -- a coda -- Index.
    Abstract: The Development of International Business offers an extensive understanding of contemporary international business through detailed, engaging discussion of the development of the multinational enterprise (MNE) over the past half-century. By providing an analytically informed basis for understanding MNEs, two parallel strands of analysis in International Business (IB) are reviewed: the 'theoretical' and the 'practical'. Firstly, Robert Pearce identifies how the practical restructuring of the MNE as an organisational form has responded to changes in the wider global economy and how this evolution has interacted with the enrichment of theory on the topic. Secondly, by tracing the persisting dynamics of the MNE's structure and strategic positioning, he demonstrates the use of these systems and how they can help to understand and organise the future evolution of not only MNEs but of international business as a whole. Highly accessible with an informed overview of the entire IB subject area, The Development of International Business is an essential text for students and academics of business, management, economics and development. More generally, business leaders, economists and politicians will value the exceptional insight into the progression of international business and its future
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 68
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781786436337
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (160 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Employees Abuse of ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction -- 2. Emotion, its function and emancipation from social control -- 3. Emancipation from emotional repression through emotion regulation -- 4. Conclusion -- Index.
    Abstract: Emotion is often used by organizations to manipulate and repress workers. However, this repression can have adverse psychological and social consequences for them. This book articulates the pathways through which this repression occurs, and offers emotion regulation as a tool for workers to emancipate themselves from this repression and social control. Bringing together the largely unconnected literatures on critical theory and emotion regulation, this book articulates two pathways to social control currently underexplored in management: one where the social functions of emotion are exploited, and one where discussions about emotion override its social function. The author illustrates the processes through which workers can start to 'see through' the repression, and enlist emotion regulation strategies to emancipate themselves from it. These strategies may work in the short to medium term but, in the long term, workers may eventually change jobs. If staff turnover becomes unsustainable, the organization can seek to change the social structures causing the repression of workers in the first place. Combining fresh theoretical insights with practically informed vignettes, this book will appeal to academics and students across many social science disciplines, including business studies, organization studies, cognitive change, sociology and psychology. Both practising managers and disenchanted workers will also find this an enlightening read
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 69
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785363863
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (496 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on gender and leadership
    DDC: 658.4/09082
    RVK:
    Keywords: Geschlecht ; Führungsstil ; Welt ; Women executives ; Leadership Sex differences ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Diversity Management ; Weibliche Führungskraft
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction / Susan R. Madsen -- Part I: Setting the stage -- 1. The current status of women leaders worldwide / Elizabeth Goryunova, Robbyn T. Scribner and Susan R. Madsen -- 2. Asilomar declaration and call to action on women and leadership : women and leadership affinity group, international leadership association -- 3. Reflections on glass : second wave feminist theorizing in a third wave feminist age? / Savita Kumra -- Part II: Advancing women & leadership theory -- 4. Creativity in theorizing for women and leadership : a multi-paradigm perspective / Julia Storberg-Walker and Kristina Natt Och Dag -- 5. Social psychological approaches to women and leadership theory / Crystal L. Hoyt and Stefanie Simon -- 6. Sociological approaches to women and leadership theory / Christy Glass and Alicia Ingersoll -- 7. Sociolinguistic approaches to gender and leadership theory / Judith Baxter -- 8. Using organizational and management science theories to understand women and leadership / Chantal Van Esch, Karlygash Assylkhan and Diana Bilimoria -- 9. No woman left behind : critical leadership development to build gender consciousness and transform organizations / Laura Bierema -- Part III: Individual motivators to lead -- 10. Women's leadership aspirations / Lynne E. Devnew, Ann M. Berghout Austin, Marlene Janzen Le Ber and Mary Shapiro -- 11. Women's leadership ambition in early careers / Ruth Sealy and Charlotte Harman -- 12. Women's leadership identity : exploring person and context in theory / Wendy Fox-Kirk, Constance Campbell and Chrys Egan -- 13. The role of purpose and calling in women's leadership experiences / Karen A. Longman and Debbie Lamm Bray -- 14. Women, leadership, and power / Katharina Pick -- 15. Using neuroscience methods to explore gender differences in leadership / Suzanne J. Peterson and Amy L. Bartels -- 16. The connection between success, choice, and leadership for women / Sarah Leberman and Jane Simmonds -- Part IV: Gender-based leadership challenges and barriers -- 17. An overview of gender-based leadership barriers / Amy B. Diehl and Leanne M. Dzubinski -- 18. Organizational processes and systems that affect women in leadership / Michelle Bligh and Ai Ito -- 19. Individual stresses and strains in the ascent to leadership : gender, work, and family / Amy E. Smith and Deneen M. Hatmaker -- 20. Gender stereotypes and unconscious bias / Deborah L. Rhode -- 21. Theorizing women leaders' negative relations with other women / Sharon Mavin, Gina Grandy and Jannine Williams -- 22. The effect of media on women and leadership / Carole Elliot and Valerie Stead -- Part V: Developing women leaders -- 23. Advancing women through developmental relationships / Wendy M. Murphy, Kerry Roberts Gibson and Kathy E. Kram -- 24. Gender differences in developmental experiences / Cathleen Clerkin and Meena S. Wilson -- 25. Women-only leadership programs : a deeper look / Mary Ellen Kassotakis -- 26. Supporting women's career development / Ronald J. Burke -- 27. Future strategies for developing women as leaders / Faith Wambura Ngunjiri and Rita A. Gardiner -- Afterword / Susan R. Madsen -- Index.
    Abstract: Although some progress has been made in recent decades in getting women into top positions in government, business and education, there are on-going, persisting challenges with efforts to improve the opportunities for women in leadership. The Handbook of Research on Gender and Leadership comprises the latest research from the world's foremost scholars on women and leadership, exposing problems and offering both theoretical and practical solutions on how to best strengthen the impact of women around the world. The Handbook provides a brief overview of the current state of women in global leadership, explores theories (both established and emerging) focused specifically on women, and examines with both theoretical and empirical research some of the factors that influence women's motivations to lead. The authors delineate some of the most persistent barriers to women's leadership success and conclude with the latest research findings on how to best develop women leaders to improve their status worldwide. The Handbook of Research on Gender and Leadership will appeal to scholars and advanced students in leadership and entrepreneurship. It will be essential reading for leadership coaches, practitioners and business people, particularly those who facilitate leadership programs for women
    Note: Contributors include: K. Assylkhan, A.M.B. Austin, A.L. Bartels, J. Baxter, L.L. Bierema, D. Bilimoria, M. Bligh, D.L. Bray, R.J. Burke, C. Campbell, C. Clerkin, L.E. Devnew, A.B. Diehl, L.M. Dzubinski, C. Egan, C. Elliot, W. Fox-Kirk, R.A. Gardiner, K.R. Gibson, C. Glass, E. Goryunova, G. Grandy, C. Harman, D.M. Hatmaker, C.L. Hoyt, A. Ingersoll, A. Ito, M. Janzen Le Ber, M.E. Kassotakis, K.E. Kram, S. Kumra, S. Leberman, K.A. Longman, S.R. Madsen, S. Mavin, W.M. Murphy, K. Natt Och Dag, F.W. Ngunjiri, S.J. Peterson, K. Pick, D.L. Rhode, R.T. Scribner, R. Sealy, M. Shapiro, S. Simon, A.E. Smith, V. Stead, J. Storberg-Walker, C. van Esch, J. Williams, M.S. Wilson , Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 70
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784718183
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (576 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook of expatriates
    RVK:
    Keywords: Auslandsaufenthalt ; Hochqualifizierte Arbeitskräfte ; Geschichte ; Trend ; Aliens ; Expatriation ; Foreign workers ; Electronic books ; Unternehmen ; Mitarbeiter ; Auslandstätigkeit ; Personalpolitik ; Auswanderin ; Auswanderer
    Abstract: Contents: Foreword / J. Stewart Black -- Part I History of expatriate studies and its current state of play -- 1. Introduction : overview of early expatriate studies, 1952 to 1979 / Yvonne McNulty and Jan Selmer -- 2. The concept of business expatriates / Yvonne McNulty and Chris Brewster -- 3. Expatriates : a thematic research history / Jan Selmer -- Part II Historical and contemporary foundations of expatriate studies -- 4. Expatriate adjustment / Thomas Hippler, Arno Haslberger and Chris Brewster -- 5. Expatriate performance / Leanda Care and Ross Donohue -- 6. Expatriates to and from developed and developing countries / Lisa Clarke, Akhentoolove Corbin and Bettyjane Punnett -- 7. Global talent management : what does it mean for expatriates? / David G. Collings and Michael Isichei -- 8. Expatriates' safety and security during crisis / Anthony Fee -- Part III Types of expatriates -- 9. Self-initiated expatriates / Jan Selmer, Maike Andresen and Jean-Luc Cerdin -- 10. Lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender and intersex (LGBTI) expatriates / Ruth McPhail -- 11. Inpatriates : a review, synthesis and outlook of two decades of research / Miriam Moeller and B. Sebastian Reiche -- 12. Female expatriates : towards a more inclusive view / Kate Hutchings and Snejina Michailova -- 13. Millennial expatriates / Marian Crowley-Henry and Mary Collins -- 14. International business travellers, short-term assignees and international commuters / Liisa Mäkelä, Kati Saarenpää and Yvonne McNulty -- Part IV Expatriates in diverse communities -- 15. Military expatriates / Kelly L. Fisher -- 16. Missionary (religious) expatriates / Braam Oberholster and Cheryl Doss -- 17. Expatriate academics : an era of higher education internationalization / Jan Selmer, Jodie-Lee Trembath and Jakob Lauring -- 18. Sports expatriates / Harald Dolles and Birnir Egilsson -- 19. Expatriates in aidland : humanitarian aid and development workers and volunteers / Anthony Fee -- Part V Researching expatriates and expatriates as researchers -- 20. Methodological issues in expatriate studies and future directions / Phyllis Tharenou -- 21. Expatriate research for and with practitioners / Michael Dickmann -- 22. Case study research on expatriates / Julia Richardson -- Part VI Future directions in expatriate research -- 23. Biculturals, monoculturals, and adult third culture kids : individual differences in identities and outcomes / Kathrin J. Hanek -- 24. global families / Min Wan, Romila Singh and Margaret A. Shaffer -- 25. Publishing research on expatriates : advice for PhD. candidates and early career researchers / Jan Selmer and Yvonne McNulty -- Index
    Abstract: Constituting a comprehensive and carefully designed collection of contributions, the Research Handbook of Expatriates provides a nuanced and up-to-date discussion of expatriates. Theoretically broad and groundbreaking, it offers important and contemporary insights into emerging areas of research warranting future consideration. Drawing upon a range of perspectives from the field's most distinguished academics, contributions review the history of the literature in relation to expatriates, from the development of the expatriate construct through to the current state of research on business expatriates. Subsequent chapters progress into detailed examinations of the various types of business expatriates including LGBT, self-initiated expatriates, female assignees, inpatriates, international business travellers and commuters, and millennials. Other themes include expatriate performance, adjustment, expatriates to and from developing countries, global talent management, and expatriates' safety and security. The Research Handbook also covers expatriates in diverse communities such as education, military, missionary, sports and 'Aidland', and provides additional commentaries relating to methodological issues, research with practitioners, case studies, biculturals and ATCKs, and global families. The Research Handbook concludes with publishing advice for PhD and early career researchers. Stimulating insightful new areas of study, this collection is a must read for academics and scholars in the field of expatriate research, international management, global human resource management and business administration. It also offer a wealth of guidance for executives and recruiters along with expatriates and professionals who may expatriate
    Note: Contributors: M. Andresen, C. Brewster, L. Care, J.-L. Cerdin, L. Clarke, D. Collings, M. Collins, M. Crowley-Henry, A. Corbin, M. Dickmann, H. Dolles, R. Donohue, B. Egilsson, A. Fee, K.L. Fisher, K.J. Hanek, A. Haslberger, T. Hippler, K. Hutchings, M. Isichei, J. Lauring, L. Mäkelä, Y. McNulty, R. McPhail, S. Michailova, M. Moeller, B. Oberholster, B.J. Punnett, B.S. Reiche, J. Richardson, K. Saarenpää, J. Selmer, M. Shaffer, R. Singh, P. Tharenou, J.-L. Trembath, M. Wan
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 71
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785365041
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research methodologies and design in neuroentrepreneurship
    DDC: 338
    RVK:
    Keywords: Unternehmer ; Neurowissenschaften ; Neuroökonomie ; Entrepreneurship Psychological aspects ; Entrepreneurship Methodology ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entrepreneurship
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- 1. Introduction / Mellani Day, Mary C. Boardman and Norris Krueger -- Part I -- Neuroscience principles, techniques and tools -- 2. Brain-driven entrepreneurship research: -- A Review and research agenda / Víctor Pérez-Centeno -- 3. Human psychophysiological and genetic approaches in neuroentrepreneurship / Marco Colosio, Cristiano Bellavitis and Alexey Gorin -- 4. Unpacking neuroentrepreneurship: conducting entrepreneurship research with EEG technologies / Martin De Holan and Cyril Couffe -- 5. A brief primer on using functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) in entrepreneurship research / M. K. Ward, Crystal Reeck and William Becker -- 6. Experimental methodological principles for entrepreneurship research using neuroscience techniques / Víctor Pérez-Centeno -- Part II -- Neuroscience applications - entrepreneurial judgement, decision-making and cognition -- 7. Entrepreneurial return on investment through a neuroentrepreneurship lens / Mellani Day and Mary C. Boardman -- 8. The cognitive neuroscience of entrepreneurial risk: -- conceptual and methodological challenges / Kelly G. Shaver, Leon Schjoedt, Angela Passarelli and Crystal Reeck -- 9. A few words about entrepreneurial learning, training and brain plasticity / Aparna Sud -- 10. A few words about Neuro-experimental designs for the study of emotions and cognitions in entrepreneurship / Theresa Treffers -- 11. Which tool should I use? Neuroscientific technologies for brain-driven entrepreneurship researchers / Víctor Pérez-Centeno -- 12. A few words about what neuroentrepreneurship can and cannot help us with / Sean Guillory, Mary C. Boardman and Mellani Day -- Index.
    Abstract: This Handbook provides an overview of neuroscience-driven research methodologies and how those methodologies might be applied to theory-based research in the nascent field of neuroentrepreneurship. A key challenge of this field is that few neuroscientists are trained as entrepreneurship scholars and few entrepreneurship scholars are trained as neuroscientists, but this book skillfully bridges that gap. Expert contributors include concrete examples of new ways to conduct research in their contributions, which have the potential to shed light onto areas such as decision making and opportunity recognition and allow neuroentrepreneurs to ask different, perhaps better, questions than ever before. This Handbook also presents current thinking and examples of pioneering work, serves as a reference for those wishing to incorporate these methods into their own research, and provides several helpful discussions on the nature of answerable questions using neuroscience techniques. Neuroentrepreneurship is an important, emerging field for neuroscientists and entrepreneurship scholars alike. For the former audience, this book presents concrete research questions and entrepreneurship applications; for the latter, it serves as a primer and introduction to neuroscientific methods. Graduate students studying entrepreneurship, and practitioners who are keen to promote innovation and entrepreneurial skills in their leadership, will also find this Handbook to be of interest
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 72
    ISBN: 9781785364624
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Entrepreneurial ecosystems and growth of women's entrepreneurship
    DDC: 338/.04082
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Weibliche Führungskräfte ; Entwicklungsländer ; Entrepreneurship ; Women in finance ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entwicklungsländer ; Weibliche Führungskraft ; Entrepreneurship
    Abstract: Contents: Part I -- Cross-Country Comparisons -- 1. Entrepreneurial ecosystems and growth of women's entrepreneurship / Tatiana S. Manolova, Candida G. Brush, Linda F. Edelman, Alicia Robb and Friederike Welter -- 2. Women entrepreneurship within the ASEAN economic community: challenges and opportunities / Ulrike Guelich and Siri Roland Xavier -- 3. Women's entrepreneurship in Latin America and the Caribbean: a multidimensional approach / Daniela Gimenez, Patricia Gabaldon and Cathrine Seierstad -- Part II -- Country Studies -- 4. Survived, but cannot prosper! Examining the impact of gender inequality on success of women-owned entrepreneurial ventures through a liberal feminist lens / Dev K. Dutta and R. Isil Yavuz -- 5. Assessing the relational embeddedness of women entrepreneurs in entrepreneurial ecosystems: a social network perspective / Xaver Neumeyer, Susana C. Santos and Julia Poncela-Casasnovas -- 6. Socio-economic background: a key element in understanding growth aspirations of women entrepreneurs in the tourism industry in Tanzania / Irene M. Lugalla, Luchien Karsten, and Clemens Lutz -- 7. Understanding motivation of women entrepreneurs in Ethiopia / Atsede T. Hailemariam, Brigitte Kroon and M.J.P.M. van Veldhoven -- 8. Exploring entrepreneurial finance and gender in an emergent entrepreneurial ecosystem: the case of the Punjab, northern India / Navjot Sandhu, Jonathan M. Scott, Jenny Gibb, Javed Ghulam Hussain, Michèle Akoorie and Paresha Sinha -- 9. Chilean entrepreneurial ecosystem: understanding the gender gap in entrepreneurial activity / José Ernesto Amorós and Vesna Mandakovic -- Part III -- Public Policy Implications -- 10. Gender equality in regional entrepreneurial ecosystems: the implementation of policy initiatives / Gry Agnete Alsos, Margrete Haugum and Elisabet Ljunggren -- 11. Women's entrepreneurship policy: a 13-nation cross country comparison / Colette Henry, Barbara Orser, Susan Coleman, Lene Foss and Friederike Welter -- Index.
    Abstract: The renowned group of international contributors to this volume provide analysis of where and how gender plays a role in the entrepreneurial ecosystem. Eleven essays examine how ecosystems influence women entrepreneurs and how women entrepreneurs influence their local ecosystems, both cross-nationally and through in-depth country studies. The studies build on rich qualitative and quantitative data from diverse contexts including the United States, Norway, India, Tanzania, Ethiopia, and Chile. A special section of the book examines national and regional policies in support of growth-oriented women's entrepreneurship. The contributions highlight the significant variety of entrepreneurial ecosystems around the world and provide valuable insights for promoting growth-oriented women's entrepreneurship at the local, regional, and country level. Academic researchers in the areas of entrepreneurship, management, business strategy, economic geography, and gender studies as well as policy-makers at the regional, national, and supra-national levels will all find something valuable in this illuminating book. The renowned group of international contributors to this volume provide analysis of where and how gender plays a role in the entrepreneurial ecosystem. Eleven essays examine how ecosystems influence women entrepreneurs and how women entrepreneurs influence their local ecosystems, both cross-nationally and through in-depth country studies. The studies build on rich qualitative and quantitative data from diverse contexts including the United States, Norway, India, Tanzania, Ethiopia, and Chile. A special section of the book examines national and regional policies in support of growth-oriented women's entrepreneurship. The contributions highlight the significant variety of entrepreneurial ecosystems around the world and provide valuable insights for promoting growth-oriented women's entrepreneurship at the local, regional, and country level. Academic researchers in the areas of entrepreneurship, management, business strategy, economic geography, and gender studies as well as policy-makers at the regional, national, and supra-national levels will all find something valuable in this illuminating book
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 73
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781782548461
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (640 p) , ill , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research methods and applications in heterodox economics
    DDC: 330.072/1
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Heterodoxe Ökonomik ; Economics Methodology ; Economics Research ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Heterodoxe Ökonomie
    Abstract: Introduction -- Part I. Philosophical foundation and research strategy -- 1. Critical realism as a social ontology for economics / Jamie Morgan -- 2. Critical realism, method of grounded theory, and theory construction / Frederic S. Lee -- 3. An interdisciplinary perspective on heterodoxy / Rick Szostak -- Part II. Research methods and data collection -- 4. Separate or symbiotic? Quantitative and qualitative methods in (heterodox) economics research / Lynda Pickbourn and Smita Ramnarain -- 5. Historical method and data / Natalia Bracarense -- 6. Using survey methods in heterodox economic research / Tiago Cardão-Pito -- 7. Qualitative and ethnographic methods in economics / Amit Basole and Smita Ramnarain -- 8. Experimental methods and data / Andrew Mearman -- 9. Factor analysis, cluster analysis, and nonparametric research methods for heterodox economic analysis / Michael J. Murray -- 10. Regression analysis: a review / Paul Downward -- 11. Critical realism, econometrics, and heterodox economics / Nuno Ornelas Martins -- 12. Social network analysis / Bruce Cronin -- 13. Agent-based computational economics: simulation tools for heterodox research / Jonathan F. Cogliano and Xiao Jiang -- 14. Modeling as a research method in heterodox economics / Frederic S. Lee -- 15. Mixed research methods and data triangulation: an answer for economics? / Ioana Negru -- Part III. Applications -- 16. A mixed methods approach to investment behavior / Armağan Gezici -- 17. Price stability / Gyun Cheol Gu -- 18. Studying low-income households / Lynne Chester -- 19. Marketization and human service providers: an industry study / Bob Davidson -- 20. A qualitative case study of the Mexican stock market (BMV) from the perspective of critical realism and grounded theory / Jesús Muñoz -- 21. Looking into the black box: policy as a contested process / Jamee K. Moudud -- 22. Modeling the economy as a whole: stock-flow models / Gennaro Zezza -- 23. A mixed methods approach to investigating the employment decisions of aged care workers in Australia / Therese Jefferson, Siobhan Austen, Rhonda Sharp, Rachel Ong, Valerie Adams and Gill Lewin -- 24. Combining qualitative and quantitative methods in field work: an application to research on gender, migration and remittances in Ghana / Lynda Pickbourn -- 25. A data triangulation approach to understanding the behavior of small landholders in Bulgaria / Mieke Meurs -- 26. Measuring the intra-household distribution of wealth in Ecuador: qualitative insights and quantitative outcomes / Carmen Diana Deere and Zachary Catanzarite -- 27. The use of quasi-experimental design in urban and regional research and political economy / Thomas E. Lambert and Michael Bewley -- 28. Detecting business cycles / Susan K. Schroeder -- 29. A régulationist analysis of an industry sector using mixed research methods / Lynne Chester.
    Abstract: Despite the important methodological critiques of the mainstream offered by heterodox economics, the dominant research method taught in heterodox programmes remains econometrics. This compelling Handbook provides a comprehensive introduction to a range of alternative research methods, invaluable for analysing the data prominent in heterodox studies. Providing a solid basis for a mixed methods approach to economic investigations, the expertly crafted contributions are split into three distinct sections: philosophical foundation and research strategy, research methods and data collection, and applications. Introductions to a host of invaluable methods such as survey, historical, ethnographic, experimental and mixed approaches, together with factor, cluster, complex and social network analytics, are complemented by descriptions of applications in practice. Practical and expansive, this Handbook is highly pertinent for students and scholars of economics, particularly those dedicated to heterodox approaches, as it provides a solid reference for mixed methods not available in mainstream economics research methods courses
    Note: Contributors include: V. Adams, S. Austen, A. Basole, M. Bewley, T. Cardão-Pito, Z.B. Catanzarite, G. Cheol Gu, L. Chester, J.F. Cogliano, B. Cronin, B. Davidson, C.D. Deere, P. Downward, A. Gezici, T. Jefferson, X. Jiang, A.R. Johnson, T.E. Lambert, F.S. Lee, G. Lewin, N.O. Martins, A. Mearman, M. Meurs, J. Morgan, J.K. Moudud, J. Muñoz, M.J. Murray, I. Negru, R. Ong, L. Pickbourn, S. Ramnarain, S. Schroeder, R. Sharp, R. Szostack, G. Zezza , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 74
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784716202
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (1,984 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics 318
    Keywords: Manpower policy ; Labor market ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Anders Björklund and Robert Moffitt (1987), 'The Estimation of Wage Gains and Welfare Gains in Self-Selection Models', Review of Economics and Statistics, 69 (1), February, 42-49 -- James J. Heckman, Jeffrey Smith and Nancy Clements (1997), 'Making the Most Out Of Programme Evaluations and Social Experiments: Accounting for Heterogeneity in Programme Impacts', Review of Economic Studies, 64 (4), October, 487-535 -- James Heckman and Salvador Navarro-Lozano (2004), 'Using Matching, Instrumental Variables, and Control Functions to Estimate Economic Choice Models', Review of Economics and Statistics, 86 (1), February, 30-57 -- James J. Heckman and Edward Vytlacil (2005), 'Structural Equations, Treatment Effects, and Econometric Policy Evaluation', Econometrica, 73 (3), May, 669-738 -- Edward Vytlacil (2002), 'Independence, Monotonicity, and Latent Index Models: An Equivalence Result', Econometrica, 70 (1), January, 331-41 -- J.P. Florens, J.J. Heckman, C. Meghir and E. Vytlacil (2008), 'Identification of Treatment Effects Using Control Functions in Models with Continuous, Endogenous Treatment and Heterogeneous Treatment Effects', Econometrica, 76 (5), September, 1191-206 -- Pedro Carneiro, James J. Heckman and Edward Vytlacil (2010), 'Evaluating Marginal Policy Changes and the Average Effect of Treatment for Individuals at the Margin', Econometrica, 78 (1), January, 377-94 -- Jeffrey M. Woolridge (1997), 'On Two Stage Least Squares Estimation of the Average Treatment Effect in a Random Coefficient Model', Economics Letters, 56 (2), October, 129-33 -- Whitney K. Newey (2009), 'Two-step Series Estimation of Sample Selection Models', Econometrics Journal, 12 (S1), January, S217-S219 -- Jinyong Hahn and Geert Ridder (2013), 'Asymptotic Variance of Semiparametric Estimators with Generated Regressors', Econometrica, 81 (1), January, 315-40 -- James J. Heckman (1996), 'Randomization as an Instrumental Variable', Review of Economics and Statistics, 78 (2), May, 336-41 -- Joel L. Horowitz and Charles F. Manski (2000), 'Nonparametric Analysis of Randomized Experiments with Missing Covariate and Outcome Data', Journal of the American Statistical Association, 95 (449), March, 77-84 -- James Heckman, Hidehiko Ichimura, Jeffrey Smith and Petra Todd (1998), 'Characterizing Selection Bias Using Experimental Data', Econometrica, 66 (5), September, 1017-98 -- Paul R. Rosenbaum and Donald B. Rubin (1983), 'The Central Role of the Propensity Score in Observational Studies for Causal Effects', Biometrika, 70 (1), April, 41-55 -- Donald B. Rubin and Neal Thomas (1996), 'Matching Using Estimated Propensity Scores: Relating Theory to Practice', Biometrics, 52 (1), March, 249-64 -- James J. Heckman, Hidehiko Ichimura and Petra E. Todd (1998), 'Matching as an Econometric Evaluation Estimator', Review of Economic Studies, 65 (2), April, 261-94 -- Jinyong Hahn (1998), 'On the Role of the Propensity Score in Efficient Semiparametric Estimation of Average Treatment Effects', Econometrica, 66 (2), March, 315-31 -- Keisuke Hirano, Guido W. Imbens and Geert Ridder (2003), 'Efficient Estimation of Average Treatment Effects Using the Estimated Propensity Score', Econometrica, 71 (4), July, 1161-89 -- Alberto Abadie and Guido W. Imbens (2006), 'Large Sample Properties of Matching Estimators for Average Treatment Effects', Econometrica, 74 (1), January, 235-67.
    Abstract: Alberto Abadie and Guido W. Imbens (2008), 'On The Failure of the Bootstrap for Matching Estimators', Econometrica, 76 (6), November, 1537-57 -- Alberto Abadie and Guido W. Imbens (2011), 'Bias-Corrected Matching Estimators for Average Treatment Effects', Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 29 (1), January, 1-11 -- James Heckman (1997), 'Instrumental Variables: A Study of Implicit Behavioral Assumptions Used in Making Program Evaluations', Journal of Human Resources, 32 (3), Summer, 441-62 -- Guido W. Imbens (2004), 'Nonparametric Estimation of Average Treatment Effects under Exogeneity: A Survey', Review of Economics and Statistics, 86 (1), February, 4-29 -- Guido W. Imbens and Joshua D. Angrist (1994), 'Identification and Estimation of Local Average Treatment Effects', Econometrica, 62 (2), March, 467-75 -- Joshua D. Angrist and Guido W. Imbens (1995), 'Two-Stage Least Squares Estimation of Average Causal Effects in Models with Variable Treatment Intensity', Journal of the American Statistical Association, 90 (430), June, 431-42 -- Joshua D. Angrist, Guido W. Imbens and Donald B. Rubin (1996), 'Identification of Causal Effects Using Instrumental Variables', Journal of the American Statistical Association, 91 (434), June, 444-55 -- James J. Heckman, Sergio Urzua and Edward Vytlacil (2006), 'Understanding Instrumental Variables in Models with Essential Heterogeneity', Review of Economics and Statistics, LXXXVIII (3), August, 389-432 -- Whitney K. Newey and James L. Powell (2003), 'Instrumental Variable Estimation of Nonparametric Models', Econometrica, 71 (5), September, 1565-78 -- Jinyong Hahn, Petra Todd and Wilbert Van der Klaauw (2001), 'Identification and Estimation of Treatment Effects with a Regression-Discontinuity Design', Econometrica, 69 (1), January, 201-9 -- David S. Lee and David Card (2008), 'Regression Discontinuity Inference with Specification Error', Journal of Econometrics, 142 (2), February, 655-74 -- David S. Lee and Thomas Lemieux (2010), 'Regression Discontinuity Designs in Economics', Journal of Economic Literature, 48 (2), June, 281-355 -- Justin McCrary (2008), 'Manipulation of the Running Variable in the Regression Discontinuity Design: A Density Test', Journal of Econometrics, 142 (2), February, 698-714 -- Marianne Bertrand, Esther Duflo and Sendhil Mullainathan (2004), 'How Much Should We Trust Differences-in-Differences Estimates?', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 119 (1), February, 249-75 -- Charles F. Manski (1997), 'The Mixing Problem in Programme Evaluation', Review of Economic Studies, 64 (4), October, 537-53 -- Jeffrey M. Woolridge (2007), 'Inverse Probability Weighted Estimation for General Missing Data Problems', Journal of Econometrics, 141 (2), December, 1281-301 -- Jaap H. Abbring and Gerard J. Van den Berg (2003), 'The Nonparametric Identification of Treatment Effects in Duration Models', Econometrica, 71 (5), September, 1491-517, Corrigendum -- James J. Heckman and Salvador Navarro (2007), 'Dynamic Discrete Choice and Dynamic Treatment Effects', Journal of Econometrics, 136 (2), February, 341-96 -- Richard K. Crump, V. Joseph Hotz, Guido W. Imbens and Oscar A. Mitnik (2009), 'Dealing with Limited Overlap in Estimation of Average Treatment Effects', Biometrika, 96 (1), March, 187-99.
    Abstract: David Friedlander, David H. Greenberg and Philip K. Robins (1997), 'Evaluating Government Training Programs for the Economically Disadvantaged', Journal of Economic Literature, XXXV (4), December, 1809-55 -- David Card, Jochen Kluve and Andrea Weber (2010), 'Active Labour Market Policy Evaluations: A Meta-Analysis', Economic Journal, 120, 548, November, F452-F477 -- Howard S. Bloom, Larry L. Orr, Stephen H. Bell, George Cave, Fred Doolittle, Winston Lin and Johannes M. Bos (1997), 'The Benefits and Costs of JTPA Title II-A Programs: Key Findings from the National Job Training Partnership Act Study', Journal of Human Resources, 32 (3), Summer, 549-76 -- Jere R. Behrman, Susan W. Parker and Petra E. Todd (2011), 'Do Conditional Cash Transfers for Schooling Generate Lasting Benefits?: A Five-Year Follow-up of PROGRESA/Oportunidades', Journal of Human Resources, 46 (1), Winter, 93-122 -- Peta Z. Schochet, John Burghardt and Sheena McConnell (2008), 'Does Job Corps Work? Impact Findings from the National Job Corps Study', American Economic Review, 98 (5), December, 1864-86 -- Michael Lechner (1999), 'Earnings and Employment Effects of Continuous Off-the-Job Training in East Germany after Unification', Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 17 (1), January, 74-90 -- Markus Frölich, Almas Heshmati and Michael Lechner (2004), 'A Microeconometric Evaluation of Rehabilitation of Long-Term Sickness in Sweden', Journal of Applied Econometrics, 19 (3), May/June, 375-96 -- Michael Gerfin and Michael Lechner (2002), 'A Microeconometric Evaluation of the Active Labour Market Policy in Switzerland', Economic Journal, 112 (482), October, 854-93 -- James J. Heckman and Paul A. LaFontaine (2006), 'Bias-Corrected Estimates of GED Returns', Journal of Labor Economics, 24 (3), July, 661-700 -- Louis Jacobson, Robert Lalonde and Daniel G. Sullivan (2005), 'Estimating the Returns to Community College Schooling for Displaced Workers', Journal of Econometrics, 125 (1-2), March-April, 271-304 -- Michael Lechner (2002), 'Program Heterogeneity and Propensity Score Matching: An Application to the Evaluation of Active Labor Market Policies', Review of Economics and Statistics, 84 (2), May, 205-20 -- Pedro Carneiro, James J. Heckman and Edward J. Vytlacil (2011), 'Estimating Marginal Returns to Education', American Economic Review, 101 (6), October, 2754-81 -- Joshua D. Angrist (1989), 'Lifetime Earnings and the Vietnam Era Draft Lottery: Evidence from Social Security Administrative Records', American Economic Review, 80 (3), June, 313-36 -- Dan A. Black, Jeffrey A. Smith, Mark C. Berger and Brett J. Noel (2003), 'Is the Threat of Reemployment Services More Effective Than the Services Themselves? Evidence from Random Assignment in the UI System', American Economic Review, 93 (4), September, 1313-27 -- Wilbert Van der Klaauw (2002), 'Estimating the Effect of Financial Aid Offers on College Enrollment: A Regression-Discontinuity Approach', International Economic Review, 43 (4), November, 1249-87 -- James J. Heckman, Hidehiko Ichimura and Petra E. Todd (1997), 'Matching as an Econometric Evaluation Estimator: Evidence from Evaluating a Job Training Programme', Review of Economic Studies, 64 (4), October, 605-54 -- Martin Huber, Michael Lechner and Conny Wunsch (2013), 'The Performance of Estimators Based on the Propensity Score', Journal of Econometrics, 175 (1), July, 1-21 -- Michael Lechner and Conny Wunsch (2013), 'Sensitivity of Matching-Based Program Evaluations to the Availability of Control Variables', Labour Economics, 21, April, 111-21 -- Matias Busso, John DiNardo and Justin McCrary (2014), 'New Evidence on the Finite Sample Properties of Propensity Score Reweighting and Matching Estimators', Review of Economics and Statistics, 96 (5), December, 885-97.
    Abstract: James Heckman, Jeffrey Smith and Chrsitopher Taber (1998), 'Accounting for Dropouts in Evaluations of Social Programs', Review of Economic and Statistics, LXXX (1), February, 1-14 -- James J. Heckman and Jeffrey A. Smith (1999), 'The Pre-Programme Earnings Dip and the Determinants of Participation in a Social Programme. Implications for Simple Programme Evaluation Strategies', Economic Journal, 109 (457), July, 313-48 -- James J. Heckman, Carolyn Heinrich and Jeffrey Smith (2002), 'The Performance of Performance Standards', Journal of Human Resources, 37 (4), Autumn, 778-811 -- John C. Ham and Robert J. Lalonde (1996), 'The Effect of Sample Selection and Initial Conditions in Duration Models: Evidence from Experimental Data on Training', Econometrica, 64 (1), January, 175-205 -- Curtis Eberwein, John C. Ham and Robert J. Lalonde (1997), 'The Impact of Being Offered and Receiving Classroom Training on the Employment Histories of Disadvantaged Women: Evidence from Experimental Data', Review of Economic Studies, 64 (4), October, 655-82 -- Gerard J. van den Berg, Bas van der Klaauw and Jan C. van Ours (2004), 'Punitive Sanctions and the Transition Rate from Welfare to Work', Journal of Labor Economics, 22 (1), January, 211-41 -- Jaap H. Abbring, Gerard J. van den Berg and Jan C. van Ours (2005), 'The Effect of Unemployment Insurance Sanctions on the Transition Rate from Unemployment to Employment', Economic Journal, 115 (505), July, 602-30 -- Barbara Sianesi (2004), 'An Evaluation of the Swedish System of Active Labor Market Programs in the 1990s', Review of Economics and Statistics, 86 (1), February, 133-55 -- Peter Fredriksson and Per Johansson (2008), 'Dynamic Treatment Assignment: The Consequences for Evaluations Using Observational Data', Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 26 (4), October, 435-45 -- Daniel Friedlander and Philip K. Robins (1995), 'Evaluating Program Evaluations: New Evidence on Commonly Used Nonexperimental Methods', American Economic Review, 85 (4), September, 923-37 -- Rajeev H. Dehejia and Sadek Wahba (1999), 'Causal Effects in Nonexperimental Studies: Reevaluating the Evaluation of Training Programs', Journal of the American Statistical Association, 94 (448), December, 1053-62 -- Rajeev H. Dehejia and Sadek Wahba (2002), 'Propensity Score-Matching Methods for Nonexperimental Causal Studies', Review of Economics and Statistics, 84 (1), February, 151-61 -- Juan Jose Diaz and Sudhanshu Handa (2006), 'An Assessment of Propensity Score Matching as a Nonexperimental Impact Estimator: Evidence from Mexico's PROGRESA Program', Journal of Human Resources, 41 (2), Spring, 319-45 -- Stevem Glazerman, Dan M. Levy and David Myers (2003), 'Nonexperimental versus Experimental Estimates of Earnings Impacts', Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science, 589, September, 63-93 -- Charles Michalopoulos, Howard S. Bloom and Carolyn J. Hill (2004), 'Can Propensity-Score Methods Match the Findings from a Random Assignment Evaluation of Mandatory Welfare-to-Work Programs?', Review of Economics and Statistics, 86 (1), February, 156-79 -- Jeffrey A. Smith and Petra E. Todd (2005), 'Does Matching Overcome LaLonde's Critique of Nonexperimental Estimators?', Journal of Econometrics, 125 (1-2), March-April, 305-53 -- Elizabeth Ty Wilde and Robinson Hollister (2007), 'How Close Is Close Enough? Evaluating Propensity Score Matching Using Data from a Class Size Reduction Experiment', Journal of Policy Analysis and Management, 26 (3), Summer, 455-77.
    Abstract: This timely research review pinpoints seminal works on active labour market policies. Topics covered in this review include econometric policy evaluation, social experiments, regression discontinuity designs, evaluations of active labour market policies and ending with final conclusions on evaluating the evaluations
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 75
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784719036
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (680 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Keywords: Inflation (Finance) ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): "Phelps-Brown, E.H. and Shiela V. Hopkins (1956), "Seven Centuries of the Prices of Consumables, compared with Builders' Wage-Rates", Economica, New Series, XXIII (89-92), November, 296-314" -- "O'Donoghue, Jim, Louise Goulding, and Grahame Allen (2004), "Consumer Price Inflation Since 1750," Economic Trends, 604, 38-46" -- "Anna J. Schwartz (1973), "Secular Price Change in Historical Perspective", Journal of Money, Credit, and Banking, 5 (1, Pt II), February, 243-269" -- "Duck, Nigel W. (1993), "Some International Evidence on the Quantity Theory of Money", Journal of Money, Credit, and Banking 25 (1), February, 1-12" -- "Ng, Serena and Jonathan H. Wright (2013), "Facts and Challenges from the Great Recession for Forecasting and Macroeconomic Modeling," Journal of Economic Literature 51 (4), 1120-1154" -- "Parkin, Michael (1998), "Unemployment, Inflation, and Monetary Policy," Canadian Journal of Economics / Revue canadienne d'Economique 31 (5) (November), 1003-1032" -- "Ascari, Guido and Argia M. Sbordone (2014), "The Macroeconomics of Trend Inflation," Journal of Economic Literature 52 ( 3) (September), 679-739" -- "Laidler, David and Michael Parkin (1975), "Inflation: A Survey", Economic Journal 85, December, 741-809" -- "McCallum, Bennett T. (1990), "Could a Monetary Base Rule Have Prevented the Great Depression?" Journal of Monetary Economics 26 (August), 3-26" -- "Cagan, Philip (1956), "The Monetary Dynamics of Hyperinflation", in Milton Friedman (ed.), Studies in the Quantity Theory of Money, Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 25-117" -- "Obstfeld, Maurice and Kenneth Rogoff (1983), "Speculative Hyperinflations in Maximizing Models: Can We Rule Them Out?", Journal of Political Economy 91 (4), August, 675-678" -- "Sargent, Thomas and Neil Wallace (1981), "Some Unpleasant Monetarist Arithmetic", Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis Quarterly Review 5, Fall, 1-17" -- Woodford, Michael (2003), Interest and Prices: Foundations of a Theory of Monetary Policy, Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press -- "Friedman, Milton (1968), "The Role of Monetary Policy," American Economic Review 58, 1-17" -- "Phelps, Edmund S. (1968), "Money Wage Dynamics and Labor Market Equilibrium," Journal of Political Economy 76, 678-711, amended and reprinted in Phelps (1970)" -- "Lucas, Robert E., Jr (1972), "Expectations and the Neutrality of Money," Journal of Economic Theory 4, 103-124" -- "Calvo, Guillermo A. (1983), "Staggered Prices in a Utility-Maximizing Framework," Journal of Monetary Economics 12, 383-398" -- "Rotemberg, Julio J. (1987), "The New Keynesian Microfoundations," NBER Macroeconomics Annual 1987, edited by Stanley Fischer, Cambridge, MA and London: MIT Press, 69-116" -- "Mankiw, N. Gregory and Ricardo Reis (2002), "Sticky Information Versus Sticky Prices: A Proposal To Replace The New Keynesian Phillips Curve," Quarterly Journal of Economics 117 (4) (November), 1295-1328".
    Abstract: "Mankiw, N. Gregory, Ricardo Reis, and Justin Wolfers (2004), "Disagreement about Inflation Expectations", NBER Macroeconomics Annual 2003, edited by Mark Gertler and Kenneth Rogoff, Cambridge, MA and London: MIT Press, Volume 18" -- "Dotsey, Michael, Robert G. King, and Alexander L. Wolman (1999), "State-Dependent Pricing and the General Equilibrium Dynamics of Money and Output," Quarterly Journal of Economics 114 (2), 655-690" -- "King, Robert G. and Charles I. Plosser (1984), "Money, Credit, and Prices in a Real Business Cycle," American Economic Review, 74 (3) (June) 363-380" -- "Svensson, Lars E.O. (1999), "Price-Level Targeting versus Inflation Targeting: A Free Lunch?" Journal of Money, Credit and Banking 31 (August), 277-295" -- "Taylor, John B. (1993), "Discretion versus Policy Rules in Practice," Carnegie-Rochester Conference Series on Public Policy 39, 195-214" -- "Lucas, Robert E., Jr (1972), "Expectations and the Neutrality of Money", Journal of Economic Theory 4, 103-124" -- "Lucas, Robert E., Jr (1976), "Econometric Policy Evaluation: A Critique," Carnegie-Rochester Conferences on Public Policy 1, 19-46" -- Fischer, Stanley (ed.) (1980), Rational Expectations and Economic Policy, Chicago: University of Chicago Pres -- "Bailey, M.J. (1956), "The Welfare Cost of Inflationary Finance", Journal of Political Economy, 64 (2), 93-110" -- "Fischer, Stanley (1981), "Towards an Understanding of the Costs of Inflation: II" in Karl Brunner and Allan H. Meltzer (eds), The Costs and Consequences of Inflation, Carnegie-Rochester Conference Series on Public Policy, Volume 15, Amsterdam: North-Holland, 5-41" -- "Gillman, Max (1993), "The Welfare Cost of Inflation in a Cash-in-Advance Economy with Costly Credit", Journal of Monetary Economics 31, 97-115" -- "Den Haan, Wouter J. (1990), "The Optimal Inflation Path in a Sidrauski-Type Model with Uncertainty", Journal of Monetary Economics 25, 389-409" -- "Schmitt-Grohé, Stephanie and Martin Uribe (2007), "Optimal Simple and Implementable Monetary and Fiscal Rules," Journal of Monetary Economics 54 (6) (September), 1702-1725" -- "Howitt, Peter (1990), "Zero Inflation as a Long-Term Target for Monetary Policy", in Richard G. Lipsey (ed.), Zero Inflation: The Goal of Price Stability, Toronto: C.D. Howe Institute, 67-108" -- "Sargent, Thomas (1982), "The Ends of Four Big Inflations", in Robert E. Hall (ed.), Inflation: Causes and Effects, Chapter 2, Chicago: National Bureau of Economic Research and University of Chicago Press, 41-97" -- "Suzuki, Yoshio (1985), "Japan's Monetary Policy Over the Past 10 Years", Monetary and Economic Studies 3 (2), September, 1-9" -- "Meltzer, Allan H. (1993), "Some Lessons from the Great Inflations", in Kumiharu Shigehara (ed.), Price Stabilization in the 1990s, London: Bank of Japan and Macmillan Press, 7-29" -- "Simons, Henry C. (1936), "Rules Versus Authorities in Monetary Policy," Journal of Political Economy 44 (1), February, 1-30" -- "Kydland, Finn E. and Edward C. Prescott, (1977), "Rules Rather than Discretion: The Inconsistency of Optimal Plans," Journal of Political Economy 85 (3) (June), 473-492".
    Abstract: "Ascari, Guido and Tiziano Ropele (2009), "Trend Inflation, Taylor Principle, and Indeterminacy," Journal of Money, Credit and Banking 41 (8) (December), 1557-1584" -- "Ascari, Guido and Argia M. Sbordone (2014), "The Macroeconomics of Trend Inflation," Journal of Economic Literature 52 ( 3) (September), 679-739" -- "Taylor, John B. (1993), "Discretion versus policy rules in practice", Carnegie-Rochester Conference Series on Public Policy 39, 195-214" -- "McCallum, Bennett T. (1987),"The Case for Rules in the Conduct of Monetary Policy: A Concrete Example," Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond Economic Review (September/October), 10-18" -- "McCallum, Bennett T. (1988), "Robustness Properties of a Rule for Monetary Policy," Carnegie-Rochester Conference Series on Public Policy 29 (Autumn), 173-204" -- "McCallum, Bennett T. (1990), "Inflation: theory and Evidence", in B.M. Friedman and F.H. Hahn (eds), Handbook of Monetary Economics, Volume II, Amsterdam: Elsevier Science Publishers, 963-1012" -- Bernanke, Ben S., Thomas Laubach, Frederic S. Mishkin, and Adam S. Posen (1999), Inflation Targeting: Lessons from the International Experience, Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press -- "Parkin, Michael (2014), "The Effects of Central Bank Independence and Inflation Targeting on Macroeconomic Performance: Evidence from Quasi-Natural Experiments," Review of Economic Analysis 6 (1), 1-35" -- "Barro, Robert and David Gordon (1983), "A Positive Theory of Monetary Policy in a Natural Rate Model", Journal of Political Economy 91 (4), August, 589-610" -- "Blackburn, Keith and Michael Christensen (1989), "Monetary Policy and Policy Credibility: Theories and Evidence", Journal of Economic Literature XXVII (1), March, 1-45" -- "Romer, David (1993), "Openness and Inflation: Theory and Evidence", Quarterly Journal of Economics CVIII (4), November, 869-903" -- "de Haan, Jakob and Jan Egbert Sturm (1992), "The Case for Central Bank Independence", Banca Nazionale del Lavoro Quarterly Review 182, September, 305-327" -- Anna J. Schwartz (1973), 'Sccular Price Change in Historical Perspective', Journal of Money, Credit, and Banking, 5 (1, Pt II), February, 243-69 -- E.H. Phelps Brown and Sheila V. Hopkins (1956), 'Seven Centuries of tbe Prices of Consumables, compared with Builders' Wage-Rates', Economica, New Series, XXIII (89-92), November, 296-314 -- Nigel W. Duck (1993), 'Some International Evidence on the Quantity Theory of Money', Journal of Money, Credit, and Banking, 25 (1), February, 1-12 -- David Laidler and Michael Parkin (1975), 'Inflation: A Survey', Economie Journal, 85, December, 741-809 -- Bennett T. McCallum (1990), 'Inflation: Theory and Evidence', in B.M. Friedman and F.H. Hahn (eds), Handbook of Monetary Economies, Volume II, Amsterdam: Elsevier Science Publishers B.V., 963-1012 -- Phillip Cagan (1956), 'The Monetary Dynamics of Hyperinflation', in Milton Friedman (ed.), Studies in the Quantity Theory of Money, Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 25-117 -- Maurice Obstfeld and Kenneth Rogoff (1983), 'Speculative Hyperinflations in Maximizing Models: Can We Rule Them Out?', Journal of Political Economy, 91 (4), August, 675-87.
    Abstract: Thomas J. Sargent and Neil Wallace (1981), 'Some Unpleasant Monetarist Arithmetic', Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapotis Quarterly Review, 5, Fall, 1-17 -- Stanley Fischer (1981), 'Towards an Understanding of the Costs of Inflation: II', in Karl Brunner and Allan H. Meltzer (eds), The Costs and Consequences of Inflation, Carnegie-Roches ter Conference Series on Public Policy, Volume 15, Amsterdam: North-Holland, 5-41 -- Max Gillman (1993), 'The Welfare Cost of Inflation in a Cash-in-Advance Economy with Costly Credit', Journal of Monetary Economies, 31, 97-115 -- Wouter J. Den Haan (1990), 'The Optimal Inflation Path in a Sidrauski-Type Model with Uncertainty', Journal of Monetary Economies, 25, 389-409 -- Peter Howitt (1990), 'Zero Inflation as a Long-Term Target for Monetary Policy', in Richard G. Lipsey (ed.), Zero Inflation: The Goal of Price Stability, Toronto: C.D. Howe Institute, 67-108 -- Thomas J. Sargent (1982), 'The Ends of Four Big Inflations', in Robert E. Hall (ed.), Inflation: Causes and Effects, Chapter 2, Chicago: National Bureau of Economie Research and University of Chicago Press, 41-97 -- Yoshio Suzuki (1985), 'Japan's Monetary Policy Over the Past 10 Years', in Monetary and Economie Studies, 3 (2), September, 1-9 -- Allan H. Meltzer (1993), 'Some Lessons from the Great Inflations', in Kumiharu Shigehara (ed.), Price Stabilization in the 1990s, London: Bank of Japan and Macmillan Press Ltd., 7-29 -- Robert J. Barro and David B. Gordon (1983), 'A Positive Theory of Monetary Policy in a Natural Rate Model', Journal of Political Economy, 91 (4), August, 589-610 -- Keith Blackbum and Michael Christensen (1989), 'Monetary Policy and Policy Credibility: Theories and Evidence', Journal of Economie Uterature, XXVII (I), March, 1-45 -- David Romer (1993), 'Openness and Inflation: Theory and Evidence', Quarterly Journal of Economies, CVIII (4), November, 869-903 -- Jakob De Haan and Jan Egbert Sturm (1992), 'The Case for Central Bank Independence', Banca Nationale del Lavoro Quarterly Review, 182, September, 305-27.
    Abstract: The Theory of Inflation presents in one volume a comprehensive description of the historical inflation record, surveys the current state of knowledge on the fundamental forces that cause inflation and the mechanisms that propagate it, and examines the costs of inflation and the problems of achieving price stability. Professor Parkin's selection draws both upon the contribution of mainstream economists - whose work has been based on market demand and supply - and a new generation whose work has emphasized the importance of technology and preferences. This volume, as the introduction states, indicates that there is much of value to be learnt from both approaches
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 76
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784718923
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (1,192 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Keywords: Economic forecasting ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): KLEIN, Judy L. (1997), Statistical Visions in Time. A History of Time Series Analysis, 1662-1938, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. -- MORGAN, Mary S. (1990), The History of Econometric Ideas, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. -- MOORE, Henry L. (1923), Generating Economic Cycles, New York: Macmillan. -- MITCHELL, Wesley C. (1913), Business Cycles and their Causes. Berkeley: California University Memoirs, Volume 3. -- PERSONS, Warren M. (1924a), Some Fundamental Concepts of Statistics, Journal of the American Statistical Association, 19, 1-8. -- PERSONS, Warren M. (1924b), The Problem of Business Forecasting, Pollak Foundation for Economic Research Publications, No. 6, London: Pitman. -- SAMUELSON, Paul A. (1987), Paradise Lost and Refound: The Harvard ABC Barometers, Journal of Portfolio Management, 4, 4-9. -- MARGET, Albert W. (1929), Morgenstern on the Methodology of Economic Forecasting, Journal of Political Economy, 37, 312-339. -- LUCAS, Robert E. (1976), Econometric Policy Evaluation: A Critique, in K. Brunner and A. Meltzer (editors), The Phillips Curve and Labor Markets, Vol. 1 of Carnegie-Rochester Conferences on Public Policy, 19-46, Amsterdam: North-Holland. -- MARRIS, Robin L. (1954), The Position of Economics and Economists in the Government Machine: a Comparative Critique of the United Kingdom and the Netherlands, Economic Journal, 64, 759-783. -- BODKIN, Ronald G., Lawrence R. KLEIN and Kanta MARWAH (1991), A History of Macroeconometric Model-Building, Aldershot: Edward Elgar. -- ADELMAN, Irma and Frank L. ADELMAN (1959), The Dynamic Properties of the Klein-Goldberger Model, Econometrica, 27, 596-625. -- SUITS, Daniel B. (1962), Forecasting and Analysis with an Econometric Model, American Economic Review, 52, 104-132. -- CAIRNCROSS, Sir Alec (1969), Economic Forecasting, Economic Journal, 79, 797-812. -- McNEES, Stephen K. (1982), The Role of Macroeconometric Models in Forecasting and Policy Analysis in the United States, Journal of Forecasting, 1, 37-48. -- BURNS, Terry (1986), The Interpretation and Use of Economic Predictions, Proceedings of the Royal Society of London, A, 407, 103-125. -- WALLIS, Kenneth F. (1989), Macroeconomic Forecasting: A Survey, Economic Journal, 99, 28-61 -- BOX, George E.P. and Gwilym M. JENKINS (1970), Time Series Analysis: Forecasting and Control, San Francisco: Holden-Day. -- COEN, P.G., E.D. GOMME, and Maurice G. KENDALL (1969), Lagged Relationships in Economic Forecasting (with discussion), Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A, 132, 133-163.
    Abstract: BRAY, Jeremy (1971), Dynamic Equations for Economic Forecasting with the GDP - Unemployment Relation and the Growth of GDP in the UK as an Example (with discussion), Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A, 134, 167-227. -- NEWBOLD, Paul and Clive W.J. GRANGER (1974), Experience with Forecasting Univariate Time Series and the Combination of Forecasts (with discussion), Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A, 137, 131-165. -- BOX, George E.P. and Paul NEWBOLD (1971), Some Comments on a Paper by Coen, Gomme and Kendall, Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A, 134, 229-240. -- MAKRIDAKIS, S., A. ANDERSON, R. CARBONE, M. HIBON, R. LEWANDOWSKI, J. NEWTON, E. PARZEN and R. WINKLER (1982), The Accuracy of Extrapolation (Time Series) Methods: Results of a Forecasting Competition, Journal of Forecasting, 1, 111-153. -- MEESE, Richard, and John GEWEKE, (1984), A Comparison of Autoregressive Univariate Forecasting Procedures for Macroeconomic Time Series, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 2, 191-200. -- HARVEY, Andrew C. and Paul H.J. TODD (1983), Forecasting Economic Time Series with Structural and Box-Jenkins Methods (with discussion), Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 1, 299-315. -- LITTERMAN, Robert (1986), Forecasting with Bayesian Vector Autoregressions - Five Years of Experience, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 4, 25-38. -- KADIYALA, K. Rao and Sune KARLSSON (1993), Forecasting with Generalized Bayesian Vector Autoregressions, Journal of Forecasting, 12, 365-378. -- SIMS, Christopher A. (1980), Macroeconomics and Reality, Econometrica, 48, 1-48. -- GRANGER, Clive W.J. and Jin Luang LIN (1994), Forecasting from Non-linear Models in Practice, Journal of Forecasting, 13, 1-10. -- CHATFIELD, Chris (1997), Forecasting in the 1990s, The Statistician, 46, 461-473. -- ZHANG, Guoqiang, B. Eddy PATUWO and Michael Y. HU (1998), Forecasting with Artificial Neural Networks: The State of the Art, International Journal of Forecasting, 14, 35-62. -- TERÄSVIRTA, Timo, Dick van DIJK and Marcelo C. MEDEIROS (2005), Smooth Transition Autoregressions, Neural Networks, and Linear Models in Forecasting Macroeconomic Time Series: A Re-examination, International Journal of Forecasting, 21, 755-774. -- STOCK, James H. and Mark W. WATSON (2002), Forecasting using Principal Components from a Large Number of Predictors, Journal of the American Statistical Association, 97, 1167-1179. -- FORNI, Mario, Marc HALLIN, Marco LIPPI and Lucrezia REICHLIN (2005), The Generalized Dynamic Factor Model: One-Sided Estimation and Forecasting, Journal of the American Statistical Association, 100, 830-839. -- EICKMEIER, Sandra and Christina ZIEGLER (2008), How Successful are Dynamic Factor Models at Forecasting Output and Inflation? A Meta-Analytic Approach, Journal of Forecasting, 27, 237-265. -- BAILLIE, Richard T. and Tim BOLLERSLEV (1992), Prediction in Dynamic Models with Time-Dependent Conditional Variances, Journal of Econometrics, 52, 91-113. -- CLEMENTS, Michael P. and David F. HENDRY (1995), Forecasting in Cointegrated Systems, Journal of Applied Econometrics, 10, 127-146. -- CLEMENTS, Michael P. and David F. HENDRY (1999), Forecasting Non-stationary Economic Time Series, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
    Abstract: CLEMENTS, Michael P. and David F. HENDRY (2002a), Modelling Methodology and Forecast Failure, Econometrics Journal, 5, 319-344. -- HENDRY, David F. and Grayham E. MIZON (2005), Forecasting in the Presence of Structural Breaks and Policy Regime Shifts, in Donald W.K. Andrews and James H. Stock (editors), Identification and Inference for Econometrics Models: Essays in Honor of Thomas Rotherburg, 480-502, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. -- HENDRY, David F. (2006), Robustifying Forecasts from Equilibrium-Correction Models, Journal of Econometrics, 135, 399-426. -- CASTLE, Jennifer L., Nicholas W.P. FAWCETT and David F. HENDRY (2010), Forecasting with Equilibrium-Correction Models during Structural Breaks, Journal of Econometrics, 158, 25-36. -- MOORE, Geoffrey H. (1969), Forecasting Short-Term Economic Change, Journal of the American Statistical Association, 64, 1-22. -- ZARNOWITZ, Victor (1979), An Analysis of Annual and Multiperiod Quarterly Forecasts of Aggregate Income, Output, and the Price Level, Journal of Business, 52, 1-33. -- STECKLER, Herman O. (1968), Forecasting with Econometric Models: An Evaluation, Econometrica, 36, 437-463. -- NELSON, Charles R. (1972), The Prediction Performance of the F.R.B.-M.I.T.-PENN model of the U.S. Economy, American Economic Review, 62, 902-917. -- THEIL, Henri (1958), Economic Forecasts and Policy, Amsterdam: North Holland. -- BATES, John M. and Clive W.J. GRANGER (1969), The Combination of Forecasts, Operational Research Quarterly, 20, 451-468. -- GRANGER, Clive W.J. and Paul NEWBOLD (1973), Some Comments on the Evaluation of Economic Forecasts, Applied Economics, 5, 35-47. -- CLEMEN, Robert T. (1989), Combining Forecasts: A Review and Annotated Bibliography, International Journal of Forecasting, 5, 559-583. -- NEWBOLD, Paul and Clive W.J. GRANGER (1974), Experience with Forecasting Univariate Time Series and the Combination of Forecasts (with discussion), Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A, 137, 131-165. -- ELLIOTT, Graham and Allan TIMMERMANN (2005), Optimal Forecast Combination under Regime Switching, International Economic Review, 46, 1081-1102. -- CAPISTRÁN, Carlos and Allan TIMMERMANN (2009), Forecast Combination with Entry and Exit of Experts, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 27, 428-440. -- SMITH, Jeremy and Kenneth F. WALLIS (2009), A Simple Explanation of the Forecast Combination Puzzle, Oxford Bulletin of Economics and Statistics, 71, 331-355. -- CLEMENTS, Michael P. and David I. HARVEY (2010), Forecast Encompassing Tests and Probability Forecasts, Journal of Applied Econometrics, 25, 1028-1062. -- HENDRY, David F. and Michael P. CLEMENTS (2004), Pooling of Forecasts, Econometrics Journal, 7, 1-31. -- PESARAN, M. Hashem and Allan TIMMERMANN (2005), Small Sample Properties of Forecasts from Autoregressive Models under Structural Breaks, Journal of Econometrics, 129, 183-217.
    Abstract: COOPER, Richard L. (1972), The Predictive Performance of Quarterly Econometric Models of the United States, in B.G. Hickman (editor), Econometric Models of Cyclical Behaviour, No. 36 in National Bureau of Economic Research Studies in Income and Wealth, 813-947, New York: Columbia University Press. -- HOWREY, E. Philip, Lawrence R. KLEIN and Michael D. McCARTHY (1974), Notes on Testing the Predictive Performance of Econometric Models, International Economic Review, 15, 366-383. -- FAIR, Ray C. (1974), An Evaluation of a Short-Run Forecasting Model, International Economic Review, 15, 285-304. -- FAIR, Ray C. (1979), An Analysis of the Accuracy of Four Macroeconometric Models, Journal of Political Economy, 87, 701-718. -- SARGENT, Thomas J. (1976), A Classical Macroeconometric Model for the United States, Journal of Political Economy, 84, 207-237. -- SIMS, Christopher A. (1980), Macroeconomics and Reality, Econometrica, 48, 1-48. -- McNEES, Stephen K. (1986), Forecasting Accuracy of Alternative Techniques: A Comparison of U.S. Macroeconomic Forecasts, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 4, 5-15. -- KOLB, R.A. and Herman O. STEKLER (1990), The Lead and Accuracy of Economic Forecasts, Journal of Macroeconomics, 12, 111-123. -- BATCHELOR, Roy A. and Pami DUA (1990), Forecaster Ideology, Forecasting Technique, and the Accuracy of Economic Forecasts, International Journal of Forecasting, 6, 3-10. -- McNEES, Stephen K. (1992), The Uses and Abuses of 'Consensus' Forecasts, Journal of Forecasting, 11, 70-84. -- LEITCH, Gordon and J. Ernest TANNER (1991), Economic Forecast Evaluation: Profits versus Conventional Error Measures, American Economic Review, 81, 580-590. -- GRANGER, Clive W.J. (1969), Prediction with a Generalized Cost of Error Function, Operations Research Quarterly, 20, 199-207. -- DIEBOLD, Francis X. and Robert S. MARIANO (1995), Comparing Forecast Accuracy, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 13, 253-263. -- HARVEY, David I., Stephen J. LEYBOURNE and Paul NEWBOLD (1998), Tests for Forecast Encompassing, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 16, 254-259. -- GRANGER, Clive W.J. (1996), Can We Improve the Perceived Quality of Economic Forecasts?, International Journal of Forecasting, 11, 455-473. -- WEST, Kenneth D. and Michael W. McCRACKEN (1998), Regression Tests for Predictive Ability, International Economic Review, 39, 817-840. -- CLARK, Todd E. and Michael W. McCRACKEN (2001), Test for Equal Forecast Accuracy and Encompassing for Nested Models, Journal of Econometrics 105, 85-110. -- CLARK, Todd E. and Kenneth D. WEST (2007), Approximately Normal Tests for Equal Predictive Accuracy in Nested Models, Journal of Econometrics, 138, 291-311. -- HANSEN, Peter R. (2005), A Test for Superior Predictive Ability, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 23, 365-380.
    Abstract: GIACOMINI, Raffaella and Halbert WHITE (2006), Tests of Conditional Predictive Ability, Econometrica, 74, 1545-1578. -- HANSEN, Peter R. and Asger LUNDE (2005), A Forecast Comparison of Volatility Models: Does Anything Beat a GARCH(1,1)?, Journal of Applied Econometrics, 20, 873-879. -- McCRACKEN, Michael W. and Stephen G. SAPP (2005), Evaluating the Predictive Ability of Exchange Rates using Long Horizon Regressions: Mind your p's and q's!, Journal of Money Credit and Banking, 37, 473-494. -- GIACOMINI, Raffaella and Barbara ROSSI (2009), Detecting and Predicting Forecast Breakdown, Review of Economic Studies, 76, 669-705. -- BURNS, Arthur F. and Wesley C. MITCHELL (1946), Measuring Business Cycles, New York: National Bureau of Economic Research. -- KOOPMANS, Tjalling C. (1947), Measurement without Theory, Review of Economic Statistics, 29, 161-172. -- HENDRY, David F. and Mary S. MORGAN (editors) (1995), The Foundations of Econometric Analysis, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. -- ALEXANDER, Sidney S. and Herman O. STEKLER (1959), Forecasting Industrial Production - Leading Series versus Autoregression, Journal of Political Economy, 67, 402-409. -- HYMANS, Saul H. (1973), On the Use of Leading Indicators to Predict Cyclical Turning Points, Brookings Papers on Economic Activity, 1973(2), 339-384. -- AUERBACH, Alan J. (1982), The Index of Leading Indicators: 'Measurement Without Theory' Thirty-Five Years Later, Review of Economics and Statistics, 64, 589-595. -- DIEBOLD, Francis X., and Glenn D. RUDEBUSCH (1991), Forecasting Output with the Composite Leading Index: An ex ante Analysis, Journal of the American Statistical Association, 86, 603-610. -- NIEMIRA, Michael P. and Philip A. KLEIN (1994), Forecasting Financial and Economic Cycles, New York: Wiley. -- EMERSON, Rebecca A., and David F. HENDRY (1996), An Evaluation of Forecasting Using Leading Indicators, Journal of Forecasting, 15, 271-291. -- CAMBA-MENDEZ, Gonzalo, George KAPETANIOS, Martin R. WEALE and Ron J. SMITH (2002), The Forecasting Performance of the OECD Composite Leading Indicators for France, Germany, Italy and the UK, in Michael P. Clements and David F. Hendry (editors), A Companion to Economic Forecasting, 386-408, Oxford: Blackwell. -- MARCELLINO, Massimiliano (2006), Leading Indicators, in Graham Elliott, Clive W.J. Granger and Allan Timmermann (editors), Handbook of Economic Forecasting, 879-960, Amsterdam: Elsevier. -- COWLES, Arthur, (1933), Can Stock Market Forecasters Forecast?, Econometrica, 1, 309-324. -- KENDALL, Maurice G. (1953), The Analysis of Economic Time Series - Part 1: Prices, Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A, 96, 11-25. -- ROBERTS, Harry V. (1959), Stock-Market 'Patterns' and Financial Analysis: Methodological Suggestions, Journal of Finance, 14, 1-10. -- COOTNER, Paul A. (editor) (1964), The Random Character of Stock Market Prices, Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
    Abstract: GRANGER, Clive W.J. and Oskar MORGENSTERN (1970), Predictability of Stock Market Prices, Lexington: Heath. -- GRANGER, Clive W.J. (1972), Analysis of Stock Market Price Data, Bulletin of the Institute of Mathematics and Its Applications, 8, 229-232. -- GRANGER, Clive W.J. (1993), Forecasting Stock Market Prices: Lessons for Forecasters, International Journal of Forecasting, 9, 3-18. -- BOLLERSLEV, Tim, Ray Y. CHOU and Kenneth F. KRONER (1992), ARCH Modelling in Finance: A Review of the Theory and Empirical Evidence, Journal of Econometrics, 52, 5-59. -- LAMOUREUX, Christopher G. and William D. LASTRAPES (1993), Forecasting Stock Return Variance: Toward an Understanding of Stochastic Implied Volatilities, Review of Financial Studies, 6, 293-326. -- NOH, Jaesun, Robert F. ENGLE, and Alex KANE (1994), Forecasting Volatility and Option Pricing of the S&P 500 Index, Journal of Derivatives, 2, 17-30. -- KRONER, Kenneth F., Kevin P. KNEAFSEY, and Stijn CLAESSENS (1995), Forecasting Volatility in Commodity Markets, Journal of Forecasting, 14, 77-95. -- WEST, Kenneth D. and Dongchul CHO (1995), The Predictive Ability of Several Models of Exchange Rate Volatility, Journal of Econometrics, 69, 367-391. -- SATCHELL, Steven, and Allan TIMMERMANN (1995), An Assessment of the Economic Value of Non-linear Foreign Exchange Rate Forecasts, Journal of Forecasting, 14, 477-497. -- ANDERSEN, Torben G. and Tim BOLLERSLEV (1998), Answering the Sceptics: Yes, Standard Volatility Models do Provide Accurate Forecasts, International Economic Review, 39, 885-905. -- HANSEN, Peter R. and Asger LUNDE (2005), A Forecast Comparison of Volatility Models: Does Anything Beat a GARCH(1,1)?, Journal of Applied Econometrics, 20, 873-889. -- ANDERSEN, Torben G., Tim BOLLERSLEV, Francis X. DIEBOLD and Paul LABYS (2003), Modelling and Forecasting Realized Volatility, Econometrica, 71, 579-625. -- DEO, Rohit, Clifford HURVICH and Yi LU (2006), Forecasting Realized Volatility using a Long-Memory Stochastic Volatility Model: Estimation, Prediction and Seasonal Adjustment, Journal of Econometrics, 131, 29-58. -- ANDERSEN, Torben G., Tim BOLLERSLEV and Francis X. DIEBOLD (2007), Roughing it Up: Including Jump Components in the Measurement, Modelling and Forecasting of Return Volatility, Review of Economics and Statistics, 89, 707-720. -- CORSI, Fulvio (2009), A Simple Long Memory Model of Realized Volatility, Journal of Financial Econometrics, 7, 174-196. -- LUCAS, Robert E. and Thomas J. SARGENT (editors) (1981), Rational Expectations and Econometric Practice, London: Allen and Unwin. -- RIPPE, Richard D. and Maurice WILKINSON (1974), Forecasting Accuracy of the McGraw-Hill Anticipatory Data, Journal of the American Statistical Association, 69, 849-858. -- CARLSON, John (1977), A Study of Price Forecasts, Annals of Economic and Social Measurement, 6, 27-56. -- ZARNOWITZ, Victor (1985), Rational Expectations and Macroeconomic Forecasts, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 3, 293-311.
    Abstract: DAVIES, Antony and Kajal LAHIRI (1995), A New Framework for Testing Rationality and Measuring Aggregate Shocks using Panel Data, Journal of Econometrics, 68, 205-227. -- BONHAM, Carl S. and Richard H. COHEN (2001), To Aggregate, Pool, or Neither: Testing the Rational Expectations Hypothesis using Survey Data, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 19, 278-291. -- CLEMENTS, Michael P., Fred JOUTZ and Herman O. STEKLER (2007), An Evaluation of the Forecasts of the Federal Reserve: A Pooled Approach, Journal of Applied Econometrics, 22, 121-136. -- BOERO, Gianna, Jeremy SMITH and Kenneth F. WALLIS (2008a), Evaluating a Three-Dimensional Panel of Point Forecasts: The Bank of England, International Journal of Forecasting, 24, 354-367. -- BOERO, Gianna, Jeremy SMITH and Kenneth F. WALLIS (2008b), Uncertainty and Disagreement in Economic Prediction: The Bank of England Survey of External Forecasters, Economic Journal, 118, 1107-1127. -- LAHIRI, Kajal and Xuguang SHENG (2010), Measuring Forecast Uncertainty by Disagreement: The Missing Link, Journal of Applied Econometrics, 25, 514-538. -- SMETS, Frank and Rafael WOUTERS (2004), Forecasting with a Bayesian DSGE Model: An Application to the Euro Area, Journal of Common Market Studies, 42, 841-867. -- ADOLFSON, Malin, Jesper LINDÉ and Mattias VILLANE (2007), Forecasting Performance of an Open Economy DSGE Model, Econometric Reviews, 26, 289-328. -- GHENT, Andra C. (2009), Comparing DSGE-VAR Forecasting Models: How big are the Differences?, Journal of Economic Dynamics and Control, 33, 864-882. -- CHRISTOFFERSEN, Peter (1998), Evaluating Interval Forecasts, International Economic Review, 39, 841-862. -- DIEBOLD, Francis X., Todd GUNTHER and Anthony S. TAY (1998), Evaluating Density Forecasts with Application to Financial Risk Management, International Economic Review, 39, 863-883. -- TAY, Anthony S. and Kenneth F. WALLIS (2000), Density Forecasting: A Survey, Journal of Forecasting, 19, 235-254. -- BERKOWITZ, Jeremy (2001), Testing Density Forecasts, with Applications to Risk Management, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 19, 465-474. -- CORRADI, Valentina and Norman R. SWANSON (2006), Predictive Density and Conditional Confidence Interval Accuracy Tests, Journal of Econometrics, 127, 187-228. -- AMISANO, Gianna and Raffaella GIACOMINI (2007), Comparing Density Forecasts via Weighted Likelihood Ratio Tests, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 25, 177-190. -- HALL, Stephen G. and James MITCHELL (2007), Combining Density Forecasts, International Journal of Forecasting, 23, 1-13. -- EVANS, Martin D.D. (2005), Where Are We Now? Real-Time Estimates of the Macroeconomy, International Journal of Central Banking, 1, 127-175. -- GIANNONE, Domenico, Lucrezia REICHLIN and David SMALL (2008), Nowcasting: The Real-Time Informational Content of Macroeconomic Data, Journal of Monetary Economics, 55, 665-676. -- GHYSELS, Eric, Arthur SINKO and Rossen VALKANOV (2006), MIDAS Regressions: Further Results and New Directions, Econometric Reviews, 26, 53-90.
    Abstract: ARMESTO, Michelle T., Kristie ENGEMANN and Michael OWYANG (2010), Forecasting with Mixed Frequencies, Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis Review, 9216, 521-536. -- CLEMENTS, Michael P. and Ana B. Galvão (2008), Macroeconomic Forecasting with Mixed Frequency Data: Forecasting US Output Growth, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 26, 546-554. -- MARCELLINO, Massimiliano and Christian SCHUMACHER (2010), Factor-MIDAS for Now - and Forecasting with Ragged-Edge Data: A Model Comparison for German GDP, Oxford Bulletin of Economics and Statistics, 72, 518-550. -- CLEMENTS, Michael P. and David F. HENDRY (editors) (2002b), A Companion to Economic Forecasting, Oxford: Blackwell. -- CLEMENTS, Michael P. and David F. HENDRY (editors) (2011), The Oxford Handbook of Economic Forecasting, Oxford: Oxford University Press. -- CASTLE, Jennifer L. and Neil SHEPHARD (editors) (2009), The Methodology and Practice of Econometrics: A Festschrift in Honour of Professor David Hendry, Oxford: Oxford University Press. -- ELLIOTT, Graham, Clive W.J. GRANGER and Allan TIMMERMANN (editors) (2006), Handbook of Economic Forecasting, Volume 1, Amsterdam: Elsevier. -- ELLIOTT, Graham and Allan TIMMERMANN (editors) (2013), Handbook of Economic Forecasting, Volume 2, Amsterdam: Elsevier. -- Warren M. Persons (1924), 'Some Fundamental Concepts of Statistics', Journal of the American Statistical Association, XIX (145), March, 1-8 -- Paul A. Samuelson (1987), 'Paradise Lost and Refound: The Harvard ABC Barometers', Journal of Portfolio Management, 4, Spring, 4-9 -- Arthur W. Marget (1929), 'Morgenstern on the Methodology of Economic Forecasting', Journal of Political Economy, XXXVII (3), June, 312-39 -- R.L. Marris (1954), 'The Position of Economics and Economists in the Government Machine: A Comparative Critique of the United Kingdom and the Netherlands', Economic Journal, LXIV (256), December, 759-83 -- Daniel B. Suits (1962), 'Forecasting and Analysis with an Econometric Model', American Economic Review, LII (1), March, 104-32 -- Alec Cairncross (1969), 'Economic Forecasting', Economic Journal, LXXIX (316), December, 797-812 -- Stephen K. McNees (1982), 'The Role of Macroeconometric Models in Forecasting and Policy Analysis in the United States', Journal of Forecasting, 1 (1), 37-48 -- Sir Terence Bums (1986), 'The Interpretation and Use of Economic Predictions' and discussion, Proceedings of the Royal Society of London, Series A, 407, 103-25 -- Kenneth F. Wallis (1991), 'Macroeconomic Forecasting: A Survey,' in Andrew J. Oswald (ed.), Surveys in Economics, Volume I, Chapter 2, Oxford: Basil Blackwell Ltd, 48-81 -- P.J. Coen, E.D. Gomme and M.G. Kendall (1969), 'Lagged Relationships in Economic Forecasting' and discussion, Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A, 132 (1), 133-63 -- Jeremy Bray (1971), 'Dynamic Equations for Economic Forecasting with the G.D.P.-Unemployment Relation and the Growth of G.D.R in the United Kingdom as an Example' and discussion, Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A, 134 (2), 167-227.
    Abstract: George E.P. Box and Paul Newbold (1971), 'Some Comments on a Paper of Coen, Gomme and Kendall', Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A, 134 (2), 229-40 -- P. Newbold and C.W.J. Granger (1974), 'Experience with Forecasting Univariate Time Series and the Combination of Forecasts' and discussion, Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A, 137 (2), 131-64 -- Richard Meese and John Geweke (1984), 'A Comparison of Autoregressive Univariate Forecasting Procedures for Macroeconomic Time Series', Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 2 (3), July, 191-200 -- A.C. Harvey and P.H.J. Todd (1983), 'Forecasting Economic Time Series With Structural and Box-Jenkins Models: A Case Study', comments by Craig F. Ansley, David F. Findley and Paul Newbold and 'Response' by A.C. Harvey and P.H.J. Todd, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 1 (4), October, 299-315 -- Robert B. Litterman (1986), 'Forecasting With Bayesian Vector Autoregressions - Five Years of Experience', Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 4(1), January, 25-38 -- K. Rao Kadiyala and Sune Karlsson (1993), 'Forecasting with Generalized Bayesian Vector Autoregressions', Journal of Forecasting, 12, 365-78 -- Jin-Lung Lin and C.W.J. Granger (1994), 'Forecasting from Nonlinear Models in Practice', Journal of Forecasting, 13 (1), January, 1-9 -- Chris Chatfield (1997), 'Forecasting in the 1990s', The Statistician, 46 (4), 461-73 -- Richard T. Baillie and Tim Bollerslev (1992), 'Prediction in Dynamic Models with Time-dependent Conditional Variances', Journal of Econometrics, 52, 91-113 -- Michael P. Clements and David F. Hendry (1993), 'On the Limitations of Comparing Mean Square Forecast Errors', Journal of Forecasting, 12, 617-37 -- Michael P. Clements and David F. Hendry (1995), 'Forecasting in Cointegrated Systems', Journal of Applied Econometrics, 10, 127-46 -- David F. Hendry (1997), 'The Econometrics of Macroeconomic Forecasting', Economic Journal, 107 (444), September, 1330-57 -- Geoffrey H. Moore (1969), 'Forecasting Short-term Economic Change', Journal of the American Statistical Association, 64 (325), March, 1-22 -- Victor Zaraowitz (1979), 'An Analysis of Annual and Multiperiod Quarterly Forecasts of Aggregate Income, Output, and the Price Level', Journal of Business, 52 (1), 1-33 -- H.O. Stekler (1968), 'Forecasting with Econometric Models: An Evaluation', Econometrica, 36 (3-4), July-October, 437-63 -- Charles R. Nelson (1972), 'The Prediction Performance of the FRB-MIT-PENN Model of the U.S. Economy', American Economic Review, 62, December, 902-17 -- J.M. Bates and C.W.J. Granger (1969), 'The Combination of Forecasts', Operational Research Quarterly, 20 (4), 451-68 -- C.W.J. Granger and P. Newbold (1973), 'Some Comments on the Evaluation of Economic Forecasts', Applied Economics, 5 (1), March, 35-47 -- Robert T. Clemen (1989), 'Combining Forecasts: A Review and Annotated Bibliography', International Journal of Forecasting, 5 (4), 559-83.
    Abstract: E. Philip Howrey, Lawrence R. Klein and Michael D. McCarthy (1974), 'Notes on Testing the Predictive Performance of Econometric Models', International Economic Review, 15 (2), June, 366-83 -- Ray C. Fair (1974), 'An Evaluation of a Short-run Forecasting Model', International Economic Review, 15 (2), June, 285-303 -- Ray C. Fair (1979), 'An Analysis of the Accuracy of Four Macroeconometric Models', Journal of Political Economy, 87 (4), August, 701-18 -- Stephen K. McNees (1986), 'Forecasting Accuracy of Alternative Techniques: A Comparison of U.S. Macroeconomic Forecasts', Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 4 (1), January, 5-15 -- R.A. Kolb and H.O. Stekler (1990), 'The Lead and Accuracy of Macroeconomic Forecasts', Journal of Macroeconomics, 12 (1), Winter, 111-23 -- Roy Batchelor and Pami Dua (1990), 'Forecaster Ideology, Forecasting Technique, and the Accuracy of Economic Forecasts', International Journal of Forecasting, 6 (1), 3-10 -- Stephen K. McNees (1992), 'The Uses and Abuses of "Consensus" Forecasts', Journal of Forecasting, 11, 703-10 -- Gordon Leitch and J. Ernest Tanner (1991), 'Economic Forecast Evaluation: Profits Versus the Conventional Error Measures', American Economic Review, 81 (3), June, 580-90 -- Francis X. Diebold and Roberto S. Mariano (1995), 'Comparing Predictive Accuracy', Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 13 (3), July, 253-63 -- David I. Harvey, Stephen J. Leyboume and Paul Newbold (1998), 'Tests for Forecast Encompassing', Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 16 (2), April, 254-9 -- Clive W.J. Granger (1996), 'Can We Improve the Perceived Quality of Economic Forecasts?', Journal of Applied Econometrics, 11, 455-73 -- S.S. Alexander and H.O. Stekler (1959), 'Forecasting Industrial Production - Leading Series Versus Autoregression', Journal of Political Economy, LXVII (4), August, 402-9 -- Saul H. Hymans (1973), 'On the Use of Leading Indicators to Predict Cyclical Turning Points' and 'Comments and Discussion', Brookings Papers on Economic Activity, 2, 339-84 -- Alan J. Auerbach (1982), 'The Index of Leading Indicators: "Measurement Without Theory", Thirty-five Years Later', Review of Economics and Statistics, LXIV (4), November, 589-95 -- Francis X. Diebold and Glenn D. Rudebusch (1991), 'Forecasting Output With the Composite Leading Index: A Real-time Analysis', Journal of the American Statistical Association, 86 (415), September, 603-10 -- Rebecca A. Emerson and David F. Hendry (1996), 'An Evaluation of Forecasting Using Leading Indicators', Journal of Forecasting 15 (4), July, 271-91 -- Alfred Cowles 3rd (1933), 'Can Stock Market Forecasters Forecast?', Econometrica, 1 (3), July, 309-24 -- Harry V. Roberts (1959), 'Stock-market "Patterns" and Financial Analysis: Methodological Suggestions', Journal of Finance, XIV (1), March, 1-10 -- C.W.J. Granger (1972), 'Analysis of Stock Market Price Data', Bulletin of the Institute of Mathematics and its Applications, 8, August, 229-32.
    Abstract: Clive W.J. Granger (1992), 'Forecasting Stock Market Prices: Lessons for Forecasters', International Journal of Forecasting, 8, 3-13 -- Christopher G. Lamoureux and William D. Lastrapes (1993), 'Forecasting Stock-return Variance: Toward an Understanding of Stochastic Implied Volatilities', Review of Financial Studies, 6 (2), 293-326 -- Jaesun Noh, Robert F. Engle and Alex Kane (1994), 'Forecasting Volatility and Option Prices of the S&P 500 Index', Journal of Derivatives, 2, Fall, 17-30 -- Kenneth F. Kroner, Kevin P. Kneafsey and Stijn Claessens (1995), 'Forecasting Volatility in Commodity Markets', Journal of Forecasting, 14 (2), March, 77-95 -- Kenneth D. West and Dongchul Cho (1995), 'The Predictive Ability of Several Models of Exchange Rate Volatility', Journal of Econometrics, 69, 367-91 -- Steve Satchell and Allan Timmermann (1995), 'An Assessment of the Economic Value of Non-linear Foreign Exchange Rate Forecasts', Journal of Forecasting, 14 (6), 477-97 -- Richard D. Rippe and Maurice Wilkinson (1974), 'Forecasting Accuracy of the McGraw-Hill Anticipatory Data', Journal of the American Statistical Association, 69 (348), December, 849-58 -- John A. Carlson (1977), 'A Study of Price Forecasts', Annals of Economic and Social Measurement, 6 (1), Winter, 27-56 -- Victor Zamowitz (1985), 'Rational Expectations and Macroeconomic Forecasts', Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 3 (4), October, 293-311.
    Abstract: This authoritative and wide-ranging collection presents over fifty of the most important articles on forecasting - a technique that lies at the heart of economic policy and decision-making. This comprehensive two volume set presents the major papers in macroeconomic forecasting and policy making; time series forecasting; the econometrics of forecasting; forecast evaluation; forecasting with leading indicators; forecasting in finance and economic forecasting using surveys
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 77
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784719760
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (640 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics series
    Keywords: Evolutionary economics ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Veblen, T. (1898), "Why is Economics Not an Evolutionary Science?" Quarterly Journal of Economics, -- Marshall, A. (1961[1890]), Principles of Economics, London: Macmillan -- Hodgson, G.M. (1993), Economics and Evolution: Bringing Life Back into Economics, Cambridge: Polity Press -- Bowler, P.J. (1989), Evolution - The History of an Idea, Berkeley: University of California Press -- Mirowski, P. (1988), Against Mechanism - Protecting Economics from Science, Totowa, NJ: Rowman & Littlefield -- Mas-Colell, A., Whinston, M.D., and Green, J.R. (1995), Microeconomic Theory, Oxford: Oxford University Press -- Witt, U. (2008), "What is Specific About Evolutionary Economics?" Journal of Evolutionary Economics, 18, 547-575 -- Schumpeter, J.A. (1934[1912]), Theory of Economic Development, Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press (first published as Theorie der Wirtschaftlichen Entwicklung, 1912) -- Schumpeter, J.A. (1908), Das Wesen und der Hauptinhalt der theoretischen Nationalökonomie, Leipzig: -- Schumpeter, J.A. (1910), "Über das Wesen der Wirtschaftskrisen", Zeitschrift für Volkswirtschaft, Sozialpolitik und Verwaltung, 19, 271-325 -- Witt, U. (2014), "The Future of Evolutionary Economics: Why the Modalities of Explanations Matter", Journal of Institutional Economics, 10, 645-664 -- McClelland, D.C. and Winter, D.G. (1969), Motivating Economic Achievement, New York: Free Press -- Schumpeter, J.A. (1939), Business Cycles: A Theoretical, Historical, and Statistical Analysis of the Capitalist Process, New York: McGraw-Hill -- Andersen, E.S. (2009), Schumpeter's Evolutionary Economics, London: Anthem -- Freeman, C. (1984), Long Waves in the World Economy, London: Pinter -- Iwai, K. (1984), "Schumpeterian Dynamics: An Evolutionary Model of Innovation and Imitation", Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 5, 159-190 -- Klepper, S. (1997), "Industry Life Cycles", Industrial and Corporate Change, 6, 145-181 -- Fagerberg, J. (2003), "Schumpeter and the Revival of Evolutionary Economics: An Appraisal of the Literature", Journal of Evolutionary Economics, 13, 125-159 -- Metcalfe, J.S., Foster, J., and Ramlogan, R. (2006), "Adaptive Economic Growth", Cambridge Journal of Economics, 30, 7-32.
    Abstract: Foster, J. (2011), "Evolutionary Macroeconomics: A Research Agenda", Journal of Evolutionary -- Kurz, H. (2012), "Schumpeter's New Combinations", Journal of Evolutionary Economics, 22, 871-899 -- Shane, S.A. and Venkataraman, S. (2000), "The Promise of Entrepreneurship as a Field of Research", Academy of Management Review, 25, 217-226 -- Sahal, D. (1981), Patterns of Technological Innovations, New York: Addison-Wesley -- Nelson, R.R. and Winter, S.G. (1982), An Evolutionary Theory of Economic Change, Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press -- Schumpeter, J.A. (1942), Capitalism, Socialism and Democracy, New York: Harper -- Reinganum, J.F. (1985), "Innovation and Industry Evolution", Quarterly Journal of Economics, 100, 81-99 -- Aghion, P., Bloom, N., Blundell, R., Griffith, R., and Howitt, P. (2005), "Competition and Innovation: An Inverted-U Relationship", Quarterly Journal of -- Kamien, M.I. and Schwarz, N.L. (1982), Market Structure and Innovation, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press -- Baldwin, W.L. and Scott, J.T. (1987), Market Structure and Technological Change, Chur: Harwood Academic Publishers -- Cohen, W.M. (2010), "Fifty Years of Empirical Studies of Innovative Activity and Performance", in B.W. Hall and N. Rosenberg (eds), Handbook of the Economics of Innovation, Elsevier, Amsterdam, 129-213 -- Alchian, A.A. (1950), "Uncertainty, Evolution, and Economic Theory", Journal of Political Economy, 58, 211-221 -- Penrose, E.T. (1952), "Biological Analogies in the Theory of the Firm", American Economic Review, 42, 804-819 -- Friedman, M. (1953), "The Methodology of Positive Economics", in M. Friedman (ed.), Essays in Positive Economics, Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 3-43 -- Winter, S.G. (1964), "Economic 'Natural Selection' and the Theory of the Firm", Yale Economic Essays, 4, 225-272 -- Winter, S.G. (1971), "Satisficing, Selection, and the Innovating Remnant", Quarterly Journal of Economics, 85, 237-261 -- Nelson, R.R. and Winter, S.G. (2002), "Evolutionary Theorizing in Economics", Journal of Economic Perspectives, 16, 23-46 -- Hanusch, H. and Pyka, A. (eds) (2007), Elgar Companion to Neo-Schumpeterian Economics, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar -- Simon, H.A. (1955), "A Behavioral Model of Rational Choice", Quarterly Journal of Economics, 69, 99-118.
    Abstract: March, J.G. and Simon, H.A. (1958), Organizations, New York: Wiley -- Cyert, R.M. and March, J.G. (1963), A Behavioral Theory of the Firm, Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall -- Dopfer, K. (2011), "Economics in a Cultural Key: Complexity and Evolution Revisited", in J.B. Davis and D.W. Hands (eds), Elgar Companion to Recent Economic Methodology, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar -- Andersen, E.S. (1994), Evolutionary Economics - Post-Schumpeterian Contributions, London: Pinter -- Kwasnicki, W. (1996), Knowledge, Innovation and Economy - An Evolutionary Exploration, Cheltenham, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar -- Cantner, U. and Pyka, A. (2001), "Classifying Technology Policy from an Evolutionary Perspective", Research Policy, 30, 759-775 -- Becker, M.C. (2004), "Organizational Routines: A Review of the Literature", Industrial and Corporate Change, 13, 643-677 -- Lazaric, N. and Raybaut, A. (2005), "Knowledge, Hierarchy and the Selection of Routines:An Interpretative Model with Group Interactions", Journal of Evolutionary Economics, 15, 393-421 -- Metcalfe, J.S. (1994), "Competition, Fisher's Principle and Increasing Returns in the Selection Process", Journal of Evolutionary Economics, 4, 327-346 -- Metcalfe, J.S. (2002), "On the Optimality of the Competitive Process: Kimura's Theorem and Market Dynamics", Journal of Bioeconomics, 4, 109-133 -- Metcalfe, J.S. (2008), "Accounting for Economic Evolution: Fitness and the Population Method", Journal of -- Metcalfe, J.S. (1998), Evolutionary Economics and Creative Destruction, London: Routledge -- Dosi, G., Nelson, R.R., and Winter S.G. (2000), "Introduction: The Nature and Dynamics of Organizational Capabilities", in G. Dosi, R.R. Nelson, and S.G. Winter (eds), The Nature and Dynamics of Organizational Capabilities, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1-22 -- Murmann, J.P., Aldrich, H., Levinthal, D., and Winter S. (2003), "Evolutionary Thought in Management and Organization Theory at the Beginning of the New Millennium", Journal of Management Inquiry, 12, 1-19 -- Witt, U. (2011), "Emergence and Functionality of Organizational Routines: An Individualistic Approach", Journal of Institutional Economics, 7, 157-174 -- Joosten, R. (2006), "Walras and Darwin: An Odd Couple?" Journal of Evolutionary Economics, 16, 561-573 -- Hayek, F.A. (1945), "The Use of Knowledge in Society", American Economic Review, 35, 519-530 -- Hayek, F.A. (1978), "Competition as a Discovery Procedure", in F.A. Hayek (ed.), New Studies in Philosophy, Politics, Economics and the History of Ideas, London: Routledge, 179-190 -- Shackle, G.L.S. (1979), Imagination and the Nature of Choice, Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.
    Abstract: Witt, U. (2009), "Propositions About Novelty", Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 70, 311-320 -- Fisher, F.M. (1983), Disequilibrium Foundations of Equilibrium Economics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press -- David, P.A. (1985), "Clio and the Economics of QWERTY", American Economic Review, 75 (Papers & Proceedings), 332-337 -- Arthur, W.B., Ermoliev, Y.M., and Kaniovsky, Y.M. (1987), "Path-Dependent Processes and the Emergence of Macro-structure", European Journal of Operations Research, 30, 294-303 -- Wilson, D.S. (2015), "Two Meanings of Complex Adaptive Systems", in D.S. Wilson and A. Kirman (eds), Complexity and Evolution - A New Synthesis for Economics, Cambridge, MA: MIT Press -- Arthur, W.B. (1994), Increasing Returns and Path Dependence in the Economy, Ann Arbor: University of -- Hayek, F.A. (1988), The Fatal Conceit, London: Routledge -- Richerson, P.J., Baldini, R., Bell, A., Demps, K., Frost, K., Hillis, V., Methew, S., Narr, N., Newson, L., Newton, E., Ross, C., Smaldino, P., Waring, T., and Zefferman, M.R. (2015), "Cultural Group Selection Plays an Essential Role in Explaining Human Cooperation: A Sketch of Evidence", Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 760, 1-71 -- Menger, C. (1985 [1883]), Investigations into the Method of the Social Sciences with Special Reference to Economics (first published as Untersuchungen ueber die Methode der Socialwissenschaften und der Politischen Ökonomie, 1883) New York: New York University Press -- Young, P. (1998), Individual Strategy and Social Structure: An Evolutionary Theory of Social -- North, D.C. (1997), Institutions, Institutional Change and Economic Performance, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press -- North, D.C., Wallis, J.J., and Weingast, B.R. (2009), Violence and Social Order, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press -- Ostrom, E. (2014), "Do Institutions Collective Action Evolve?" Journal of Bioeconomics, 16, 3-30 -- Kuran, T. (1995), Private Truths, Public Lies - The Social Consequences of Preference Falsification, -- Brown, G.R. and Richerson, P.J. (2014), "Applying Evolutionary Theory to Human Behavior: Past Differences and Current Debates", Journal of Bioeconomics, 16, 105-128 -- Boulding, K.E. (1981), Evolutionary Economics, Beverly Hills: Sage Publications -- Marchetti, C. (1980), "Society as a Learning System: Discovery, Invention, and Innovation Cycles Revisited", Technological Forecasting and Social Change, 18, 267-282 -- Buenstorf, G. (2004), The Economics of Energy and the Production Process - An Evolutionary Approach, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar -- Ayres, R.U. and Warr, B. (2009), The Economic Growth Engine - How Energy and Work Drive Material Prosperity, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar.
    Abstract: Georgescu-Roegen, N. (1971), The Entropy Law and the Economic Process, Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press -- Day, R.H. and Walter J.-L. (1989), "Economic Growth in the Very Long Run: On the Multiple-Phase Interactions of Population, Technology, and Social Infrastructure", in W.A. Barnett, J. Geweke and K. Shell (eds), Economic Complexity, Chaos, Sunspots, Bubbles, and Nonlinearity, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 253-289 -- van den Bergh, J.C.J.M. (2007), "Evolutionary Thinking in Environmental Economics", Journal of Evolutionary Economics, 17, 521-549 -- Joseph A. Schumpeter (1947), 'The Creative Response in Economic History', Journal of Economic History, VH (2), November, 149-59 -- Joseph Schumpeter (1928), 'The Instability of Capitalism', Economic Journal, XXXVHI (151), September, 361-86 -- Christopher Freeman (1990), 'Schumpeter's Business Cycles Revisited', in Arnold Heertje and Mark Perlman (eds), Evolving Technology and Market Structure - Studies in Schumpeterian Economics, Aim Arbor: University of Michigan Press, 17-38 -- Armen A. Alchian (1950), 'Uncertainty, Evolution, and Economic Theory', Journal of Political Economy, LVIH, 211-21 -- Sidney G. Winter (1971), 'Satisficing, Selection, and the Innovaring Remnant', Quarterly Journal of Economics, LXXXV (2), May, 237-61 -- Richard R. Nelson and Sidney G. Winter (1980), 'Firm and Industry Response to Changed Market Conditions: An Evolutionary Approach', Economic Inquiry, XVIII (2), April, 179-202 -- Katsuhito Iwai (1984), 'Schumpeterian Dynamics: An Evolutionary Model of Innovation and Imitation', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 5 (2), June, 159-90 -- R.C.O. Matthews (1984), 'Darwinism and Economic Change', in D.A. Collard , N.H. Dimsdale , C.L. Gilbert , D.R. Helm , M.F.G. Scott and A.K. Sen (eds), Economic Theory and Hicksian Themes, Oxford: Clarendon Press, 91-117 -- John M. Gowdy (1985), 'Evolutionary Theory and Economic Theory: Some Methodological Issues, Review of Social Economy, XLIII (3), December, 316-24 -- Jack Hirshleifer (1982), 'Evolutionary Models in Economics and Law: Cooperation Versus Conflict Strategies', Research in Law and Economics, 4, 1-60 -- W. Brian Arthur, Yu M. Ermoliev and Yu M. Kaniovski (1987), 'Path-Dependent Processes and the Emergence of Macro-Structure', European Journal of Operational Research, 30 (3), June, 294-303 -- Paul A. David (1985), 'Clio and the Economics of QWERTY', American Economic Review, 75 (2), May, 332-7 -- Timur Kuran (1989), 'Sparks and Prairie Fires: A Theory of Unanticipated Political Revolution', Public Choice, 61, 41-74 -- G. Haag, W. Weidlich and G. Mensch (1987), 'The Schumpeter Clock', in D. Batten , J. Casti and B. Johansson (eds), Economic Evolution and Structural Adjustment, Berlin: Springer, 187-226 -- Brian Loasby (1983), 'Knowledge, Learning and Enterprise', in J. Wiseman (ed.), Beyond Positive Economics?, New York: St. Martin's Press, 104-21 -- Stan Metcalfe (1989), 'Evolution and Economic Change', in Audrey Silberston (ed.), Technology and Economic Progress, London: Macmillan Press, 54-85.
    Abstract: F.A. Hayek (1978), 'Competition as a Discovery Procedure', in F.A. Hayek , New Studies in Philosophy, Politics, Economics and the History of Ideas, London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 179-90 -- Ulrich Witt (1985), 'Coordination of Individual Economic Activities as an Evolving Process of Self-Organization', tconomie Appliquie, XXXVII, 569-95 -- Robert Boyd and Peter J. Richerson (1980), 'Sociobiology, Culture and Economic Theory', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 1 (2), June, 97-121 -- F.A. Hayek (1967), 'Notes on the Evolution of Systems of Rules of Conduct', Studies in Philosophy, Politics and Economics, London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 66-81 -- Viktor Vanberg (1986), 'Spontaneous Market Order and Social Rules: A Critical Examination of F.A. Hayek's Theory of Cultural Evolution', Economics and Philosophy, 2 (1), April, 75-100.
    Abstract: Evolutionary economics has become a major heterodox approach over the last decades. Its roots can be traced back to Schumpeter and Veblen. More recently, an important role is also played by analogies to evolutionary biology, notably to natural selection models. As this research review explains, the approach of evolutionary economics offers an improved understanding of market processes, industry dynamics, structural change, and economic growth as being driven by human innovativeness
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 78
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785360848
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (3 v) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Keywords: Law and economics ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Ronald H. Coase, 'The Problem of Social Cost', Journal of Law and Economics, III (October), 1-44 (1960) -- Adam Smith, An Inquiry into the Nature and Causes of the Wealth of Nations (1776) -- Jeremy Bentham, Of Laws in General (1782) -- Jeremy Bentham, Introduction to the Principles of Morals and Legislation (1789) -- Ronald H. Coase, 'Economics and Contiguous Disciplines', Journal of Legal Studies, 7, 201-11 (1978) -- Charles K. Rowley, 'Social Sciences and Law: The Relevance of Economic Theories', Oxford Journal of Legal Studies, 1 (3), 391-405 (1981) -- Guido Calabresi, 'About Law and Economics: A Letter to Ronald Dworkin',Hofstra Law Review, 8, 553-62 (1980) -- Richard A. Posner, 'An Economic Theory of the Criminal Law', Columbia Law Review, 85 (6), October,1193-231 (1985a) -- James Buchanan, 'Good Economics-Bad Law',Virginia Law Review, 60, 483-92 (1974) -- Charles K. Rowley, 'The Common Law in Public Choice Perspective: A Theoretical and Institutional Critique', Hamline Law Review, 12, 355-83 (1989) -- William M. Landes, 'An Economic Analysis of the Courts',Journal of Law and Economics, 14, 61-107 (1971) -- Paul H. Rubin, 'Why is the Common Law Efficient?',Journal of Legal Studies, VI (1), January, 51-63 (1977) -- George L. Priest, 'The Common Law Process and the Selection of Efficient Rules', Journal of Legal Studies, VI (1), January, 65-82, (1977) -- George L. Priest and Benjamin Klein, 'The Selection of Disputes for Litigation', Journal of Legal Studies, XIII (1), January, 1-55 (1984) -- Robert D. Cooterand Lewis Kornhauser, 'Can Litigation Improve the Law Without the Help of Judges?',Journal of Legal Studies, 9, 139-63 (1980) -- Robert D. Cooter and Daniel L. Rubinfeld, 'Economic Analysis of Legal Disputes and Their Resolution', Journal of Economic Literature, XXVII, September, 1067-97 (1989) -- Steven Shavell, 'The Social Versus the Private Incentive to Bring Suit in a Costly Legal System',Journal of Legal Studies, 11, 333-9 (1982) -- Peter S. Menell, 'A Note on Private Versus Social Incentives to Sue in a Costly Legal System',Journal of Legal Studies, 12, 41-52 (1983) -- Susan Rose-Ackermann and Mark Geistfeld, 'The Divergence between Social and Private Incentives to Sue: A Comment on Shavell, Menell, and Kaplow', Journal of Legal Studies, 16, 483-91 (1987).
    Abstract: Lewis Kaplow, 'Private Versus Social Costs in Bringing Suits', Journal of Legal Studies, 15, 371-85 (1986) -- Steven Shavell, 'The Fundamental Divergence between the Private and the Social Motive to Use the Legal System',Journal of Legal Studies, 26, 575-612 (1997) -- Steven Shavell, 'The Level of Litigation: Private Versus Social Optimality of Suit and of Settlement',International Review of Law and Economics, 19, 99-115 (1999) -- Anthony Niblett, Richard Posner and Andrei Shleifer, The Evolution of a Legal Rule, NBER Working Papers No. 13856, National Bureau of Economic Research (2008) -- Richard A. Posner, 'What Do Judges and Justices Maximize? The Same Thing Everybody Else Does',Supreme Court Economic Review, 3, 1-41 (1994) -- Richard A. Posner, 'The Role of the Judge in the Twenty-First Century',Boston University Law Review, 86, 1049-68 (2006) -- Todd Zywicki, 'The Rise and Fall of Efficiency in the Common Law: A Supply-Side Analysis',Northwestern Law Review, 97, 1551-634 (2003) -- VincyFonand Francesco Parisi, 'Litigation and the Evolution of Legal Remedies: A Dynamic Model',Public Choice, 116, 419-33 (2003) -- Francesco ParisiandVincyFon, The Economics of Lawmaking, Oxford University Press (2009) -- Paul H. Rubin, Evolution of the Efficient Common Law, Edward Elgar (2006) -- Richard A. Posner (1980), 'The Ethical and Political Basis of the Efficiency Norm in Common Law Adjudication', Hofstra Law Review, 8, 487-507 -- Robert C. Ellickson, Order Without Law: How Neighbors Settle Disputes, Harvard University Press (1991) -- Robert C. Ellickson (1994), 'The Aim of Order Without Law', Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics, 150 (1), March, 97-100 -- Robert D. Cooter (1994), 'An Economic Model of Legal Discover', Journal of Legal Studies, XXIII, January, 435-63 -- Francesco Parisi, 'Toward a Theory of Spontaneous Law',Constitutional PoliticalEconomy, 6, 211-31 (1995b) -- Paul R. Milgrom, Douglass C. North and Barry R. Weingast, 'The Role of Institutions in the Revival of Trade: The Law Merchant, Private Judges, and the Champagne Fairs', Economics and Politics, 2, 1-23 (1990) -- Avner Greif, Paul Milgrom and Barry R. Weingast, 'Coordination, Commitment, and Enforcement: The Case of the Merchant Guild',Journal of Political Economy, 102, 745-76 (1994) -- Lisa Bernstein, 'Opting Out of the Legal System: Extralegal Contractual Relations in the Diamond Industry', Journal of Legal Studies, XXI, January, 115-57(1992) -- Lisa Bernstein, 'Merchant Law in a Merchant Court: Rethinking the Code's Search for Immanent Business Norms', University of Pennsylvania Law Review, 144, 1765-821 (1996).
    Abstract: Eric A. Feldman, 'The Tuna Court: Law and Norms in the World's Premier Fish Market',California Law Review, 94, 313-69 (2006) -- William M. Landes and Richard R. Posner, 'Adjudication as a Private Good', Journal of Legal Studies, VIII (2), March, 235-84 (1979) -- Jack L. Goldsmith and Eric A. Posner, 'A Theory of Customary International Law', University of Chicago Law Review, 66, 1113-77 (1999) -- Jack L. Goldsmith and Eric A. Posner, 'Understanding the Resemblance Between Modern and Traditional Customary International Law',Virginia Journal of International Law, 40, 639-72 (2000) -- Eric A. Posner and Alan O. Sykes, Economic Foundations of International Law, Belknap Press (2013) -- VincyFonand Francesco Parisi, 'International Customary Law and Articulation Theories: An Economic Analysis', International Law and Management Review, 2, 201-33 (2007) -- VincyFonand Francesco Parisi, 'Role Reversibility, Stochastic Ignorance, and Social Cooperation', Journal of Socio-Economics, 37, 1061-75 (2008) -- Eugene Kontorovich, 'Inefficient Customs in International Law', William and Mary Law Review, 48, 859-922 (2006) -- Ronald H. Coase, 'The Federal Communications Commission', Journal of Law and Economics, II, October, 1-40 (1959) -- George J. Stigler, The Theory of Price, 3rdedn, Macmillan (1966) -- Harold Demsetz, 'Toward a Theory of Property Rights', American Economic Review, 57 (2), May, 347-59 (1967) -- Harold Demsetz, 'When Does the Rule of Liability Matter?',Journal of Legal Studies, I (1), January, 13-28 (1972) -- Guido Calabresi and A. Douglas Melamed, 'Property Rules, Liability Rules, and Inalienability: One View of the Cathedral', Harvard Law Review, 85 (6), April, 1089-128 (1972) -- Armen A. Alchian, 'Some Economics of Property Rights', Il Politico, 30, 816-29 (1965a) -- Richard A. Epstein, 'Holdouts, Externalities, and the Single Owner: One More Salute to Ronald Coase', Journal of Law and Economics, XXXVI, April, 553-86 (1993) -- Francesco Parisi, 'Private Property and Social Costs',European Journal of Law and Economics, 2 (2), June, 149-73 (1995a) -- James Buchanan, 'Coase Theorem and the Theory of the State',National Resources Journal, 13, 579-94 (1973) -- Gregory Sidak, 'The Inverse Coase Theorem and Declarations of War',Duke Law Journal, 41, 325-28 (1991) -- Francesco Parisi, 'Political Coase Theorem',Public Choice, 115, 1-36 (2003).
    Abstract: Barbara Luppiand Francesco Parisi, 'Politics With(out) Coase,' International Review of Economics (forthcoming); Minnesota Legal Studies Research Paper No. 11-44 -- George J. Stigler, 'Two Notes on the Coase Theorem', Yale Law Journal, 99 (3), December, 631-3 (1989) -- Robert C. Ellickson, 'Of Coase and Cattle: Dispute Resolution Among Neighbors in Shasta County', Yale Law School Faculty Scholarship Series, 466 (1986) -- Kenneth Vogel, 'The Coase Theorem and California Animal Trespass Law', Journal of Legal Studies, 16, 149-87 (1987) -- Paul Samuelson, 'Some Uneasiness with the Coase Theorem', Japan and the World Economy, 7, 1-7 (1995) -- A.W. Brian Simpson, 'Coase v. Pigou Reexamined', Journal of Legal Studies, 25, 53-98 (1996) -- Avinash Dixit and Mancur Olson, 'Does Voluntary Participation Undermine the Coase Theorem?',Journal of Public Economics, 76, 309-35 (2000) -- Christine Jolls, Cass Sunstein and Richard Thaler, 'A Behavioral Approach to Law and Economics',Stanford Law Review, 50, 1471-550 (1998) -- Richard A. Posner, 'Rational Choice, Behavioral Economics, and the Law', Stanford Law Review, 50, 1551-75 (1998) -- Richard A. Posner , Economic Analysis of Law, 8thedn, Aspen Publishing (2010) -- Richard A. Posner, 'Gratuitous Promises in Economics and Law',Journal of Legal Studies, 6, 411-26 (1977) -- Charles J. Goetz and Robert E. Scott, 'Enforcing Promises: An Examination of the Basisof Contract', Yale Law Journal, 89 (7), June, 1261-88 and 1321-2 (1980) -- Ian Ayres and Robert Gertner, 'Filling Gaps in Incomplete Contracts: An Economic Theory of Default Rules', Yale Law Journal, 99 (1), October, 87-130 (1989) -- Anthony T. Kronman, 'Mistake, Disclosure, Information, and the Law of Contracts', Journal of Legal Studies, VII (1), January, 1-34 (1978) -- Oliver E. Williamson, The Economic Institutions of Capitalism, Free Press (1985) -- Anthony T. Kronman, 'Contract Law and the State of Nature', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 1, 5-32 (1985) -- Timothy J. Muris, 'Opportunistic Behavior and the Law of Contracts', Minnesota Law Review, LXV, 521-75 and 589-90 (1981) -- John H. Barton, 'The Economic Basis of Damages for Breach of Contract', Journal of Legal Studies, I (2), June, 277-304 (1972) -- Steven Shavell, 'Damage Measures for Breach of Contract', Bell Journal of Economics, 11 (2), Autumn, 466-90 (1980a).
    Abstract: Charles J. Goetz and Robert E. Scott, 'Liquidated Damages, Penalties and the Just Compensation Principle: Some Notes on an Enforcement Model and a Theory of Efficient Breach', Columbia Law Review, 77, 554-94 (1977) -- Alan Schwartz, 'The Case for Specific Performance', Yale Law Review, 89, December, 271-306 (1979) -- Guido Calabresi, 'Some Thoughts on Risk Distribution and the Law of Torts', Yale Law Journal, 70, 499-553 (1961) -- Guido Calabresi, The Costs of Accidents: A Legal and Economic Analysis, Yale University Press (1970) -- John Prater Brown, 'Toward an Economic Theory of Liability', Journal of Legal Studies, 2, 323-49 (1973) -- Peter A. Diamond, 'Accident Law and Resource Allocation', Bell Journal of Economics, 5, 366-405 (1974) -- Robert D. Cooterand Ariel Porat, 'Does Harm to Self Increase the Care Owed to Others? Law and Economics in Conflict', Journal of Legal Studies, 29, 19-34 (2000) -- Barbara Luppi, Francesco Parisi, and Daniel Pi, Double-Edged Torts, Minnesota Legal Studies Research Paper No. 12-57 (2013) -- Steven Shavell, 'Strict Liability Versus Negligence', Journal of Legal Studies, IX (1), January, 1-25 (1980b) -- Steven Shavell, 'Liability for Harm Versus Regulation of Safety', Journal of Legal Studies, XIII (2), June, 357-74(1984) -- William M. Landes and Richard A. Posner, 'The Positive Economic Theory of Tort Law', Georgia Law Review, 851 (1980) -- Guido Calabresi, 'The Decision for Accidents: An Approach to Non-Fault Allocation of Costs', Harvard Law Review, 78 (4), February, 713-45(1965) -- Guido Calabresi, Address, 6th Annual Meeting of the American Law and Economics Association, May 10 (1996) -- Guido Calabresi and Jeffrey Cooper, 'New Directions in Tort Law',Valparaiso University Law Review, 30, 859-884 (1996) -- Francesco Parisi and VincyFon, 'Comparative Causation', American Law and Economics Review, 6 (2), Fall (2004) -- Giuseppe Dari-Mattiacci, Bruno Lovat and Francesco Parisi, Loss Sharing between Non-Negligent Parties, Minnesota Legal Studies Research Paper No. 11-24 (2013) -- Michael Tonry, 'Learning from the Limitations of Deterrence Research',Crime and Justice, 37,279-311 (2008) -- Cheryl Marie Webster and Anthony N. Doob, 'Searching for Sasquatch: Deterrence of Crime Through Sentence Severity', in Joan Petersilia and Kevin R. Reitz (eds), Oxford Handbook of Sentencing and Corrections, Oxford University Press, 173-95 (2012) -- Douglas Husak, Overcriminalization: The Limits of the Criminal Law, Oxford University Press (2008).
    Abstract: Gary S. Becker, 'Crime and Punishment: An Economic Approach', Journal of Political Economy, 76, 169-217 (1968) -- George J. Stigler, 'The Optimum Enforcement of Laws', Journal of Political Economy, 78, 526-36 (1970) -- Issac Ehrlich, 'The Deterrent Effect of Criminal Law Enforcement', Journal of Legal Studies, I (2), June, 259-76 (1972) -- Charles R. Tittle, Sanctions and Social Deviance - the Question of Deterrence, National Science Foundation (1980) -- Richard C. Hollinger, 'Deterrence in the Workplace: Perceived Certainty, Perceived Severity, and Employee Theft',Social Forces, 62, 398-418 (1983) -- Daniel Kessler and Steven D. Levitt, 'Using Sentence Enhancements to Distinguish between Deterrence and Incapacitation',Journal of Law and Economics, 42, 343-64 (1999) -- Steven D. Levitt, 'The Case of the Critics Who Missed the Point: A Reply to Webster et al.', Criminology and Public Policy, 5, 449-60 (2006) -- Cheryl Marie Webster, Anthony Doob and Franklin Zimring, 'Proposition 8 and Crime Rates in California: The Case of the Disappearing Deterrent',Criminology and Public Policy, 5, 417-48 (2006) -- Michael Tonry, 'Learning from the Limitations of Deterrence Research', Crime and Justice, 37 (1), 279-311 (2008) -- Cheryl Marie Webster and Anthony N. Doob, 'Searching for Sasquatch: Deterrence of Crime Through Sentence Severity', in Joan Petersilia and Kevin R. Reitz (eds), The Oxford Handbook of Sentencing and Corrections, Oxford University Press, 173-95(2012) -- Silvia M. Mendes and Michael D. McDonald, 'Putting Severity of Punishment Back in the Deterrence Package', Policy Studies Journal, 29, 588-610 (2001) -- Silvia M. Mendes, 'Certainty, Severity, and Their Relative Deterrent Effects: Questioning the Implications of the Role of Risk in Criminal Deterrence Policy', Policy Studies Journal, 32, 59-74 (2004) -- Richard A. Posner, 'An Economic Theory of the Criminal Law',Columbia Law Review, 85, 1193-231 (1985b) -- Steven Shavell, 'Criminal Law and the Optimal Use of Nonmonetary Sanctions as a Deterrent', Columbia Law Review, 85 (6), October, 1232-62 (1985) -- William M. Landesand Richard A. Posner, 'The Private Enforcement of Law',Journal of Legal Studies, 4, 1-46 (1975) -- Gary S. Becker and George J. Stigler, 'Law Enforcement Malfeasance, and Compensation of Enforcers', Journal of Legal Studies, III (1), January, 1-18 (1974) -- John R. Lott, Jr., 'A Transaction-Costs Explanation for Why the Poor Are More Likely to Commit Crime',Journal of Legal Studies, 19, 243 (1990) -- Cathy Buchanan and Peter R. Hartley, 'Criminal Choice: An Economic View of Life Outside the Law',Policy, Autumn, 54-8 (1990) -- Manuel A. Utset, When Good People Do Bad Things: Time-Inconsistent Misconduct and Criminal Law, FSU Public Law Research Paper No. 232 (2006).
    Abstract: Frank H. Easterbrook, 'Criminal Procedure as a Market System', Journal of Legal Studies, XII (2), 289-332 (1983) -- Lloyd Cohen, 'Marriage, Divorce, and Quasi Rents; or, "I Gave Him the Best Years of My Life"', Journal of Legal Studies, XVI (2), 267-303 (1987) -- Elisabeth M. Landes and Richard A. Posner, 'The Economics of the Baby Shortage', Journal of Legal Studies, VII (2), June, 323-48 (1978) -- Margaret F. Brinig, 'Rings and Promises', Journal of Law, Economics and Organization, 6 (1), Spring, 203-15 (1990) -- Ronald H. Coase, 'The Nature of the Firm', Economica, 4, 386-405 (1937) -- Armen Alchian, 'The Basis of Some Recent Advances in the Theory of Management and the Firm', Journal of Industrial Economics, 14, 30-41 (1965b) -- Armen Alchian, 'Corporate Management and Property Rights,' in H.G. Manne (ed.), Economic Policy and the Regulation of Corporate Securities, 337-60, American Enterprise Institute (1969) -- Henry G. Manne, 'Our Two Corporation Systems: Law and Economics', Virginia Law Review, 53 (2), March, 259-84 (1967) -- Harold Demsetz, 'The Cost of Transacting',Quarterly Journal of Economics, 82,33-53 (1968) -- Henry G. Manne, 'Mergers and the Market for Corporate Control', Journal of Political Economy, LXXIII, 110-20 (1965) -- Ralph K. Winter, Jr, 'State Law, Shareholder Protection, and the Theory of the Corporation', Journal of Legal Studies, VI (2), June, 251-92 (1977) -- Frank H. Easterbrook and Daniel R. Fischel, 'Corporate Control Transactions', Yale Law Journal, 91 (4), March, 698-737 (1982) -- Michael C. Jensen and William H. Meckling, 'Theory of the Firm: Managerial Behavior, Agency Costs and Ownership Structure', Journal of Financial Economics, 3, 305-60 (1976) -- Oliver Williamson, 'Corporate Governance', Yale Law Journal, 93 (7), June, 1197-230 (1984) -- John R. Commons , Institutional Economics, University of Wisconsin Press (1934) -- Roberta Romano, 'Law as a Product: Some Pieces of the Incorporation Puzzle', Journal of Law, Economics and Organization, 1 (2), Fall, 225-83 (1985) -- Michelle J. White, 'The Corporate Bankruptcy Decision', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 3 (2), Spring, 129-51 (1989) -- Richard A. Posner, 'The Constitution as an Economic Document', George Washington Law Review, 56 (1), November, 4-38 (1987b) -- John A. Ferejohn and Barry R. Weingast, 'A Positive Theory of Statutory Interpretation', International Review of Law and Economics, 12 (2), June, 263-79 (1992).
    Abstract: Richard A. Postier (1987), 'The Law and Economics Movement', American Economic Review, 77 (2), May, 1-13 -- Ronald H. Coase (1978), 'Economics and Contiguous Disciplines', Journal of Legal Studies, VII (2), June, 201-11 -- Guido Calabresi (1980), 'About Law and Economics: A Letter to Ronald Dworkin', Hofstra Law Review, 9 (3), Spring, 553-62 -- Charles K. Rowley (1981), 'Social Sciences and Law: The Relevance of Economic Theories', Oxford Journal of Legal Studies, 1 (3), Winter, 391-405 -- Richard A. Posner (1985), 'Wealth Maximization Revisited', Notre Dame Journal of Law, Ethics and Public Policy, 2 (1), Fall, 85-105 -- William M. Landes (1971), 'An Economic Analysis of the Courts', Journal of Law and Economics, XTV (1), April, 61-107 -- Isaac Ehrlich and Richard A. Posner (1974), 'An Economic Analysis of Legal Rulemaking', Journal of Legal Studies, III. (1), January, 257-86 -- Paul H. Rubin (1977), 'Why is the Common Law Efficient?', Journal of Legal Studies, VI (1), January, 51-63 -- George L. Priest (1977), 'The Common Law Process and the Selection of Efficient Rules', Journal of Legal Studies, VI (1), January, 65-82 -- George L. Priest and Benjamin Klein (1984), 'The Selection of Disputes for Litigation', Journal of Legal Studies, XIII (1), January, 1-55 -- Robert D. Cooter and Daniel L. Rubinfeld (1989), 'Economic Analysis of Legal Disputes and Their Resolution', Journal of Economic Literature, XXVII, September, 1067-97 -- Richard A. Posner (1980), 'A Theory of Primitive Society, with Special Reference to Law', Journal of Law and Economics, XXIII (1), April, 1-53 -- Robert C. Ellickson (1994), 'The Aim of Order Without Law', Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics, 150 (1), March, 97-100 -- Robert D. Cooler (1994), 'Structural Adjudication and the New Law Merchant: A Model of Decentralized Law', International Review of Law and Economics, 14 (2), June, 215-31 -- William M. Landes and Richard A. Posner (1979), 'Adjudication as a Private Good', Journal of Legal Studies, VIII (2), March, 235-84 -- F.A. Hayek (1973), 'Nomos: The Law of Liberty', Law, Legislation and Liberty, Volume I: Rules and Order, Chapter 5, London: Routledge and Kegan Paul, 94-123 + 168-73 [notes] -- R.H. Coase (1960), 'The Problem of Social Cost', Journal of Law and Economics, III, October, 1-44 -- Harold Demsetz (1972), 'When Does the Rule of Liability Matter?', Journal of Legal Studies, I (1), January, 13-28 -- Armen A. Alchian (1965), 'Some Economics of Property Rights', Il Politico, 30, 816-29.
    Abstract: Harold Demsetz (1967), 'Toward a Theory of Property Rights', American Economic Review, 57 (2), May, 347-59 -- Guido Calabresi and A. Douglas Melaraed (1972), 'Property Rules, Liability Rules, and Inalienability: One View of the Cathedral', Harvard Law Review, 85 (6), April, 1089-1128 -- George J. Stigler (1989), 'Two Notes on the Coase Theorem', Yale Law Journal, 99 (3), December, 631-3 -- Richard A. Epstein (1993), 'Holdouts, Externalities, and the Single Owner: One More Salute to Ronald Coase', Journal of Law and Economics, XXXVI, April, 553-86 -- Francesco Parisi (1995), 'Private Property and Social Costs', European Journal of Law and Economics, 2 (2), June, 149-73 -- John H. Barton (1972), 'The Economic Basis of Damages for Breach of Contract', Journal of Legal Studies, I (2), June, 277-304 -- Anthony T. Kronman (1978), 'Mistake, Disclosure, Information, and the Law of Contracts', Journal of Legal Studies, VII (1), January, 1-34 -- Alan Schwartz (1979), 'The Case for Specific Performance', Yale Law Journal, 89, December, 271-306 -- Charles J. Goetz and Robert E. Scott (1980), 'Enforcing Promises: An Examination of the Basis of Contract', Yale Law Journal, 89 (7), June, 1261-88 and 1321-2 -- Steven Shavell (1980), 'Damage Measures for Breach of Contract', Bell Journal of Economics, 11 (2), Autumn, 466-90 -- Timothy J. Muris (1981), 'Opportunistic Behavior and the Law of Contracts', Minnesota Law Review, LXV, 521-75 and 589-90 -- Ian Ayres and Robert Gertner (1989), 'Filling Gaps in Incomplete Contracts: An Economic Theory of Default Rules', Yale Law Journal, 99 (1), October, 87-130 -- William M. Landes and Richard A. Posner (1981), 'The Positive Economic Theory of Tort Law', Georgia Law Review, 15 (4), Summer, 851-924 -- Steven Shavell (1980), 'Strict Liability Versus Negligence', Journal of Legal Studies, IX (1), January, 1-25 -- Steven Shavell (1984), 'Liability for Harm Versus Regulation of Safety', Journal of Legal Studies, XIII (2), June, 357-74 -- William Bishop (1983), 'The Contract-Tort Boundary and the Economics of Insurance', Journal of Legal Studies, XII (2), June, 241-66 -- Robert D. Cooler (1982), 'Economic Analysis of Punitive Damages', Southern California Law Review, 56, 79-101 -- Gary S. Becker (1968), 'Crime and Punishment: An Economic Approach', Journal of Political Economy, 76, 169-217 -- George J. Stigter (1970), 'The Optimum Enforcement of Laws', Journal of Political Economy, 78, 526-36.
    Abstract: Isaac Ehrlich (1972), 'The Deterrent Effect of Criminal Law Enforcement', Journal of Legal Studies, I (2), June, 259-76 -- Gary S. Becker and George J. Stigler (1974), 'Law Enforcement, Malfeasance, and Compensation of Enforcers', Journal of Legal Studies, III (1), January, 1-18 -- A. Mitchell Polinsky and Steven Shavell (1979), 'The Optimal Tradeoff between the Probability and Magnitude of Fines', American Economic Review, 69 (5), December, 880-91 -- Frank H. Easterbrook (1983), 'Criminal Procedure as a Market System', Journal of Legal Studies, XII (2), June, 289-332 -- Robert Cooter (1984), 'Prices and Sanctions', Columbia Law Review, 84 (6), October, 1523-60 -- Steven Shavell (1985), 'Criminal Law and the Optimal Use of Nonmonetary Sanctions as a Deterrent', Columbia Law Review, 85 (6), October, 1232-62 -- Elisabeth M. Landes and Richard A. Posner (1978), 'The Economics of the Baby Shortage', Journal of Legal Studies, VII (2), June, 323-48 -- Lloyd Cohen (1987), 'Marriage, Divorce, and Quasi Rents; or, "I Gave Him the Best Years of My Life"', Journal of Legal Studies, XVI (2), June, 267-303 -- Margaret F. Brinig (1990), 'Rings and Promises', Journal of Law, Economics and Organization, 6 (1), Spring, 203-15 -- Henry G. Manne (1967), 'Our Two Corporation Systems: Law and Economies', Virginia Law Review, 53 (2), March, 259-84 -- Michael C. Jensen and William H. Meckling (1976), 'Theory of the Firm: Managerial Behavior, Agency Costs and Ownership Structure', Journal of Financial Economics, 3, 305-60 -- Oliver Williamson (1984), 'Corporate Governance', Yale Law Journal, 93 (7), June, 1197-1230 -- Roberta Romano (1985), 'Law as a Product: Some Pieces of the Incorporation Puzzle', Journal of Law, Economics and Organization, 1 (2), Fall, 225-83 -- Henry G. Manne (1965), 'Mergers and the Market for Corporate Control', Journal of Political Economy, LXXIII, 110-20 -- Frank H. Easterbrook and Daniel R. Ftschel (1982), 'Corporate Control Transactions', Yale Law Journal, 91 (4), March, 698-737 -- Ralph K. Winter, Jr (1977), 'State Law, Shareholder Protection, and the Theory of the Corporation', Journal of Legal Studies, VI (2), June, 251-92 -- Michelle J. White (1989), 'The Corporate Bankruptcy Decision', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 3 (2), Spring, 129-51 -- William M. Landes and Richard A. Posner (1975), 'The Independent Judiciary in an Interest-Group Perspective', Journal of Law and Economics, XVIII (3), December, 875-901 -- Richard A. Posner (1987), 'The Constitution as an Economic Document', George Washington Law Review, 56 (1), November, 4-38.
    Abstract: John A. Ferejohn and Barry R. Weingast (1992), 'A Positive Theory of Statutory Interpretation', International Review of Law and Economics, 12 (2), June, 263-79 -- Aaron Director (1964), 'The Parity of the Economic Market Place', Journal of Law and Economics, VII, October, 1-10 -- R.H. Coase (1974), 'The Market for Goods and the Market for Ideas', American Economic Review, 64 (2), May, 384-91 -- Fred S. McChesney (1988), 'A Positive Regulatory Theory of the First Amendment', Connecticut Law Review, 20 (2), Winter, 355-82 -- William M. Landes (1968), 'The Economics of Fair Employment Laws', Journal of Political Economy, 76, 507-52 -- Edmund S. Phelps (1972), 'The Statistical Theory of Racism and Sexism', American Economic Review, 62, 659-61 -- Richard A. Posner (1984), 'Some Economics of Labor Law', University of Chicago Law Review, 51 (4), Fall, 988-1011 -- Richard A. Epstein (1984), 'In Defense of the Contract at Will', University of Chicago Law Review, 51 (4), Fall, 947-82 -- John J. Donohue III (1989), 'Prohibiting Sex Discrimination in the Workplace: An Economic Perspective', University of Chicago Law Review, 56 (4), Fall, 1337-68.
    Abstract: Please note this updated and revised Research Review is only available online. The link to Buy Book in Print and Find This Book in Your Library is to a previous edition available in print. The previous print edition reprints the full text of many, though not all, of the Recommended Articles and complements the online edition.This Research Review presents an authoritative selection of the most important articles in law and economics literature, written by distinguished scholars such as Ronald Coase, Robert Cooter, Henry Manne, Steven Shavell and Oliver Williamson. The articles discussed cover the entire spectrum of private and public law
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 79
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781786434760
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (2 v) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: International library of critical writings in economics
    Keywords: Transaction costs ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Williamson, Oliver E. and Scott E. Masten (1995), Transaction Cost Economics, Volume I: Theory and Concepts and Volume II: Policy and Applications, Aldershot, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar Publishing Ltd -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1985), 'The Limits of Firms: Incentive and Bureaucratic Features', Chapter 6 in Oliver E. Williamson (ed.), The Economic Institutions of Capitalism: Firms, Markets, Relational Contracting, New York: The Free Press, 131-62 and references -- Llewellyn, Karl (1931), 'What Price Contract? An Essay in Perspective', Yale Law Journal, 40 (May), 704-51 -- Commons, John R. (1934), Institutional Economics, Madison: University of Wisconsin Press -- Barnard, Chester (1938), The Functions of the Executive, Cambridge, MA, USA: Harvard University Press (fifteenth printing, 1962) -- Coase, Ronald H. (1937), 'The Nature of the Firm', Economica N.S., 4, 386-405. Reprinted in Oliver E. Williamson and Sidney Winter (eds) (1991), The Nature of the Firm: Origins, Evolution, Development, New York: Oxford University Press, 18-33 -- Commons, John R. (1925), 'Law and Economics', Yale Law Journal, 34, 371-82. -- Hayek, Friedrich (1945), 'The Use of Knowledge in Society', American Economic Review, 35 (4), September, 519-30 -- Coase, Ronald H. (1988), 'The Nature of the Firm: Influence', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 4 (1), Spring, 33-48 -- Coase, Ronald H. (1960), 'The Problem of Social Cost', Journal of Law and Economics, 3 (October), 1-44 -- Arrow, Kenneth J. (1969), 'The Organization of Economic Activity: Issues Pertinent to the Choice of Market Versus Nonmarket Allocation', in The Analysis and Evaluation of Public Expenditure: The PPB System, Vol. 1, U.S. Joint Economic Committee, 91st Congress, 1st Session. Washington, DC: US Government Printing Office, 59-73 -- Matthews, R.C.O. (1986), 'The Economics of Institutions and the Sources of Economic Growth', Economic Journal, 96 (384), December, 903-18 -- Hodgson, Geoffrey (1988), Economics and Institutions, Cambridge, UK: Polity Press -- Posner, Richard A. (1993), 'The New Institutional Economics Meets Law and Economics', Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics, 149 (1), March, 73-87 -- Coase, Ronald H. (1972), 'Industrial Organization: A Proposal for Research', in Victor R. Fuchs (ed.), Policy Issues and Research Opportunities in Industrial Organization, New York: National Bureau of Economic Research. (Reprinted in The Economics of Transaction Costs, Volume I, Edward Elgar) -- Arrow, Kenneth J. (1974), The Limits of Organization (first edition), New York, NY, USA: W. W. Norton and Company Ltd. -- Simon, Herbert A. (1962), 'The Architecture of Complexity', Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, 106 (6), December, 467-82 -- Alchian, Armen A. and Harold Demsetz (1972), 'Production, Information Costs, and Economic Organization', American Economic Review, LXII, December, 777-95 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1971), 'The Vertical Integration of Production: Market Failure Considerations', American Economic Review, 61 (2), May, 112-23.
    Abstract: Klein, Benjamin, Robert G. Crawford and Armen A. Alchian (1978), 'Vertical Integration, Appropriable Rents, and the Competitive Contracting Process', Journal of Law and Economics, XXI (2), October, 297-326 -- Demsetz, Harold (1988), 'The Theory of the Firm Revisited', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 4 (1), Spring, 141-62 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1979), 'Transaction-Cost Economics: The Governance of Contractual Relations', Journal of Law and Economics, XXII (2), October, 233-61 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1991a), 'Comparative Economic Organization: The Analysis of Discrete Structural Alternatives', Administrative Science Quarterly, 36 (2), June, 269-96 -- Teece, David J. (1982), 'Towards an Economic Theory of the Multiproduct Firm', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 3, March, 39-63 -- Penrose, Edith Tilton (1959), The Theory of Growth of the Firm, New York: John Wiley & Sons, Inc. -- Klein, Benjamin and Keith B. Leffler (1981), 'The Role of Market Forces in Assuring Contractual Performance', Journal of Political Economy, 89 (4), August, 615-41 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1995), 'The Politics and Economics of Redistribution and Inefficiency', Greek Economic Review, 17 (2), December, 115-36 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1983), 'Credible Commitments: Using Hostages to Support Exchange', American Economic Review, 73 (4), September, 519-40 -- Machiavelli, Niccolo (1952), The Prince, New York: New American Library -- Greif, Avner (1993), 'Contract Enforceability and Economic Institutions in Early Trade: The Maghribi Traders' Coalition', American Economic Review, 83 (3), June, 525-48 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1991b), 'Economic Institutions: Spontaneous and Intentional Governance', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 7, Special Issue, 159-87 -- Dixit, Avinash (2003), 'Trade Expansion and Contract Enforcement', Journal of Political Economy, 111, December, 1293-317 -- Dixit, Avinash (2009), 'Governance Institutions and Economic Activity', American Economic Review, 99 (1), March, 5-24 -- Masten, Scott E. and Jens Prufer (2014), 'On the Evolution of Collective Enforcement Institutions: Communities and Courts', Journal of Legal Studies, 43 (2), June, 359-40 -- Kreps, David M. (1990), 'Corporate Culture and Economic Theory', Chapter 4 in James E. Alt and Kenneth J. Shepsle (eds), Perspectives on Positive Political Economy, New York: Cambridge University Press, 90-143, 240-41 (notes) -- Grossman, Sanford J. and Oliver D. Hart (1986), 'The Costs and Benefits of Ownership: A Theory of Vertical and Lateral Integration', Journal of Political Economy, 94 (4), August, 691-719 -- Hart, Oliver and John Moore (1990), 'Property Rights and the Nature of the Firm', Journal of Political Economy, 98 (6), December, 1119-58 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1975) Markets and Hierarchies: Analysis and Antitrust Implications, A Study in the Economics of Internal Organization, New York: The Free Press.
    Abstract: Riordan, Michael H. (1990), 'What is Vertical Integration?', Chapter 5 in Masahiko Aoki, Bo Gustafsson and Oliver E. Williamson (eds), The Firm as a Nexus of Treaties, London: Sage Publications, 94-111 -- Arrow, Kenneth J. (1975), 'Vertical Integration and Communication', Bell Journal of Economics, 6 (1), Spring, 173-83 -- Tirole, Jean (1988), 'The Theory of the Firm', in The Theory of Industrial Organization, Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 15-60 -- Hart, Oliver E. (2009), 'Hold-up, Asset Ownership, and Reference Points', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 124 (1), February, 267-300 -- Goldberg, Victor P. and John R. Erickson (1987), 'Quantity and Price Adjustment in Long-Term Contracts: A Case Study of Petroleum Coke', Journal of Law and Economics, XXX (2), October, 369-98 -- Masten, Scott E. (1988), 'Equity, Opportunism, and the Design of Contractual Relations', Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics, 144 (1), February, 180-95 -- Klein, Benjamin (1992), 'Contracts and Incentives', in Lars Werin and Hans Wijkander (eds), Contract Economics, Cambridge, MA: Basil Blackwell, 149-72 -- Machlup, Fritz (1967), 'Theories of the Firm: Marginalist, Behavioral, Managerial', American Economic Review, 57 (1), March, 1-33 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1968), 'A Dynamic-Stochastic Theory of Managerial Behavior', in Almarin Phillips and Oliver Williamson (eds), Prices: Issues in Theory, Practice, and Public Policy, Philadelphia, PA: University of Pennsylvania Press, page numbers unavailable -- Milgrom, Paul and John Roberts (1990), 'Bargaining Costs, Influence Costs, and the Organization of Economic Activity', Chapter 3 in James E. Alt and Kenneth J. Shepsle (eds), Perspectives on Positive Political Economy, New York, NY: Cambridge University Press, 57-89, 234-40 (notes) -- Tullock, Gordon (1967), 'The Welfare Costs of Tariffs, Monopoly, and Theft', Western Economic Journal, 5 (3), June, 224-32 -- Krueger, Anne (1974), 'The Political Economy of the Rent-Seeking Society', American Economic Review, 64 (3), June, 291-303 -- Schelling, Thomas C. (1960), The Strategy of Conflict, Cambridge, MA, USA: Harvard University Press -- Barzel, Yoram (1982), 'Measurement Cost and the Organization of Markets', Journal of Law and Economics, 25 (1), April, 27-48 -- Holmstrom, Bengt and Paul Milgrom (1991), 'Multitask Principal-Agent Analyses: Incentive Contracts, Asset Ownership, and Job Design', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 7, Special Issue, 24-52 -- Aoki, Masahiko (1990), 'Toward an Economic Model of the Japanese Firm', Journal of Economic Literature, XXVIII (1), March, 1-27 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1991), 'Strategizing, Economizing, and Economic Organization', Strategic Management Journal, 12 (S2), Winter, 75-94 -- Hansmann, Henry (1988), 'Ownership of the Firm', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 4 (2), Fall, 267-304 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (2008), 'Corporate Boards of Directors: In Principle and in Practice', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 24 (2), October, 247-72.
    Abstract: Williamson, Oliver E. (1988), 'Corporate Finance and Corporate Governance', Journal of Finance, 43, July, 567-91 -- Macher, Jeffrey T. and Barak D. Richman (2008), 'Transaction-Cost Economics: An Assessment of Empirical Research in the Social Sciences', Business and Politics, 10, 1-63 -- Klein, Peter G. and Howard A. Shelanski (1995), 'Empirical Research in Transaction Cost Economics: A Review and Assessment', Journal of Law, Economics, & Organization, 11 (2), October, 335-61 -- Crocker, Keith J. and Scott E. Masten (1996), 'Regulation and Administered Contracts Revisited: Lessons from Transaction Cost Economics for Public Utility Regulation', Journal of Regulatory Economics, 9 (1), January, 5-39 -- Masten, Scott E. (1996), Case Studies in Contracting and Organization, New York: Oxford University Press -- Lafontaine, Francine and Margaret Slade (2007), 'Vertical Integration and Firm Boundaries: The Evidence', Journal of Economic Literature, 45 (3), September, 629-85 -- Simon, Herbert (1991), 'Organizations and Markets', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 5 (2), Spring, 25-44 -- Klein, Benjamin (1988), 'Vertical Integration as Organizational Ownership: The Fisher Body-General Motors Relationship Revisited', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 4 (1), Spring, 199-213 -- Coase, Ronald H. (2000), 'The Acquisition of Fisher Body by General Motors',Journal of Law and Economics, 43 (1), April, 15-31 -- Coase, R.H. (2006), 'The Conduct of Economics: The Example of Fisher Body and General Motors', Journal of Economics and Management Strategy, 15 (2), Summer, 255-78 -- Chandler, Alfred D. and Stephen Salsbury (1971), Pierre S. Du Pont and the Making of the Modern Corporation, New York: Harper and Row -- Casadesus-Masanell, Ramon and Daniel Spulber, 2000, 'The Fable of Fisher Body', Journal of Law and Economics, 43 (1), April, 67-104 -- Klein, B. (2007), 'The Economic Lessons of Fisher Body-General Motors', International Journal of the Economics of Business, 14 (1), February, 1-36 -- Joskow, Paul L. (1985), 'Vertical Integration and Long-term Contracts: The Case of Coal-burning Electric Generating Plants', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 1 (1), Fall, 33-80 -- Monteverde, Kirk and David J. Teece (1982), 'Supplier Switching Costs and Vertical Integration in the Automobile Industry', Bell Journal of Economics, 13 (1), Spring, 206-13 -- Masten, Scott E. (1984), 'The Organization of Production: Evidence from the Aerospace Industry', Journal of Law and Economics, XXVII (2), October, 403-17 -- Anderson, Erin and David C. Schmittlein (1984), 'Integration of the Sales Force: An Empirical Examination', RAND Journal of Economics, 15 (3), Autumn, 385-95 -- John, George and Barton A. Weitz (1988), 'Forward Integration into Distribution: An Empirical Test of Transaction Cost Analysis', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 4 (2), Fall, 337-50 -- Masten, Scott E., James W. Meehan, Jr. and Edward A. Synder (1991), 'The Costs of Organization', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 7 (1), Spring, 1-25.
    Abstract: Forbes, Silke and Mara Lederman (2009), 'Adaptation and Vertical Integration in the Airline Industry', American Economic Review, 99 (5), December, 1831-49 -- Palay, Thomas M. (1984), 'Comparative Institutional Economics: The Governance of Rail Freight Contracting', Journal of Legal Studies, XIII (2), June, 265-87 -- Joskow, Paul L. (1987), 'Contract Duration and Relationship-Specific Investments: Empirical Evidence from Coal Markets', American Economic Review, 77 (1), March, 168-85 -- Lyons, Bruce R. (1994), 'Contracts and Specific Investment: An Empirical Test of Transaction Cost Theory', Journal of Economics and Management Strategy, 3 (2), June, 257-78 -- Mulherin, J. Harold (1986), 'Complexity in Long-term Contracts: An Analysis of Natural Gas Contractual Provisions', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 2 (1), Spring, 105-17 -- Masten, Scott. E. and Keith J. Crocker (1985), 'Efficient Adaptation in Long-Term Contracts: Take-or-Pay Provisions for Natural Gas', American Economic Review, 75 (5), December, 1083-93 -- Leffler, Keith B. and Randal R. Rucker (1991), 'Transactions Costs and the Efficient Organization of Production: A Study of Timber-Harvesting Contracts', Journal of Political Economy, 99 (5), October, 1060-87 -- Crocker, Keith J. and Scott E. Masten (1991), 'Pretia ex Machina? Prices and Process in Long-Term Contracts', Journal of Law and Economics, XXXIV (1), April, 69-99 -- Pirrong, Stephen Craig (1993), 'Contracting Practices in Bulk Shipping Markets: A Transactions Cost Explanation', Journal of Law and Economics, 36 (2), October, 937-76 -- Masten, Scott E. (2009), 'Long-Term Contracts and Short-Term Commitment: Price Determination for Heterogeneous Freight Transactions', American Law and Economics Review, 11, Spring, 79-111 -- Oyer, Paul (2004), 'Why Do Firms Use Incentives that Have no Incentive Effects?' Journal of Finance, 59 (4), August, 1619-50 -- Ahmadjian, Christina L. and Joanne E. Oxley (2013), 'Vertical Relationships, Hostages, Supplier Performance: Evidence from the Japanese Automotive Industry', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 29, June, 495-513 -- Ahmadjian, Christina L, and Joanne E. Oxley (2006), Using Hostages to Support Exchange: Dependence Balancing and Equity Ties in Japanese Automotive Supply Relationships', Journal of Law, Economics and Organization, 22 (1), April, 213-33 -- Demsetz, Harold (1968), 'Why Regulate Utilities?' Journal of Law and Economics, 11 (1), 55-65 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1976), 'Franchise Bidding for Natural Monopolies - In General and with Respect to CATV', Bell Journal of Economics, 7 (1), Spring, 73-104 -- Goldberg, Victor P. (1976), 'Regulation and Administered Contracts', Bell Journal of Economics, 7 (2), Autumn, 426-48 -- Priest, George L. (1993), 'The Origins of Utility Regulation and the 'Theories of Regulation" Debate', Journal of Law and Economics, XXXVI (1), Part 2, April, 289-323 -- Levy, Brian and Pablo T. Spiller (1994), 'The Institutional Foundations of Regulatory Commitment: A Comparative Analysis of Telecommunications Regulation', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 10 (2), Fall, 201-46 -- Spiller, Pablo T. (2012), 'Transaction Cost Regulation', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 89, May, 232-42.
    Abstract: Bajari, Patrick, Robert McMillan and Steven Tadelis (2009), 'Auctions versus Negotiations in Procurement: An Empirical Analysis', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 25 (2), October, 372-99 -- Bajari, Patrick, Stephanie Houghton and Steven Tadelis (2014), 'Bidding for Incomplete Contracts: An Empirical Analysis of Adaptation Costs', American Economic Review, 104 (4), April, 1831-49 -- North, Douglass C. and Barry R. Weingast (1989), 'Constitutions and Commitment: The Evolution of Institutions Governing Public Choice in Seventeenth-Century England', Journal of Economic History, XLIX (4), December, 803-32 -- Weingast, Barry R. and William J. Marshall (1988), 'The Industrial Organization of Congress; or, Why Legislatures, Like Firms, Are Not Organized as Markets', Journal of Political Economy, 96 (1), 132-63 -- Gely, Rafael and Pablo T. Spiller (1990), 'A Rational Choice Theory of Supreme Court Statutory Decisions with Applications to the State Farm and Grove City Cases', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 6 (2), Fall, 263-300 -- Crocker, Keith J. and Scott E. Masten (1988), 'Mitigating Contractual Hazards: Unilateral Options and Contract Length', RAND Journal of Economics, 19 (3), Autumn, 327-43 -- Joskow, Paul (1991), 'The Role of Transaction Costs Economics in Antitrust and Public Utility Regulatory Policies', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 7 (1), Spring, 55-87 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1979), 'Assessing Vertical Market Restrictions: Antitrust Ramifications of the Transaction Cost Approach', University of Pennsylvania Law Review, 127, April, 953-93 -- Kenney, Roy W. and Benjamin Klein (1983), 'The Economics of Block Booking', Journal of Law and Economics, XXVI (3), October, 497-540 -- Masten, Scott E. and Edward A. Snyder (1993), 'United States versus United Shoe Machinery Corporation: On the Merits', Journal of Law and Economics, XXXVI (1), Part 1, April, 33-70 -- Liebowitz, Stan J. and Stephen E. Margolis (1995), 'Path-dependence, Lock-in, and History', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 11 (1), April, 205-26 -- Furubotn, Eirik G. and Rudolf Richter (1991), 'The New Institutional Economics: An Assessment', in The New Institutional Economics, College Station, TX: Texas A&M Press, 1-32 -- Coase, Ronald H. (1993), 'Coase on Posner on Coase', Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics, 149 (1), March, 96-98 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1993), 'Transaction Cost Economics Meets Posnerian Law and Economics', Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics, 149 (1), March, 99-118 -- Ronald H. Coase (1991), 'The Institutional Structure of Production', Les Prix Nobel, Nobel Lecture, December 9, 193-202 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (2010), 'Transaction Cost Economics: The Natural Progression', American Economic Review, 100 (3), June, 673-90 -- Ramseyer, J. Mark (1991), 'Indentured Prostitution in Imperial Japan: Credible Commitments in the Commercial Sex Industry', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization 7 (1), Spring, 89-116 -- Cohen, Dara K., Mariano-Florentino Cuellar, and Barry R. Weingast (2006), 'Crisis Bureaucracy: Homeland Security and the Political Design of Legal Mandates', Stanford Law Review, 59 (3), 673-760 -- Crocker, Keith J. and Kenneth J. Reynolds (1993), 'The Efficiency of Incomplete Contracts: An Empirical Analysis of Air Force Engine Procurement', RAND Journal of Economics, 24(1) (Spring), 126-146.
    Abstract: Nickerson, Jackson A. and Brian S. Silverman (2003), 'Why Aren't All Truck Drivers Owner-Operators? Asset Ownership and the Employment Relation in Interstate for-hire Trucking', Journal of Economics and Management Strategy, 12 (1), Spring, 91-118 -- Arruñada, Benito, Manuel Gonzalez-Dıaz and Alberto Fernandez (2004), 'Determinants of Organizational Form: Transaction Costs and Institutions in the European Trucking Industry', Industrial and Corporate Change, 13 (6), December, 867-82 -- Baumol, William J. and J. Gregory Sidak (1994), Toward Competition in Local Telephony, Cambridge, MA: MIT Press -- Masten, Scott E. (2011), 'Public Utility Ownership in 19th-Century America: The 'Aberrant" Case of Water', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 27(3), October, 604-654 -- Masten, Scott E. (2006), 'Authority and Commitment: Why Universities, Like Legislatures, Are Not Organized As Firms', Journal of Economics and Management Strategy, 15 (3), Fall, 649-84 -- Wright, Joshua D. (2010), 'The Chicago School, Transaction Cost Economics and Antitrust', in Peter G. Klein and Michael E. Sykuta (eds), The Elgar Companion to Transaction Cost Economics, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar Publishing Ltd, 230-43 -- R.H. Coase (1972), 'Industrial Organization: A Proposal for Research', in Victor R. Fuchs (ed.), Policy Issues and Research Opportunities in Industrial Organization, New York: National Bureau of Economic Research, 59-73 -- Kenneth J. Arrow (1974), 'Organization and Information', in The Limits of Organization, New York: W.W. Norton, 33-43 -- Herbert A. Simon (1962), 'The Architecture of Complexity', Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, 106 (6), December, 467-82 -- Armen A. Alchian and Harold Demsetz (1972), 'Production, Information Costs, and Economic Organization', American Economic Review, LXII, December, 777-95 -- Benjamin Klein, Robert G. Crawford and Armen A. Alchian (1978), 'Vertical Integration, Appropriable Rents, and the Competitive Contracting Process', Journal of Law and Economics, XXI (2), October, 297-326 -- Oliver E. Williamson (1979), 'Transaction-Cost Economics: The Governance of Contractual Relations', Journal of Law and Economics, XXII (2), October, 233-61 -- Oliver E. Williamson (1991), 'Comparative Economic Organization: The Analysis of Discrete Structural Alternatives', Administrative Science Quarterly, 36 (2), June, 269-96 -- David J. Teece (1982), 'Towards an Economic Theory of the Multiproduct Firm', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 3, March, 39-63 -- Benjamin Klein and Keith B. Leffler (1981), 'The Role of Market Forces in Assuring Contractual Performance', Journal of Political Economy, 89 (4), August, 615-41 -- Oliver E. Williamson (1983), 'Credible Commitments: Using Hostages to Support Exchange', American Economic Review, 73 (4), September, 519-40 -- Avner Greif (1993), 'Contract Enforceability and Economic Institutions in Early Trade: The Maghribi Traders' Coalition', American Economic Review, 83 (3), June, 525-48 -- Douglass C. North and Barry R. Weingast (1989), 'Constitutions and Commitment: The Evolution of Institutions Governing Public Choice in Seventeenth-Century England', Journal of Economic History, XLIX (4), December, 803-32 -- Sanford J. Grossman and Oliver D. Hart (1986), 'The Costs and Benefits of Ownership: A Theory of Vertical and Lateral Integration', Journal of Political Economy, 94 (4), August, 691-719.
    Abstract: Oliver Hart and John Moore (1990), 'Property Rights and the Nature of the Firm', Journal of Political Economy, 98 (6), December, 1119-58 -- Michael H. Riordan (1990), 'What Is Vertical Integration?', in Masahiko Aoki , Bo Gustafsson and Oliver E. Williamson (eds), The Firm as a Nexus of Treaties, Chapter 5, London: Sage Publications, 94-111 -- Jean Tirole (1988), 'The Theory of the Firm', in Jean Tirole (ed.), The Theory of Industrial Organization, Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 15-60 -- Oliver E. Williamson (1985), 'The Limits of Firms: Incentive and Bureaucratic Features', Chapter 6 in Oliver E. Williamson (ed.), The Economic Institutions of Capitalism, New York: The Free Press, 131-62 and references -- Paul Milgrom and John Roberts (1990), 'Bargaining Costs, Influence Costs, and the Organization of Economic Activity', Chapter 3 in James E. Alt and Kenneth A. Shepsle (eds), Perspectives on Positive Political Economy, New York: Cambridge University Press, 57-89, notes 234-40 -- David M. Kreps (1990), 'Corporate Culture and Economic Theory', Chapter 4 in James E. Alt and Kenneth A. Shepsle (eds), Perspectives on Positive Political Economy, New York: Cambridge University Press, 90-143, notes 240-41 -- Bengt Holmstrom and Paul Milgrom (1991), 'Multitask Principal-Agent Analyses: Incentive Contracts, Asset Ownership, and Job Design', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 7, Special Issue, 24-52 -- Masahiko Aoki (1990), 'Toward an Economic Model of the Japanese Firm', Journal of Economic Literature, XXVIII (1), March, 1-27 -- Eirik G. Furubotn and Rudolf Richter (1991), 'The New Institutional Economics: An Assessment', in Eirik G. Furubotn and Rudolf Richter (eds), The New Institutional Economics, College Station, TX: Texas A&M Press, 1-32 -- Ronald H. Coase (1991), 'The Institutional Structure of Production', Les Prix Nobel, Nobel Lecture, December 9, 193-202 -- Richard A. Posner (1993), 'The New Institutional Economics Meets Law and Economics', Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics, 149 (1), March, 73-87 -- Ronald H. Coase (1993), 'Coase on Posner on Coase', Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics, 149 (1), March, 96-8 -- Oliver E. Williamson (1993), 'Transaction Cost Economics Meets Posnerian Law and Economics', Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics, 149 (1), March, 99-118 -- Benjamin Klein (1988), 'Vertical Integration as Organizational Ownership: The Fisher Body-General Motors Relationship Revisited', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 4 (1), Spring, 199-213 -- Paul L. Joskow (1985), 'Vertical Integration and Long-term Contracts: The Case of Coal-burning Electric Generating Plants', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 1 (1), Fall, 33-80 -- Kirk Monteverde and David J. Teece (1982), 'Supplier Switching Costs and Vertical Integration in the Automobile Industry', Bell Journal of Economics, 13 (1), Spring, 206-13 -- Scott E. Masten (1984), 'The Organization of Production: Evidence from the Aerospace Industry', Journal of Law and Economics, XXVII (2), October, 403-17 -- Erin Anderson and David C. Schmittlein (1984), 'Integration of the Sales Force: An Empirical Examination', Rand Journal of Economics, 15 (3), Autumn, 385-95 -- George John and Barton A. Weitz (1988), 'Forward Integration into Distribution: An Empirical Test of Transaction Cost Analysis', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 4 (2), Fall, 337-55.
    Abstract: Scott E. Masten, James W. Meehan, Jr. and Edward A. Snyder (1991), 'The Costs of Organization', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 7 (1), Spring, 1-25 -- Thomas M. Palay (1984), 'Comparative Institutional Economics: The Governance of Rail Freight Contracting', Journal of Legal Studies, XIII (2), June, 265-87 -- Victor P. Goldberg and John R. Erickson (1987), 'Quantity and Price Adjustment in Long-Term Contracts: A Case Study of Petroleum Coke', Journal of Law and Economics, XXX (2), October, 369-98 -- Paul L. Joskow (1987), 'Contract Duration and Relationship-Specific Investments: Empirical Evidence from Coal Markets', American Economic Review, 77 (1), March, 168-85 -- J. Harold Mulherin (1986), 'Complexity in Long-term Contracts: An Analysis of Natural Gas Contractual Provisions', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 2 (1), Spring, 105-17 -- Scott E. Masten and Keith J. Crocker (1985), 'Efficient Adaptation in Long-Term Contracts: Take-or-Pay Provisions for Natural Gas', American Economic Review, 75 (5), December, 1083-93 -- Keith B. Leffler and Randal R. Rucker (1991), 'Transactions Costs and the Efficient Organization of Production: A Study of Timber-Harvesting Contracts', Journal of Political Economy, 99 (5), October, 1060-87 -- Keith J. Crocker and Scott E. Masten (1991), 'Pretia ex Machina? Prices and Process in Long-Term Contracts', Journal of Law and Economics, XXXIV (1), April, 69-99 -- Oliver E. Williamson (1976), 'Franchise Bidding for Natural Monopolies - In General and with Respect to CATV', Bell Journal of Economics, 7 (1), Spring, 73-104 -- Victor P. Goldberg (1976), 'Regulation and Administered Contracts', Bell Journal of Economics, 7 (2), Autumn, 426-48 -- George L. Priest (1993), 'The Origins of Utility Regulation and the 'Theories of Regulation" Debate', Journal of Law and Economics, XXXVI (1), Part 2, April, 289-323 -- Brian Levy and Pablo T. Spiller, 'The Institutional Foundations of Regulatory Commitment: A Comparative Analysis of Telecommunications Regulation', now published in Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 10 (2), Fall, 1994, 201-46 -- Barry R. Weingast and William J. Marshall (1988), 'The Industrial Organization of Congress; or, Why Legislatures, Like Firms, Are Not Organized as Markets', Journal of Political Economy, 96 (1), 132-63 -- Rafael Gely and Pablo T. Spiller (1990), 'A Rational Choice Theory of Supreme Court Statutory Decisions with Applications to the State Farm and Grove City Cases', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 6 (2), Fall, 263-300 -- Oliver E. Williamson (1979), 'Assessing Vertical Market Restrictions: Antitrust Ramifications of the Transaction Cost Approach', University of Pennsylvania Law Review, 127, April, 953-93 -- Roy W. Kenney and Benjamin Klein (1983), 'The Economics of Block Booking', Journal of Law and Economics, XXVI (3), October, 497-540 -- Scott E. Masten and Edward A. Snyder (1993), 'United States versus United Shoe Machinery Corporation: On the Merits', Journal of Law and Economics, XXXVI (1), Part 1, April, 33-70.
    Abstract: Transaction cost economics began to take shape about 25 years ago. Although 25 years is comparatively young in the analytical scheme of things, numerous applications have been made and more are in prospect. Volume I deals with theory and concepts and volume II deals with applications and policy. This is an important selection of key articles on transaction cost economics by distinguished scholars including Ronald Coase, Herbert Simon, Kenneth Arrow and Richard A. Posner. This research review addresses key areas such as private ordering and credibility, contracts and organization, internal organization, vertical integration and contracting
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 80
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781786431745
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (240 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als O'Callaghan, Terry, 1956 - Reputation risk and globalisation
    DDC: 658.049
    Keywords: Multinationales Unternehmen ; Globalisierung ; Self-regulation ; Industries Self-regulation ; Electronic books ; Globalisierung ; Multinationales Unternehmen ; Selbstregulation
    Abstract: Introduction -- 1. Towards corporate self-regulation -- 2. Disciplining MNCs: corporate reputation as a driver of ideational change -- 3. Exploring the idea of a self-regulating corporation -- 4. Royal Dutch Shell's PR-led approach to self-regulation -- 5. The rise and fall and rise of the Toyota way -- 6. Interface Inc: a model of a self-regulating corporation? -- 7. Conclusion: beyond sustainability and long live the Australian night parrot.
    Abstract: Recently, multinational corporations have begun to reinvent themselves as socially responsible actors, largely in response to anti-corporate activist pressure. The author argues that a concern with corporate reputation is leading to an ideational shift in corporate behaviour - in essence, it is disciplining their behaviour. This innovative exploration of the idea of a self-regulating corporation in an era of globalisation first examines the link between corporate reputation, corporate behaviour and self-regulation, and then goes on to compare and contrast various studies of multinational corporations that have sought to self-regulate. Terry O'Callaghan includes a multifaceted critique of anti-corporate activists. This acknowledges both the dangers that multinational corporations pose to communities, and that anti-corporate activists are the first group to understand the potential risk of targeted campaigns to corporate reputations. He also illustrates his points using three case studies of companies that have attempted to self-regulate: Royal Dutch Shell, the Toyota Motor Corporation and Interface Inc. Undergraduate and postgraduate students of international business, management and business ethics will be interested in the essential topics covered in this book. Academics and practitioners alike will appreciate its accessible lessons about reputational capital and holding multinational corporations accountable
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 81
    ISBN: 9781784719692
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (360 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook of international and comparative perspectives on diversity management
    RVK:
    Keywords: Diversity Management ; Vergleich ; Welt ; Diversity in the workplace ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Diversity Management ; Internationaler Vergleich ; Diversity Management ; Internationaler Vergleich
    Abstract: Introduction: international and comparative perspectives on diversity management: an overview -- 1. Social dialogue - an 'essential dimension' of diversity management in continental Europe? / Emma Stringfellow -- 2. Diversity management in Denmark and in France: a comparative approach / Sabine Bacouel-Jentjens and Liza Castro Christiansen -- 3. An intersectional approach to diversity management in the United States and France / Tarani Merriweather Woodson and Ariane Ollier-Malaterre -- 4. Brazil, South African and USA work environments: a comparative analysis of equal opportunity, diversity management and inclusion practices / Lize Booysen, Gwendolyn Combs and Waheeda Lillevik -- 5. A comparative review of multiculturalism in Australia, Canada, United Kingdom, United States, and South Africa / Isabel Metz, Eddy Ng, Nelarine Cornelius, Jenny M. Hoobler and Stella Nkomo -- 6. A comparison of lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender and queer rights and politics in South Africa and the USA / Lize Booysen and Heather Wishik -- 7. What does being LGBT mean in the workplace? a comparison of LGBT equality in Turkey and the UK / Emir Ozeren and Erhan Aydin -- 8. Managing diversity in the South Pacific / Katherine Ravenswood, Stéphane Le Queux, Erica French, Glenda Strachan and John Burgess -- 9. A comparative analysis of youth labor market exclusion / Paula Apascaritei, Lourdes Susaeta, Esperanza Suarez Ruz, Isis Gutiérrez-Martínez, Sandra Idrovo Carlier and José Ramón Pin Arboledas -- 10. A comparative study of five countries with critical mass and its ambiguous impact on HRM policies / Terry A. Nelson, Kori Callison and Allison Thomas -- 11. Tribal diversity and collective productivity: the intervening mechanisms of social inclusion, human resource development and tribal identity / David B. Zoogah.
    Abstract: This Research Handbook offers, for the first time, a comparative approach to current diversity management concerns facing nations. Spanning 19 countries and across Africa, it covers age, gender, ethnicity, disability, sexual orientation, national origin and the intersection of various dimensions of diversity. The multicultural and multi-country teams of contributors, leading scholars in their own countries, examine how the various actors react, adopt and manage the different dimensions of diversity, from a multitude of approaches, from national to sectoral and from tribes to trade unions, but always with a comparative, multi-country perspective. This book represents the efforts of multicultural and multi-country teams of contributors who are prominent diversity scholars in their respective countries. Offering comparative approaches to diversity management and comparative public policy on multiculturalism, it explores comparisons at both the macro-environmental and meso-organizational levels. Topics covered include pan-African tribal diversity management, diversity in the South Pacific, youth labour market exclusion and LGBTQ rights in selected countries. This comprehensive review of diversity management will appeal to both academics and graduate students as well as to public policy-makers, industry practitioners, top leadership, middle managers and HR managers
    Note: Contributors include: P. Apascaritei, E. Aydin, S. Bacouel-Jentjens, L. Booysen, J. Burgess, K. Callison, S.I. Carlier, L. Castro Christiansen, G. Combs, N. Cornelius, E. French, I. Gutiérrez-Martínez, J.M. Hoobler, S. Le Queux, W. Lillevik, T. Merriweather Woodson, I. Metz, T.A. Nelson, E. Ng, S. Nkomo, A. Ollier-Malaterre, E. Ozeren, J. Ramón Pin Arboledas, K. Ravenswood, G. Strachan, E. Stringfellow, E. Suarez Ruz, L. Susaeta, A. Thomas, H. Wishik, D.B. Zoogah , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 82
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785360831
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar research reviews in economics
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Elektronische Reproduktion von Income Distribution
    Keywords: Income distribution ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings may be found on Edward Elgar's website; they are too numerous to include here.
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 83
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785362347
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (p) , cm)
    Series Statement: Critical perspectives on the global trading system and the WTO 18
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Trade costs and facilitation
    Keywords: International economic relations ; Free trade ; Electronic books
    Abstract: C. Fred Bergsten (1997), 'Open Regionalism', World Economy, 20 (5), 545-65 -- Gerard McLinden (2006), 'Needs, Priorities and Costs Associated with Technical Assistance and Capacity Building for Implementation of a WTO Trade Facilitation Agreement: A Comparative Study Based on Six Developing Countries', World Bank Working Paper, November, 1-5, 9-35 -- J. Michael Finger (2008), 'Trade Facilitation: The Role of a WTO Agreement', ECIPE Working Paper No. 01/2008, 1-42 -- Jean-Christophe Maur (2008), 'Regionalism and Trade Facilitation: A Primer', Journal of World Trade, 42 (6), 979-1012 -- Minette Libom Li Likeng, Thomas Cantens and Samson Bilangna (2009), '"Gazing into the Mirror": Operational Internal Control in Cameroon Customs', Regional Integration and Transport - RIT Series, World Bank Discussion Paper No. 8, January, i, v, 1-3, 5-27, 29-32
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Robert A. Mundell (1957), 'International Trade and Factor Mobility', American Economic Review, 47 (3), June, 321-35 -- Paul Krugman (1980), 'Scale Economies, Product Differentiation, and the Pattern of Trade', American Economic Review, 70 (5), December, 950-59 -- Paul Krugman (1991), 'Increasing Returns and Economic Geography', Journal of Political Economy, 99 (3), June, 483-99 -- Alan V. Deardorff (2001), 'International Provision of Trade Services, Trade, and Fragmentation', Review of International Economics, 9 (2), 233-48 -- Spiros Bougheas, Panicos O. Demetriades and Edgar L.W. Morgenroth (1999), 'Infrastructure, Transport Costs and Trade', Journal of International Economics, 47 (1), February, 169-89 -- J.M. Finger and A.J. Yeats (1976), 'Effective Protection by Transportation Costs and Tariffs: A Comparison of Magnitudes', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 90 (1), February, 169-76 -- James E. Anderson and Eric van Wincoop (2004), 'Trade Costs', Journal of Economic Literature, XLII (3), September, 691-751 -- Nuno Limão and Anthony J. Venables (2001), 'Infrastructure, Geographical Disadvantage, Transport Costs, and Trade', World Bank Economic Review, 15 (3), 451-79 -- John McCallum (1995), 'National Borders Matter: Canada-U.S. Regional Trade Patterns', American Economic Review, 85 (3), June, 615-23 -- Charles Engel and John H. Rogers (1996), 'How Wide Is the Border?', American Economic Review, 86 (5), December, 1112-25 -- Anne-Célia Disdier and Keith Head (2008), 'The Puzzling Persistence of the Distance Effect on Bilateral Trade', Review of Economics and Statistics, 90 (1), February, 37-48 -- John S. Wilson, Catherine L. Mann and Tsunehiro Otsuki (2003), 'Trade Facilitation and Economic Development: A New Approach to Quantifying the Impact', World Bank Economic Review, 17 (3), 367-89 -- David Dollar, Mary Hallward-Driemeier and Taye Mengistae (2006), 'Investment Climate and International Integration', World Development, 34 (9), 1498-516 -- Gae͏̈l Raballand (2003), 'Determinants of the Negative Impact of Being Landlocked on Trade: An Empirical Investigation Through the Central Asian Case', Comparative Economic Studies, 45, 520-36 -- Alberto Portugal-Perez and John S. Wilson (2008), 'Trade Costs in Africa: Barriers and Opportunities for Reform', Policy Research Working Paper No. 4619, 1-31 -- Ben Shepherd and John S. Wilson (2009), 'Trade Facilitation in ASEAN Member Countries: Measuring Progress and Assessing Priorities', Journal of Asian Economics, 20, 367-83 -- Thomas W. Hertel, Terrie Walmsley and Ken Itakura (2001), 'Dynamic Effects of the "New Age" Free Trade Agreement between Japan and Singapore', Journal of Economic Integration, 16 (4), December, 446-84 -- Joseph Francois, Hans van Meijl and Frank van Tongeren (2005), 'Trade Liberalization in the Doha Development Round', Economic Policy, 20 (42), April, 351-91 -- Thomas W. Hertel and Roman Keeney (2006), 'What Is At Stake: The Relative Importance of Import Barriers, Export Subsidies, and Domestic Support', in Kym Anderson (ed) and Will Martin (ed) (eds), Agricultural Trade Reform and the Doha Development Agenda, Chapter 2, Washington, DC: The World Bank and New York, NY: Palgrave Macmillan, 37-62
    Abstract: Simeon Djankov, Caroline Freund and Cong S. Pham (2010), 'Trading on Time', Review of Economics and Statistics, 92 (1), February, 166-73 -- Carolyn L. Evans and James Harrigan (2005), 'Distance, Time, and Specialization: Lean Retailing in General Equilibrium', American Economic Review, 95 (1), March, 292-313 -- Maria Persson (2008), 'Trade Facilitation and the EU-ACP Economic Partnership Agreements', Journal of Economic Integration, 23 (3), September, 518-46 -- Caroline L. Freund and Diana Weinhold (2004), 'The Effect of the Internet on International Trade', Journal of International Economics, 62 (1), January, 171-89 -- Carsten Fink, Aaditya Mattoo and Ileana Cristina Neagu (2005), 'Assessing the Impact of Communication Costs on International Trade', Journal of International Economics, 67 (2), December, 428-45 -- Ximena Clark, David Dollar and Alejandro Micco (2004), 'Port Efficiency, Maritime Transport Costs, and Bilateral Trade', Journal of Development Economics, 75(2), December, 417-50 -- Carsten Fink, Aaditya Mattoo and Ileana Cristina Neagu (2002), 'Trade in International Maritime Services: How Much Does Policy Matter?', World Bank Economic Review, 16 (1), 81-108 -- Alejandro Micco and Tomás Serebrisky (2006), 'Competition Regimes and Air Transport Costs: The Effects of Open Skies Agreements', Journal of International Economics, 70 (1), September, 25-51 -- David Hummels, Volodymyr Lugovskyy and Alexandre Skiba (2009), 'The Trade Reducing Effects of Market Power in International Shipping', Journal of Development Economics, 89 (1), May, 84-97 -- James E. Rauch (1999), 'Networks Versus Markets in International Trade', Journal of International Economics, 48, 7-35 -- Marc Auboin and Moritz Meier-Ewert (2003), Improving the Availability of Trade Finance during Financial Crises, Geneva, Switzerland: World Trade Organization, i, 1-18 -- Hildegunn Kyvik Nordås, Enrico Pinali and Massimo Geloso Grosso (2006), 'Logistics and Time as a Trade Barrier', OECD Trade Policy Working Papers, No. 35, OECD Publishing, 1-3, 6-58 -- Dean Yang (2008), 'Integrity for Hire: An Analysis of a Widespread Customs Reform', Journal of Law and Economics, 51, February, 25-57 -- Jose Anson, Olivier Cadot and Marcelo Olarreaga (2006), 'Tariff Evasion and Customs Corruption: Does Pre-Shipment Inspection Help?', Contributions to Economic Analysis and Policy, 5 (1), i, 1-24 -- James E. Anderson and Douglas Marcouiller (2002), 'Insecurity and the Pattern of Trade: An Empirical Investigation', Review of Economics and Statistics, 84 (2), May, 342-52 -- Gae͏̈l Raballand and Enrique Aldaz-Carroll (2007), 'How Do Differing Standards Increase Trade Costs? The Case of Pallets', World Economy, 30 (4), 685-702 -- Witold Czubala, Ben Shepherd and John S. Wilson (2009), 'Help or Hindrance? The Impact of Harmonised Standards on African Exports', Journal of African Economies, 18 (5), 711-44 -- Maggie Xiaoyang Chen and Aaditya Mattoo (2008), 'Regionalism in Standards: Good or Bad for Trade?', Canadian Journal of Economics, 41 (3), August, 838-63 -- Patrick A. Messerlin and Jamel Zarrouk (2000), 'Trade Facilitation: Technical Regulations and Customs Procedures', World Economy, 23 (4), 577-93
    Note: Includes bibliographical references , The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 84
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785362194
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 634 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Economic approaches to law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Economics of public international law
    DDC: 341
    RVK:
    Keywords: Völkerrecht ; Normbefolgung ; Vertragsrecht ; Institutionelle Infrastruktur ; Internationale Sicherheit ; Welt ; International law Economic aspects ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Jack L. Goldsmith and Eric A. Posner (1999), 'A Theory of Customary International Law', University of Chicago Law Review, 66 (4), Autumn, 1113-77 -- Andrew T. Guzman (2002), 'A Compliance-Based Theory of International Law', California Law Review, 90 (6), December, 1823-87 -- Oona A. Hathaway (2002), 'Do Human Rights Treaties Make a Difference?', Yale Law Journal, 111 (8), June, 1935-2042 -- Francesco Parisi and Catherine Ševčenko (2003), 'Treaty Reservations and the Economics of Article 21(1) of the Vienna Convention', Berkeley Journal of International Law, 21, 1-26 -- Zachary Elkins, Andrew T. Guzman and Beth A. Simmons (2006), 'Competing for Capital: The Diffusion of Bilateral Investment Treaties, 1960-2000', International Organization, 60, Fall, 811-46 -- Kenneth W. Abbott, Robert O. Keohane, Andrew Moravcsik, Anne-Marie Slaughter and Duncan Snidal (2000), 'The Concept of Legalization', International Organization, 54 (3), Summer, 401-19 -- Andrew T. Guzman (2002), 'The Cost of Credibility: Explaining Resistance to Interstate Dispute Resolution Mechanisms', Journal of Legal Studies, XXXI (2), Part 1, June, 303-26 -- Eric A. Posner and John C. Yoo (2005), 'Judicial Independence in International Tribunals', California Law Review, 93 (1), January, 1-74 -- Giovanni Maggi and Massimo Morelli (2006), 'Self-Enforcing Voting in International Organizations', American Economic Review, 96 (4), September, 1137-58 -- Alan O. Sykes (2005), 'Public versus Private Enforcement of International Economic Law: Standing and Remedy', Journal of Legal Studies, 34 (2), June, 631-66 -- Eric A. Posner and Alan O. Sykes (2007), 'An Economic Analysis of State and Individual Responsibility Under International Law', American Law and Economics Review, 9 (1), 72-134 -- Jonathan Eaton and Maxim Engers (1992), 'Sanctions', Journal of Political Economy, 100 (5), October, 899-928 -- Todd Sandler and Keith Hartley (2001), 'Economics of Alliances: The Lessons for Collective Action', Journal of Economic Literature, XXXIX (3), September, 869-96 -- Eric A. Posner and Alan O. Sykes (2005), 'Optimal War and Jus ad Bellum ', Georgetown Law Journal, 93, 993-1022
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 85
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785362217
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xx, 641 pages)
    Series Statement: Strategic management 2
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Strategy process
    DDC: 658.4012
    Keywords: Strategisches Management ; Ablauf ; Organisationsforschung ; Strategic planning ; Electronic books ; Strategisches Management ; Strategische Planung
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Moshe Farjoun (2002), 'Towards an Organic Perspective on Strategy', Strategic Management Journal, 23, 561-94 -- James W. Fredrickson (1983), 'Strategic Process Research: Questions and Recommendations', Academy of Management Review, 8 (4), October, 565-75 -- Anne S. Huff and Rhonda Kay Reger (1987), 'A Review of Strategic Process Research', Journal of Management, 13 (2), 211-36 -- Henry Mintzberg and Joseph Lampel (1999), 'Reflecting on the Strategy Process', Sloan Management Review, 40 (3), Spring, 21-30 -- Andrew H. van de Ven (1992), 'Suggestions for Studying Strategy Process: A Research Note', Strategic Management Journal, 13, Summer, Special Issue, 169-88 -- V.K. Narayanan and Liam Fahey (1982), 'The Micro-Politics of Strategy Formulation', Academy of Management Review, 7 (1), January, 25-34 -- Bill Wooldridge and Steven W. Floyd (1989), 'Strategic Process Effects on Consensus', Strategic Management Journal, 10 (3), May-June, 295-302 -- Yves L. Doz, Paul M. Olk, Peter Smith Ring (2000), 'Formation Processes of R&D Consortia: Which Path to Take? Where Does it Lead?', Strategic Management Journal, 21, 239-66 -- Charles I. Stubbart and Roger D. Smalley (1999), 'The Deceptive Allure of Stage Models of Strategic Processes', Journal of Management Inquiry, 8, September, 273-86 -- James Brian Quinn (1981), 'Formulating Strategy One Step at a Time', Journal of Business Strategy, 1 (3), Winter, 42-63 -- Henry Mintzberg and James A. Waters (1982), 'Tracking Strategy in an Entrepreneurial Firm', Academy of Management Journal, 25 (3), September, 465-99 -- David E.W. Marginson (2002), 'Management Control Systems and their Effects on Strategy Formation at Middle-Management Levels: Evidence from a U.K. Organization', Strategic Management Journal, 23, 1019-31 -- Peter Smith Ring and Andrew H. van de Ven (1994), 'Developmental Processes of Cooperative Interorganizational Relationships', Academy of Management Review, 19 (1), January, 90-118 -- Andrew M. Pettigrew (1987), 'Context and Action in the Transformation of the Firm', Journal of Management Studies, 24 (6), November, 649-70 -- John Hendry (2000), 'Strategic Decision Making, Discourse, and Strategy as Social Practice', Journal of Management Studies, 37 (7), November, 955-77 -- Patrick Regnér (2003), 'Strategy Creation in the Periphery: Inductive Versus Deductive Strategy Making', Journal of Management Studies, 40 (1), January, 57-82 -- Alfred Marcus and Donald Geffen (1998), 'The Dialectics of Competency Acquisition: Pollution Prevention in Electric Generation', Strategic Management Journal, 19, 1145-68 -- Robert A. Burgelman (1983), 'A Process Model of Internal Corporate Venturing in the Diversified Major Firm', Administrative Science Quarterly, 28 (2), June, 223-44 -- Robert A. Burgelman (1991), 'Intraorganizational Ecology of Strategy Making and Organizational Adaptation: Theory and Field Research', Organization Science, 2 (3), August, 239-62
    Abstract: Tomo Noda and Joseph L. Bower (1996), 'Strategy Making as Iterated Processes of Resource Allocation', Strategic Management Journal, 17, Special Issue, Summer, 159-92 -- Bjorn Lovas and Sumantra Ghoshal (2000), 'Strategy as Guided Evolution', Strategic Management Journal, 21, 875-96 -- Andrew M. Pettigrew (1990), 'Longitudinal Field Research on Change: Theory and Practice', Organization Science, 1 (3), Special Issue, August, 267-92 -- Peter R. Monge (1990), 'Theoretical and Analytical Issues in Studying Organizational Processes', Organization Science, 1 (4), November, 406-30 -- Brian T. Pentland (1999), 'Building Process Theory with Narrative: From Description to Explanation', Academy of Management Review, 24 (4), October, 711-24 -- Jane E. Dutton and Stephen A. Stumpf (1991), 'Using Behavioral Simulations to Study Strategic Processes', Simulation and Gaming, 22 (2), June, 149-73 -- Thomas Hutzschenreuter and Ingo Kleindienst (2006), 'Strategy- Process Research: What Have We Learned and What is Still to be Explored', Journal of Management, 32 (5), October, 673-720 -- Harry Sminia (2009), 'Process Research in Strategy Formation: Theory, Methodology and Relevance', International Journal of Management Reviews, 11 (1), 97-125
    Note: Includes bibliographical references , The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 86
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785362187
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxiv, 423 pages)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Corporate governance and the business life cycle
    RVK:
    Keywords: Corporate Governance ; Lebenszyklus ; Entrepreneurship ; Eigentümerstruktur ; Vorstand ; Großbritannien ; Business planning ; Corporate governance ; Electronic books ; Corporate Governance ; Unternehmensentwicklung
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Ruth V. Aguilera, Igor Filatotchev, Howard Gospel and Gregory Jackson (2008), 'An Organizational Approach to Comparative Corporate Governance: Costs, Contingencies, and Complementarities', Organization Science, 19 (3), May-June, 475-92 -- Igor Filatotchev, Steve Toms and Mike Wright (2006), 'The Firm's Strategic Dynamics and Corporate Governance Life-cycle', International Journal of Managerial Finance, 2 (4), 256-79 -- Matthew D. Lynall, Brian R. Golden and Amy J. Hillman (2003), 'Board Composition from Adolescence to Maturity: A Multitheoretic View', Academy of Management Review, 28 (3), July, 416-31 -- Julian Franks, Colin Mayer and Stefano Rossi (2009), 'Ownership: Evolution and Regulation', Review of Financial Studies, 22 (10), 4009-56 -- Lucian Arye Bebchuk and Mark J. Roe (1999), 'A Theory of Path Dependence in Corporate Ownership and Governance', Stanford Law Review, 52 (1), November, 127-70 -- Eric Gedajlovic, Michael H. Lubatkin and William S. Schulze (2004), 'Crossing the Threshold from Founder Management to Professional Management: A Governance Perspective', Journal of Management Studies, 41 (5), July, 899-912 -- Shaker A. Zahra, Donald O. Neubaum and Morten Huse (2000), 'Entrepreneurship in Medium-Size Companies: Exploring the Effects of Ownership and Governance Systems', Journal of Management, 26 (5), 947-76 -- W.M. Gerard Sanders and Steven Boivie (2004), 'Sorting Things Out: Valuation of New Firms in Uncertain Markets', Strategic Management Journal, 25, 167-86 -- Igor Filatotchev and Kate Bishop (2002), 'Board Composition, Share Ownership, and 'Underpricing' of U.K. IPO Firms', Strategic Management Journal, 23 (10), October, 941-55 -- Helen Short, Kevin Keasey, Mike Wright and Alison Hull (1999), 'Corporate Governance: From Accountability to Enterprise', Accounting and Business Research, 29 (4), Autumn, 337-52 -- Shaker A. Zahra (1996), 'Governance, Ownership, and Corporate Entrepreneurship: The Moderating Impact of Industry Technological Opportunities', Academy of Management Journal, 39 (6), December, 1713-35 -- Michael A. Hitt, Robert E. Hoskisson, Richard A. Johnson and Douglas D. Moesel (1996), 'The Market for Corporate Control and Firm Innovation', Academy of Management Journal, 39 (5), October, 1084-119 -- Kenneth J. Rediker and Anju Seth (1995), 'Boards of Directors and Substitution Effects of Alternative Governance Mechanisms', Strategic Management Journal, 16 (2), February, 85-99 -- Donald C. Hambrick, Marta A. Geletkanycz and James W. Fredrickson (1993), 'Top Executive Commitment to the Status Quo: Some Tests of its Determinants', Strategic Management Journal, 14 (6), September, 401-18 -- Catherine M. Daily and Dan R. Dalton (1994), 'Bankruptcy and Corporate Governance: The Impact of Board Composition and Structure', Academy of Management Journal, 37 (6), December, 1603-17 -- Igor Filatotchev and Steve Toms (2006), 'Corporate Governance and Financial Constraints on Strategic Turnarounds', Journal of Management Studies, 43 (3), May, 407-33 -- Charlie Weir, David Laing and Mike Wright (2005), 'Incentive Effects, Monitoring Mechanisms and the Market for Corporate Control: An Analysis of the Factors Affecting Public to Private Transactions in the UK', Journal of Business Finance and Accounting, 32 (5) & (6), June/July, 909-43
    Note: Includes bibliographical references , The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 87
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785362200
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxvii, 683 p) , cm
    Series Statement: The international library of entrepreneurship 18
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The knowledge spillover theory of entrepreneurship
    DDC: 338.04
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Wissenstransfer ; Wirtschaftstheorie ; Technischer Fortschritt ; Unternehmer ; Unternehmensgründung ; Technological innovations ; Intellectual capital ; Organizational learning ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entrepreneurship ; Wissensmanagement ; Spill-over-Effekt
    Abstract: James J. Anton and Dennis A. Yao (1994), 'Expropriation and Inventions: Appropriable Rents in the Absence of Property Rights', American Economic Review, 84 (1), March, 190-209 -- Lynne G. Zucker, Michael R. Darby and Marilynn B. Brewer (1998), 'Intellectual Human Capital and the Birth of U.S. Biotechnology Enterprises', American Economic Review, 88 (1), March, 290-306 -- David B. Audretsch (1995), 'New Firms', in Innovation and Industry Evolution, Chapter 3, Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 39-64, references -- Scott Shane (2001), 'Technological Opportunities and New Firm Creation', Management Science, 47 (2), February, 205-20 -- Boyan Jovanovic (2001), 'New Technology and The Small Firm', Small Business Economics, 16 (1), February, 53-5 -- Zoltan J. Acs and Attila Varga (2002), 'Geography, Endogenous Growth, and Innovation', International Regional Science Review, 25 (1), 132-48 -- Claudio Michelacci (2003), 'Low Returns in R&D Due to the Lack of Entrepreneurial Skills', Economic Journal, 113 (484), January, 207-25 -- Bo Carlsson, Zoltan J. Acs, David B. Audretsch and Pontus Braunerhjelm (2009), 'Knowledge Creation, Entrepreneurship, and Economic Growth: A Historical Review', Industrial and Corporate Change, 18 (6), December, 1193-229 -- Zoltan J. Acs, Pontus Braunerhjelm, David B. Audretsch and Bo Carlsson (2009), 'The Knowledge Spillover Theory of Entrepreneurship', Small Business Economics, 32 (1), January, 15-30 -- Zoltan Acs, Lawrence A. Plummer and Ryan Sutter (2009), 'Penetrating the Knowledge Filter in "Rust Belt" Economies', Annals of Regional Science, 43 (4), 989-1012 -- David B. Audretsch and Erik E. Lehmann (2005), 'Does the Knowledge Spillover Theory of Entrepreneurship Hold for Regions?', Research Policy, 34, 1191-202 -- Zoltan J. Acs and Attila Varga (2005), 'Entrepreneurship, Agglomeration and Technological Change', Small Business Economics, 24 (3), 323-34 -- Edward P. Lazear (2005), 'Entrepreneurship', Journal of Labor Economics, 23 (4), 649-80 -- Jarle Møen (2005), 'Is Mobility of Technical Personnel a Source of R&D Spillovers?', Journal of Labor Economics, 23 (1), 81-114 -- Thomas Hellmann (2007), 'When Do Employees Become Entrepreneurs?', Management Science, 53 (6), June, 919-33 -- Hans K. Hvide (2009), 'The Quality of Entrepreneurs', Economic Journal, 119 (539), July, 1010-35
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): F.A. Hayek (1945), 'The Use of Knowledge in Society', American Economic Review, XXXV (4), September, 519-30 -- Joseph A. Schumpeter (1947), 'The Creative Response in Economic History', Journal of Economic History, VII (2), November, 149-59 -- Kenneth J. Arrow (1962), 'Economic Welfare and the Allocation of Resources for Invention', in Universities-National Bureau Committee for Economics Research, The Rate and Direction of Inventive Activity: Economic and Social Factors. A Conference of the Universities-National Bureau Committee for Economic Research and the Committee on Economic Growth of the Social Science Research Council, Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 609-26 -- William J. Baumol (1968), 'Entrepreneurship in Economic Theory', American Economic Review, Papers and Proceedings, 58 (2), May, 64-71 -- Harvey Leibenstein (1968), 'Entrepreneurship and Development', American Economic Review, Papers and Proceedings, 58 (2), May, 72-83 -- Robert E. Lucas, Jr. (1978), 'On the Size Distribution of Business Firms', Bell Journal of Economics, 9 (2), Autumn, 508-23 -- Zvi Griliches (1979), 'Issues in Assessing the Contribution of Research and Development to Productivity Growth', Bell Journal of Economics, 10 (1), Spring, 92-116 -- Boyan Jovanovic (1982), 'Selection and the Evolution of Industry', Econometrica, 50 (3), May, 649-70 -- Ariél Pakes and Shmuel Nitzan (1983), 'Optimum Contracts for Research Personnel, Research Employment, and the Establishment of "Rival" Enterprises', Journal of Labor Economics, 1 (4), October, 345-65 -- Zoltan J. Acs and David B. Audretsch (1988), 'Innovation in Large and Small Firms: An Empirical Analysis', American Economic Review, 78 (4), September, 678-90 -- David S. Evans and Boyan Jovanovic (1989), 'An Estimated Model of Entrepreneurial Choice under Liquidity Constraints', Journal of Political Economy, 97 (4), 808-27 -- Paul M. Romer (1990), 'Endogenous Technological Change', Journal of Political Economy, 98 (5, Part 2), October, S71-S102 -- Paul S. Segerstrom, T.C.A. Anant and Elias Dinopoulos (1990), 'A Schumpeterian Model of the Product Life Cycle', American Economic Review, 80 (5), December, 1077-91 -- Philippe Aghion and Peter Howitt (1992), 'A Model of Growth through Creative Destruction', Econometrica, 60 (2), March, 323-51 -- Adam B. Jaffe (1989), 'Real Effects of Academic Research', American Economic Review, 79 (5), December, 957-70 -- Adam B. Jaffe, Manuel Trajtenberg and Rebecca Henderson (1993), 'Geographic Localization of Knowledge Spillovers as Evidenced by Patent Citations', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 108 (3), August, 577-98 -- Zoltan J. Acs, David B. Audretsch and Maryann P. Feldman (1994), 'R&D Spillovers and Recipient Firm Size', Review of Economics and Statistics, 76 (2), May, 336-40 -- Luc Anselin, Attila Varga and Zoltan Acs (1997), 'Local Geographic Spillovers between University Research and High Technology Innovations', Journal of Urban Economics, 42 (3), 422-48 -- Peter Thompson and Melanie Fox-Kean (2005), 'Patent Citations and the Geography of Knowledge Spillovers: A Reassessment', American Economic Review, 95 (1), March, 450-60
    Note: Includes bibliographical references , The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 88
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785362118
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The political economy of intellectual property rights
    DDC: 346.048
    Keywords: Immaterialgüterrechte ; Informationswert ; Urheberrecht ; WTO-Recht ; TRIPS ; Technologie ; Technologietransfer ; Welt ; Intellectual property Political aspects ; Intellectual property ; Intellectual property ; Economic aspects ; Critical theory ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Duncan Matthews and Viviana Munoz-Tellez (2006), 'Bilateral Technical Assistance and TRIPS: The United States, Japan and the European Communities in Comparative Perspective', Journal of World Intellectual Property, 9 (6), 629-53 -- Debora J. Halbert (2007), 'The World Intellectual Property Organization: Past, Present and Future', Journal of the Copyright Society of the USA, 54 (2), Winter/Spring, 253-84 -- James Boyle (1997), 'A Politics of Intellectual Property: Environmentalism for the Net?', Duke Law Journal, 47 (1), October, 87-116 -- John Frow (1996), 'Information as Gift and Commodity', New Left Review, I (219), September-October, 89-108 -- Sol Picciotto and David Campbell (2004), 'Whose Molecule is it Anyway? Private and Social Perspectives on Intellectual Property', in Alastair Hudson (ed) (ed.), New Perspectives on Property Law, Obligations and Restitution, London: Cavendish Publishing Ltd, 279-303 -- Brian Martin (1995), 'Against Intellectual Property', Philosophy and Social Action, 21 (3), July-September, 7-22 -- Graham Dutfield (2007), 'A Rights-free World - Is it Workable, and What is the Point?', in Charlotte Waelde (ed) and Hector MacQueen (ed) (eds), Intellectual Property: The Many Faces of the Public Domain, Chapter 15, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar, 211-25
    Abstract: James Boyle (2000), 'Cruel, Mean, or Lavish? Economic Analysis, Price Discrimination and Digital Intellectual Property', Vanderbilt Law Review, 53 (6), November, 2007-39 -- Keith E. Maskus and Mohan Penubarti (1995), 'How Trade-Related are Intellectual Property Rights?', Journal of International Economics, 39, 227-48 -- Edmund W. Kitch (2000), 'Elementary and Persistent Errors in the Economic Analysis of Intellectual Property', Vanderbilt Law Review, 53 (6), 1727-41 -- Peter Drahos (1995), 'Global Property Rights in Information: The Story of TRIPS at the GATT', Prometheus, 13 (1), June, 6-19 -- Graeme B. Dinwoodie and Rochelle C. Dreyfuss (2004), 'TRIPS and the Dynamics of Intellectual Property Lawmaking', Case Western Reserve Journal of International Law, 36, 95-122 -- Laurence R. Helfer (2004), 'Regime Shifting: The TRIPs Agreement and New Dynamics of International Intellectual Property Lawmaking', Yale Journal of International Law, 29, 1-83 -- Rajan Dhanjee and Laurence Boisson de Chazournes (1993), 'Trade Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPS): Objectives, Approaches and Basic Principles of the GATT and of Intellectual Property Conventions', Journal of World Trade, 24 (5), October, 5-15 -- Keith E. Maskus (2002), 'Regulatory Standards in the WTO: Comparing Intellectual Property Rights with Competition Policy, Environmental Protection, and Core Labor Standards', World Trade Review, 1 (2), 135-52 -- Daya Shanker (2003), 'Legitimacy and the TRIPS Agreement', Journal of World Intellectual Property, 6 (1), 155-89 -- Ruth L. Okediji (2003), 'Public Welfare and the Role of the WTO: Reconsidering the TRIPs Agreement', Emory International Law Review, 17 (2), Summer, 819-918 -- A. Samuel Oddi (1996), 'TRIPS - Natural Rights and a "Polite Form of Economic Imperialism"', Vanderbilt Journal of Transnational Law, 29, 415-70 -- Anna Lanoszka (2003), 'The Global Politics of Intellectual Property Rights and Pharmaceutical Drug Policies in Developing Countries', International Political Science Review, 24 (2), April, 181-97 -- Robert L. Ostergard, Jr. (1999), 'The Political Economy of the South Africa-United States Patent Dispute', Journal of World Intellectual Property, 2 (6), 875-88 -- Frederick M. Abbott (2002), 'The TRIPS Agreement, Access to Medicines, and the WTO Doha Ministerial Conference', Journal of World Intellectual Property, 5 (1), 15-52 -- David Vaver and Shamnad Basheer (2006), 'Popping Patented Pills: Europe and a Decade's Dose of TRIPs', European Intellectual Property Review, 28 (5), May, 282-91 -- Duncan Matthews (2005), 'TRIPs Flexibilities and Access to Medicines in Developing Countries: The Problem with Technical Assistance and Free Trade Agreements', European Intellectual Property Review, 27 (11), November, 420-27 -- Kenneth C. Shadlen (2007), 'The Political Economy of AIDS Treatment: Intellectual Property and the Transformation of Generic Supply', International Studies Quarterly, 51, 559-81 -- Brendan Scott (2001), 'Copyright in a Frictionless World: Toward a Rhetoric of Responsibility', First Monday [Online], 6 (9), 3rd September, [http://firstmonday.org/htbin/cgiwrap/bin/ojs/index.php/fm/article/view/887/796, free download], 1-23 -- Timothy J. Brennan (1993), 'Copyright, Property, and the Right to Deny', Chicago-Kent Law Review, 68, 675-714
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): D.B. Resnik (2003), 'A Pluralistic Account of Intellectual Property', Journal of Business Ethics, 46 (4), September, 319-35 -- Edwin C. Hettinger (1989), 'Justifying Intellectual Property', Philosophy and Public Affairs, 18 (1), 31-52 -- Justin Hughes (1988-89), 'The Philosophy of Intellectual Property', Georgetown Law Journal, 77, 287-366 -- Mark A. Lemley (2004), 'Ex Ante versus Ex Post Justifications for Intellectual Property', University of Chicago Law Review, 71 (1), Winter, 129-49 -- Akalemwa Ngenda (2005), 'The Nature of the International Intellectual Property System: Universal Norms and Values or Western Chauvinism?', Information and Communications Technology Law, 14 (1), 59-79 -- Sharmishta Barwa and Shirin M. Rai (2002), 'The Political Economy of Intellectual Property Rights: A Gender Perspective', in Peter Newell (ed), Shirin M. Rai (ed) and Andrew Scott (ed) (eds), Development and the Challenge of Globalization, Sterling, VA: Stylus Publishing, 41-56 -- Liam Séamus O'Melinn (2007), 'Software and Shovels: How the Intellectual Property Revolution is Undermining Traditional Concepts of Property', University of Cincinnati Law Review, 76, Fall, 143-82 -- Christopher May (2007), 'The Hypocrisy of Forgetfulness: The Contemporary Significance of Early Innovations in Intellectual Property', Review of International Political Economy, 14 (1), February, 1-25 -- Susan Sell (2004), 'Intellectual Property and Public Policy in Historical Perspective: Contestation and Settlement', Loyola of Los Angeles Law Review, 38, Fall, 267-321 -- Peter K. Yu (2006), 'Of Monks, Medieval Scribes, and Middlemen', Michigan State Law Review, 2006 (1), Spring, 1-31 -- Robert P. Merges (2000), 'One Hundred Years of Solicitude: Intellectual Property Law 1900-2000', California Law Review, 88 (6), December, 2187-240 -- Graham Dutfield and Uma Suthersanen (2005), 'Harmonisation or Differentiation in Intellectual Property Protection? The Lessons of History', Prometheus, 23 (2), June, 131-47 -- Harlan J. Onsrud (1998), 'Tragedy of the Information Commons', in D.R. Fraser Taylor (ed) (ed.), Policy Issues in Modern Cartography, Chapter 9, Oxford: Elsevier Science, 141-58 -- James Boyle (2003), 'The Second Enclosure Movement and the Construction of the Public Domain', Law and Contemporary Problems, 66 (1/2), Winter, 33-74 -- Michael A. Heller and Rebecca S. Eisenberg (1998), 'Can Patents Deter Innovation? The Anticommons in Biomedical Research', Science, 280 (5364), New Series, 1 May, 698-701, reset -- Daniel J. Kevles (1998), 'Diamond v. Chakrabarty and Beyond: The Political Economy of Patenting Life', in Arnold Thackray (ed) (ed.), Private Science, Biotechnology and the Rise of the Molecular Sciences, Philadelphia, PA: University of Pennsylvania Press, 65-79 -- C. Ford Runge and Edi DeFrancesco (2006), 'Exclusion, Inclusion, and Enclosure: Historical Commons and Modern Intellectual Property', World Development, 34 (10), 1713-27 -- Anthony McCann (2005), 'Enclosure Without and Within the "Information Commons"', Information and Communications Technology Law, 14 (3), October, 217-40 -- Antoon A. Quaedvlieg (1992), 'The Economic Analysis of Intellectual Property Law', in William F. Korthals Altes (ed), Egbert J. Dommering (ed), P. Bernt Hugenholtz (ed) and Jan J.C. Kabel (ed) (eds), Information Law Towards the 21st Century, Deventer, The Netherlands and Boston, MA, USA: Kluwer Law and Taxation Publishers, 379-93
    Abstract: Wendy J. Gordon (2004), 'Do We Have a Right to Speak with Another's Language? Eldred and the Duration of Copyright', in P.L.C. Torremans (ed) (ed.), Copyright and Human Rights: Freedom of Expression, Intellectual Property, Privacy, Chapter 6, The Hague and New York, NY: Kluwer Law International, 109-29 -- Joseph P. Liu (2003), 'Copyright Law's Theory of the Consumer', Boston College Law Review, 44, 397-431 -- Jessica Litman (1991), 'Copyright as Myth', University of Pittsburgh Law Review, 53, 235-49 -- Kenneth C. Shadlen, Andrew Schrank and Marcus J. Kurtz (2005), 'The Political Economy of Intellectual Property Protection: The Case of Software', International Studies Quarterly, 49 (1), March, 45-71 -- Nicola Lucchi (2005), 'Intellectual Property Rights in Digital Media: A Comparative Analysis of Legal Protection, Technological Measures and New Business Models Under EU and US Law', Buffalo Law Review, 53 (4), 1111-91 -- Robert Hunter Wade (2002), 'Bridging the Digital Divide: New Route to Development or New Form of Dependency?', Global Governance, 8 (4), October-December, 443-66 -- Paul A. David (1993), 'Knowledge, Property and the System Dynamics of Technological Change', Proceedings of the World Bank Annual Conference on Development Economics 1992, Supplement to World Bank Economic Review and World Bank Research Observer, 215-48 -- Simon Avenell and Herb Thompson (1994), 'Commodity Relations and the Forces of Production: The Theft and Defence of Intellectual Property', Journal of Interdisciplinary Economics, 5 (1), 23-35 -- Nagesh Kumar (2003), 'Intellectual Property Rights, Technology and Economic Development: Experiences of Asian Countries', Economic and Political Weekly, 38 (3), January 18th,209-15, 217-26 -- Peter Drahos (1997), 'Thinking Strategically About Intellectual Property Rights', Telecommunications Policy, 21 (3), 201-11 -- Ruth L. Gana (1996), 'The Myth of Development, The Progress of Rights: Human Rights to Intellectual Property and Development', Law and Policy, 18 (3/4), July/October, 315-54 -- Hans Morten Haugen (2007), 'Patent Rights and Human Rights: Exploring their Relationships', Journal of World Intellectual Property, 10 (2), 97-124 -- Paul Steidlmeier (1993), 'The Moral Legitimacy of Intellectual Property Claims: American Business and Developing Country Perspectives', Journal of Business Ethics, 12 (2), February, 157-64 -- Andréa Koury Menescal (2005), 'Changing WIPO's Ways? The 2004 Development Agenda in Historical Perspective', Journal of World Intellectual Property, 8 (6), 761-96 -- Kurt Burch (1995), 'Intellectual Property Rights and the Culture of Global Liberalism', Science Communication, 17 (2), December, 214-32 -- Susan K. Sell (1995), 'The Origins of a Trade-Based Approach to Intellectual Property Protection: The Role of Industry Associations', Science Communication, 17 (2), December, 163-85 -- Peter Drahos and John Braithwaite (2002), 'Intellectual Property, Corporate Strategy, Globalisation: TRIPS in Context', Wisconsin International Law Journal, 20 (3), 451-80 -- Paul Steidlmeier and Cecilia Falbe (1994), 'International Disputes Over Intellectual Property', Review of Social Economy, 52 (3), 339-60 -- Christopher May (2004), 'Capacity Building and the (Re)Production of Intellectual Property Rights', Third World Quarterly, 25 (5), 821-37
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 89
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785362224
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (2 v) , cm
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings on business and management 14
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Women and management
    DDC: 658.409082
    Keywords: Businesswomen ; Discrimination in employment ; Women executives ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Frau ; Management ; Geschlechterrolle ; Geschichte 1989-2008 ; Weibliche Führungskraft ; Chancengleichheit ; Lohndifferenzierung ; Work-Life-Balance ; Geschichte 1989-2008
    Abstract: Jennifer Cunningham and Therese Macan (2007), 'Effects of Applicant Pregnancy on Hiring Decisions and Interview Ratings', Sex Roles, 57, 497-508 -- Gavin Dick and Beverley Metcalfe (2007), 'The Progress of Female Police Officers?: An Empirical Analysis of Organisational Commitment and Tenure Explanations in Two UK Police Forces', International Journal of Public Sector Management, 20 (2), 81-100 -- Caroline Gatrell (2007), 'A Fractional Commitment? Part-time Work and the Maternal Body', International Journal of Human Resource Management, 18 (3), March, 462-75 -- Kathryn Haynes (2008), '(Re)figuring Accounting and Maternal Bodies: The Gendered Embodiment of Accounting Professionals', Accounting, Organizations and Society, 33, 328-48 -- Elaine Swan (2005), 'On Bodies, Rhinestones, and Pleasures: Women Teaching Managers', Management Learning, 36 (3), 317-33 -- Jennifer A. Chatman and Charles A. O'Reilly (2004), 'Asymmetric Reactions to Work Group Sex Diversity Among Men and Women', Academy of Management Journal, 47 (2), 193-208 -- Alice H. Eagly, Mary C. Johannesen-Schmidt and Marloes L. van Engen (2003), 'Transformational, Transactional, and Laissez-Faire Leadership Styles: A Meta-Analysis Comparing Women and Men', Psychological Bulletin, 129 (4), 569-91 -- Ella L.J. Edmondson Bell, Debra Meyerson, Stella Nkomo and Maureen Scully (2003), 'Interpreting Silence and Voice in the Workplace: A Conversation About Tempered Radicalism Among Black and White Women Researchers', Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 39 (4), December, 381-414 -- Robin Ely and Irene Padavic (2007), 'A Feminist Analysis of Organizational Research on Sex Differences', Academy of Management Review, 32 (4), 1121-43 -- Sandra L. Fielden and Marilyn J. Davidson (2001), 'Stress and Gender in Unemployed Female and Male Managers', Applied Psychology: An International Review, 50 (2), 305-3 -- Susan Gill and Marilyn J. Davidson (2001) 'Problems and Pressures Facing Lone Mothers in Management and Professional Occupations - A Pilot Study', Women in Management Review, 16 (8), 383-99 -- Deborah Kerfoot and David Knights (1993), 'Management, Masculinity and Manipulation: From Paternalism to Corporate Strategy in Financial Services in Britain', Journal of Management Studies, 30 (4), July, 659-77 -- Joel Lefkowitz (1994), 'Sex-Related Differences in Job Attitudes and Dispositional Variables: Now You See Them,...', Academy of Management Journal, 37 (2), April, 323-49 -- Barbara F. Reskin and Debra Branch McBrier (2000), 'Why Not Ascription? Organizations' Employment of Male and Female Managers', American Sociological Review, 65 (2), April, 210-33 -- Linda K. Stroh, Jeanne M. Brett and Anne H. Reilly (1992), 'All The Right Stuff: A Comparison of Female and Male Managers' Career Progression', Journal of Applied Psychology, 77 (3), 251-60 -- Angela M. Young and David Hurlic (2007) 'Gender Enactment at Work: The Importance of Gender and Gender-Related Behavior to Person-Organizational Fit and Career Decisions', Journal of Managerial Psychology, 22 (2), 168-87
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Bonita L. Betters-Reed and Lynda L. Moore (1995), 'Shifting the Management Development Paradigm for Women', Journal of Management Development, 14 (2), 24-38 -- Alice H. Eagly and Steven J. Karau (2002), 'Role Congruity Theory of Prejudice Toward Female Leaders', Psychological Review, 109 (3), 573-98 -- Gedaliahu H. Harel (In Memoriam), Shay S. Tzafrir and Yehuda Baruch (2003), 'Achieving Organizational Effectiveness Through Promotion of Women into Managerial Positions: HRM Practice Focus', International Journal of Human Resource Management, 14 (2), March, 247-63 -- Belle Rose Ragins and John L. Cotton (1999), 'Mentor Functions and Outcomes: A Comparison of Men and Women in Formal and Informal Mentoring Relationships', Journal of Applied Psychology, 84 (4), 529-50 -- Carole Elliott and Valerie Stead (2008), 'Learning from Leading Women's Experience: Towards a Sociological Understanding', Leadership, 4 (2), 159-80 -- Sharon Mavin (2008), 'Queen Bees, Wannabees and Afraid to Bees: No More 'Best Enemies' for Women in Management?', British Journal of Management, 19, S75-S84 -- Nancy J. Adler (1984), 'Women Do Not Want International Careers: And Other Myths About International Management', Organizational Dynamics, 13 (2), 66-79 -- Paula M. Caligiuri and Rosalie L. Tung (1999), 'Comparing the Success of Male and Female Expatriates from a US-Based Multinational Company', International Journal of Human Resource Management, 10 (5), October, 763-82 -- Virginia E. Schein (2001), 'A Global Look at Psychological Barriers to Women's Progress in Management', Journal of Social Issues, 57 (4), 675-88 -- Mina Westman, Dalia Etzion, Etty Gattenio (2008), 'International Business Travels and the Work-Family Interface: A Longitudinal Study', Journal of Occupational and Organizational Psychology, 81, 459-80 -- Doris Weichselbaumer and Rudolf Winter-Ebmer (2005), 'A Meta-Analysis of the International Gender Wage Gap', Journal of Economic Surveys, 19 (3), 479-511 -- David A. Cotter, Joan M. Hermsen, Seth Ovadia and Reeve Vanneman (2001), 'The Glass Ceiling Effect', Social Forces, 80 (2), December, 655-81 -- Terry C. Blum, Dail L. Fields and Jodi S. Goodman (1994), 'Organization-Level Determinants of Women in Management', Academy of Management Journal, 37 (2), April, 241-68 -- Adelina Broadbridge (1998), 'Barriers in the Career Progression of Retail Managers', International Review of Retail, Distribution and Consumer Research, 8 (1), January, 53-78 -- Phyllis Tharenou, Shane Latimer and Denise Conroy (1994), 'How Do You Make it to the Top? An Examination of Influences on Women's and Men's Managerial Advancement', Academy of Management Journal, 37 (4), August, 899-931 -- Gary N. Powell and D. Anthony Butterfield (1994), 'Investigating the "Glass Ceiling" Phenomenon: An Empirical Study of Actual Promotions to Top Management', Academy of Management Journal, 37 (1), February, 68-86 -- Savita Kumra and Susan Vinnicombe (2008), 'A Study of the Promotion to Partner Process in a Professional Services Firm: How Women are Disadvantaged', British Journal of Management, 19, S65-S74 -- Joan Acker (1990), 'Hierarchies, Jobs, Bodies: A Theory of Gendered Organizations', Gender and Society, 4 (2), June, 139-58 -- Joanna Brewis, Mark P. Hampton and Stephen Linstead (1997), 'Unpacking Priscilla: Subjectivity and Identity in the Organization of Gendered Appearance', Human Relations, 50 (10), 1275-304
    Note: Includes bibliographical references , The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 90
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784712860
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Empirical international trade
    DDC: 382.015195
    Keywords: Internationale Wirtschaft ; Internationale Handelspolitik ; Faktorproportionentheorem ; Komparativer Vorteil ; Monopolistischer Wettbewerb ; Handelshemmnisse ; Netzwerk ; Theorie ; Welt ; International trade ; International trade ; Electronic books
    Abstract: During the last decade, international trade has witnessed a dramatic transition from a field dominated by theory to one dominated by empirics linked to theory. In this volume, Professor Bernhofen has selected an impressive range of critical papers by leading academics which have contributed significantly to making international trade an empirical science. The included topics are empirical studies on comparative advantage, the Heckscher-Ohlin model, monopolistic competition, gravity models, firms and plant trade and networks and institutions. The papers in this collection serve as an excellent introduction to the literature as well as an essential reference for research in empirical trade
    Abstract: Kei-Mu Yi (2003), 'Can Vertical Specialization Explain the Growth of World Trade?', Journal of Political Economy, 111 (1), 52-102 -- Andrew B. Bernard and J. Bradford Jensen (1995), 'Exporters, Jobs, and Wages in U.S. Manufacturing: 1976-1987', Brookings Papers on Economic Activity. Microeconomics 1995, 67-112, 118-19 -- Sofronis K. Clerides, Saul Lach and James R. Tybout (1998), 'Is Learning by Exporting Important? Micro-Dynamic Evidence from Colombia, Mexico, and Morocco', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 113 (3), August, 903-47 -- Andrew B. Bernard and J. Bradford Jensen (1999), 'Exceptional Exporter Performance: Cause, Effect, or Both?', Journal of International Economics, 47, 1-25 -- James E. Rauch (1999), 'Networks Versus Markets in International Trade', Journal of International Economics, 48, 7-35 -- James E. Rauch and Vitor Trindade (2002), 'Ethnic Chinese Networks in International Trade', Review of Economics and Statistics, 84 (1), February, 116-30 -- James E. Anderson and Douglas Marcouiller (2002), 'Insecurity and the Pattern of Trade: An Empirical Investigation', Review of Economics and Statistics, 84 (2), May, 342-52 -- Nathan Nunn (2007), 'Relationship-Specificity, Incomplete Contracts, and the Pattern of Trade', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 122 (2), May, 569-600
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Wassily Leontief (1953), 'Domestic Production and Foreign Trade; The American Capital Position Re-Examined', Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, 97 (4), September, 332-49 -- Edward E. Leamer (1980), 'The Leontief Paradox, Reconsidered', Journal of Political Economy, 88 (3), June, 495-503 -- Harry P. Bowen, Edward E. Leamer and Leo Sveikauskas (1987), 'Multicountry, Multifactor Tests of the Factor Abundance Theory', American Economic Review, 77 (5), December, 791-809 -- Daniel Trefler (1993), 'International Factor Price Differences: Leontief was Right!', Journal of Political Economy, 101 (6), 961-87 -- Daniel Trefler (1995), 'The Case of the Missing Trade and Other Mysteries', American Economic Review, 85 (5), December, 1029-46 -- Donald R. Davis and David E. Weinstein (2001), 'An Account of Global Factor Trade', American Economic Review, 91 (5), December, 1423-53 -- Peter K. Schott (2003), 'One Size Fits All? Heckscher-Ohlin Specialization in Global Production', American Economic Review, 93 (3), June, 686-708 -- James Harrigan (1997), 'Technology, Factor Supplies, and International Specialization: Estimating the Neoclassical Model', American Economic Review, 87 (4), September, 475-94 -- John Romalis (2004), 'Factor Proportions and the Structure of Commodity Trade', American Economic Review, 94 (1), March, 67-97 -- Daniel M. Bernhofen and John C. Brown (2004), 'A Direct Test of the Theory of Comparative Advantage: The Case of Japan', Journal of Political Economy, 112 (1. Part 1), 48-67 -- Daniel M. Bernhofen and John C. Brown (2005), 'An Empirical Assessment of the Comparative Advantage Gains from Trade: Evidence from Japan', American Economic Review, 95 (1), 208-25 -- Elhanan Helpman (1987), 'Imperfect Competition and International Trade: Evidence from Fourteen Industrial Countries', Journal of the Japanese and International Economies, 1, 62-81 -- David Hummels and James Levinsohn (1995), 'Monopolistic Competition and International Trade: Reconsidering the Evidence', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 110 (3), August, 799-836 -- Peter Debaere (2005), 'Monopolistic Competition and Trade, Revisited: Testing the Model Without Testing for Gravity', Journal of International Economics, 66, 249-66 -- Christian Broda and David E. Weinstein (2006), 'Globalization and the Gains from Variety', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 121 (2), May, 541-85 -- John McCallum (1995), 'National Borders Matter: Canada-U.S. Regional Trade Patterns', American Economic Review, 85 (3), June, 615-23 -- James E. Anderson and Eric van Wincoop (2003), 'Gravity with Gravitas: A Solution to the Border Puzzle', American Economic Review, 93 (1), 170-92 -- Jonathan Eaton and Samuel Kortum (2002), 'Technology, Geography, and Trade', Econometrica, 70 (5), September, 1741-79 -- Scott L. Baier and Jeffrey H. Bergstrand (2001), 'The Growth of World Trade: Tariffs, Transport Costs, and Income Similarity', Journal of International Economics, 53, 1-27
    Note: Includes bibliographical references , The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 91
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785366468
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxvii, 579 p) , ill , cm
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics 218
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Financial crises
    DDC: 338.542
    RVK:
    Keywords: Finanzkrise ; Bankenkrise ; Währungskrise ; Ansteckungseffekt ; Welt ; Financial crises ; Financial crises ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Bankenkrise ; Währungskrise
    Abstract: This important volume presents key contributions to the study of financial crises from many different areas of economics. The book offers an economic history of financial crises, empirical studies of crises in the modern era, and classic works on the theory of banking crises. It also covers specialized topics, with sections on currency crises and financial contagion. Undergraduate students of money, banking, macroeconomics and financial crises alike will find this collection to be an invaluable overview of a critical area of study
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Michael Bordo, Barry Eichengreen, Daniela Klingebiel and Maria Soledad Martinez-Peria (2001), 'Is the Crisis Problem Growing More Severe?', Economic Policy, 16 (32), April, 53-82 -- Gary Gorton (1988), 'Banking Panics and Business Cycles', Oxford Economic Papers, 40 (4), December, 751-81 -- Charles W. Calomiris and Joseph R. Mason (2003), 'Fundamentals, Panics, and Bank Distress During the Depression', American Economic Review, 93 (5), December, 1615-47 -- John H. Boyd, Sungkyu Kwak and Bruce Smith (2005), 'The Real Output Losses Associated with Modern Banking Crises', Journal of Money, Credit, and Banking, 37 (6), December, 977-99 -- Graciela L. Kaminsky and Carmen M. Reinhart (1999), 'The Twin Crises: The Causes of Banking and Balance-of-Payments Problems', American Economic Review, 89 (3), June, 473-500 -- Graciela L. Kaminsky, Carmen M. Reinhart and Carlos A. Vegh (2003), 'The Unholy Trinity of Financial Contagion', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 17 (4), Fall, 51-74 -- John Bryant (1980), 'A Model of Reserves, Bank Runs, and Deposit Insurance', Journal of Banking and Finance, 4 (4), December, 335-44 -- Douglas W. Diamond and Philip H. Dybvig (1983), 'Bank Runs, Deposit Insurance, and Liquidity', Journal of Political Economy, 91 (3), June, 401-19 -- Charles W. Calomiris and Charles M. Kahn ([1991] 2001), 'The Role of Demandable Debt in Structuring Optimal Banking Arrangements', amended in Maximilian J.B. Hall (ed) (ed.), The Regulation and Supervision of Banks, Chapter 10, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar, 190-216 [previously published in American Economic Review, 81 (3), June, 497-513, Appendix] -- Franklin Allen and Douglas Gale (1998), 'Optimal Financial Crises', Journal of Finance, LIII (4), August, 1245-84 -- Franklin Allen and Douglas Gale (2004), 'Financial Intermediaries and Markets', Econometrica, 72 (4), July, 1023-61 -- Jean-Charles Rochet and Xavier Vives (2004), 'Coordination Failures and the Lender of Last Resort: Was Bagehot Right after All?', Journal of the European Economic Association, 2 (6), December, 1116-47 -- Itay Goldstein and Ady Pauzner (2005), 'Demand-Deposit Contracts and the Probability of Bank Runs', Journal of Finance, LX (3), June, 1293-327 -- Franklin Allen and Douglas Gale (2000), 'Bubbles and Crises', Economic Journal, 110 (460), January, 236-55 -- Douglas W. Diamond and Raghuram G. Rajan (2006), 'Money in a Theory of Banking', American Economic Review, 96 (1), March, 30-53 -- Paul Krugman (1979), 'A Model of Balance-of-Payments Crises', Journal of Money, Credit, and Banking, 11 (3), August, 311-25 -- Robert P. Flood and Peter M. Garber (1984), 'Gold Monetization and Gold Discipline', Journal of Political Economy, 92 (1), February, 90-107 -- Maurice Obstfeld (1996), 'Models of Currency Crises with Self-Fulfilling Features', European Economic Review, 40, 1037-47 -- Stephen Morris and Hyun Song Shin (1998), 'Unique Equilibrium in a Model of Self-Fulfilling Currency Attacks', American Economic Review, 88 (3), June, 587-97
    Abstract: Roberto Chang and Andres Velasco (2001), 'A Model of Financial Crises in Emerging Markets', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 116 (2), May, 489-517 -- Franklin Allen and Douglas Gale (2000), 'Financial Contagion', Journal of Political Economy, 108 (1), February, 1-33 -- Laura E. Kodres and Matthew Pritsker (2002), 'A Rational Expectations Model of Financial Contagion', Journal of Finance, LVII (2), April, 769-99
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index , The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 92
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785366772
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (p) , cm
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics 232
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The economics of contracts
    Keywords: Vertragstheorie ; Vertragsrecht ; Contracts Economic aspects ; Electronic books
    Abstract: The Economics of Contracts provides a guided tour to the leading ideas in contract theory. It assembles some of the foundational writings on contracting under limited and asymmetric information, incentives and mechanism design. It contains, in particular, the key contributions of five recent Nobel Prize winners in economics and brings together the most important articles that have followed these path-breaking works
    Abstract: Bengt Holmström (1982), 'Moral Hazard in Teams', Bell Journal of Economics, 13 (2), Autumn, 324-40 -- Guillermo A. Calvo and Stanislaw Wellisz (1978), 'Supervision, Loss of Control, and the Optimal Size of the Firm', Journal of Political Economy, 86 (5), October, 943-52 -- Jerry R. Green and Nancy L. Stokey (1983), 'A Comparison of Tournaments and Contracts', Journal of Political Economy, 91 (3), June, 349-64 -- Jean Tirole (1986), 'Hierarchies and Bureaucracies: On the Role of Collusion in Organizations', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 2 (2), Fall, 181-214 -- Mathias Dewatripont (1989), 'Renegotiation and Information Revelation over Time: The Case of Optimal Labor Contracts', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 104 (3), August, 589-619 -- Oliver D. Hart and Jean Tirole (1988), 'Contract Renegotiation and Coasian Dynamics', Review of Economic Studies, 55 (4), October, 509-40 -- M. Dewatripont and E. Maskin (1995), 'Credit and Efficiency in Centralized and Decentralized Economies', Review of Economic Studies, 62 (4), October, 541-55 -- Robert M. Townsend (1982), 'Optimal Multiperiod Contracts and the Gain from Enduring Relationships under Private Information', Journal of Political Economy, 90 (6), December, 1166-86 -- Edward J. Green (1987), 'Lending and the Smoothing of Uninsurable Income', in Edward C. Prescott (ed) and Neil Wallace (ed) (eds), Contractual Arrangements for Intertemporal Trade, Minnesota Studies in Macroeconomics series, Volume I, Chapter I, Minneapolis, MN: University of Minnesota Press, 3-25 -- William P. Rogerson (1985), 'Repeated Moral Hazard', Econometrica, 53 (1), January, 69-76 -- Bengt Holmström and Paul Milgrom (1987), 'Aggregation and Linearity in the Provision of Intertemporal Incentives', Econometrica, 55 (2), March, 303-28 -- W. Bentley MacLeod and James M. Malcomson (1989), 'Implicit Contracts, Incentive Compatibility, and Involuntary Unemployment', Econometrica, 57 (2), March, 447-80 -- Jonathan Levin (2003), 'Relational Incentive Contracts', American Economic Review, 93 (3), June, 835-57 -- Bengt Holmström (1999), 'Managerial Incentive Problems: A Dynamic Perspective', Review of Economic Studies, 66 (1), Special Issue, January, 169-82 -- Sanford J. Grossman and Oliver D. Hart (1986), 'The Costs and Benefits of Ownership: A Theory of Vertical and Lateral Integration', Journal of Political Economy, 94 (4), August, 691-719 -- Oliver Hart and John Moore (1990), 'Property Rights and the Nature of the Firm', Journal of Political Economy, 98 (6), December, 1119-58 -- Patrick Bolton and Michael D. Whinston (1993), 'Incomplete Contracts, Vertical Integration, and Supply Assurance', Review of Economic Studies, 60 (1), January, 121-48 -- Philippe Aghion and Patrick Bolton (1992), 'An Incomplete Contracts Approach to Financial Contracting', Review of Economic Studies, 59 (3), July, 473-94 -- Philippe Aghion and Jean Tirole (1997), 'Formal and Real Authority in Organizations', Journal of Political Economy, 105 (1), February, 1-29
    Abstract: Patrick Bolton and David S. Scharfstein (1990), 'A Theory of Predation Based on Agency Problems in Financial Contracting', American Economic Review, 80 (1), March, 93-106
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): J.A. Mirrlees (1971), 'An Exploration in the Theory of Optimum Income Taxation', Review of Economic Studies, 38 (2), April, 175-208 -- Michael Mussa and Sherwin Rosen (1978), 'Monopoly and Product Quality', Journal of Economic Theory, 18 (2), August, 301-17 -- Michael Spence (1973), 'Job Market Signaling', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 87 (3), August, 355-74 -- Eric Maskin and Jean Tirole (1992), 'The Principal-Agent Relationship with an Informed Principal, II: Common Values', Econometrica, 60 (1), January, 1-42 -- Michael Rothschild and Joseph Stiglitz (1976), 'Equilibrium in Competitive Insurance Markets: An Essay on the Economics of Imperfect Information', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 90 (4), November, 629-49 -- B. Douglas Bernheim and Michael D. Whinston (1986), 'Menu Auctions, Resource Allocation, and Economic Influence', Quarterly Journal of Economics, CI (1), February, 1-31 -- Robert M. Townsend (1979), 'Optimal Contracts and Competitive Markets with Costly State Verification', Journal of Economic Theory, 21 (2), October, 265-93 -- Philippe Aghion and Patrick Bolton (1987), 'Contracts as a Barrier to Entry', American Economic Review, 77 (3), June, 388-401 -- J.A. Mirrlees (1999), 'The Theory of Moral Hazard and Unobservable Behaviour: Part I', Review of Economic Studies, 66, 3-21 -- Bengt Holmström (1979), 'Moral Hazard and Observability', Bell Journal of Economics, 10 (1), Spring, 74-91 -- Sanford J. Grossman and Oliver D. Hart (1983), 'An Analysis of the Principal-Agent Problem', Econometrica, 51 (1), January 7-45 -- Bengt Holmström and Paul Milgrom (1990), 'Multitask Principal- Agent Analyses: Incentive Contracts, Asset Ownership, and Job Design', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 7, Special Issue, 24-52 -- Jean-Jacques Laffont and Jean Tirole (1986), 'Using Cost Observation to Regulate Firms', Journal of Political Economy, 94 (3, Part I), June, 614-41 -- Eric Maskin ([1977] 1999), 'Nash Equilibrium and Welfare Optimality', Review of Economic Studies, 66, 23-38 -- Claude d'Aspremont and Louis-André Gérard-Varet (1979), 'Incentives and Incomplete Information', Journal of Public Economics, 11 (1), February, 25-45 -- Roger B. Myerson (1981), 'Optimal Auction Design', Mathematics of Operation Research, 6 (1), February, 58-73 -- Roger B. Myerson and Mark A. Satterthwaite (1983), 'Efficient Mechanisms for Bilateral Trading', Journal of Economic Theory, 29 (2), April, 265-81 -- Jacques Crémer and Richard P. McLean (1985), 'Optimal Selling Strategies under Uncertainty for a Discriminating Monopolist when Demands are Interdependent', Econometrica, 53 (2), March, 345-61 -- John Moore and Rafael Repullo (1988), 'Subgame Perfect Implementation', Econometrica, 56 (5), September, 1191-220
    Note: Includes bibliographical references , The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 93
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785366789
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource , cm
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics 221
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The economics of networks
    DDC: 338.6042011
    RVK:
    Keywords: Regionalökonomik ; Regionales Cluster ; Netzwerk ; Unternehmensnetzwerk ; Theorie ; Macroeconomics ; Social networks Economic aspects ; Business networks Economic aspects ; Space in economics Mathematical models ; Business networks Economic aspects ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Raumwirtschaftstheorie ; Regionale Wirtschaftsstruktur ; Cluster
    Abstract: Networks have a widespread economic significance. They structure the way that market traders interact and configure relations within and between social groups, urban centres and nation states. Networks also determine patterns of authority and dominance in hierarchical organisations such as governments. This authoritative selection of recent work on the economics of networks will appeal to researchers in microeconomics, spatial and business economics as well as international economics and development. Social scientists and natural scientists will also find the book useful as a guide to the increasing wealth of economic literature on networks
    Abstract: David A. Smith and Michael F. Timberlake (2001), 'World City Networks and Hierarchies, 1977-1997: An Empirical Analysis of Global Air Travel Links', American Behavioral Scientist, 44 (10), June, 1656-78 -- Barney Warf (1995), 'Telecommunications and the Changing Geographies of Knowledge Transmission in the Late 20th Century', Urban Studies, 32 (2), 361-78 -- Tamar Diana Wilson (1998), 'Weak Ties, Strong Ties: Network Principles in Mexican Migration', Human Organization, 57 (4), 394-403
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Harald Baldersheim, Jan Bucek and Pawel Swianiewicz (2002), 'Mayors Learning across Borders: The International Networks of Municipalities in East-Central Europe', Regional and Federal Studies, 12 (1), Spring, 126-37 -- Ashok Deo Bardhan and Subhrajit Guhathakurta (2004), 'Global Linkages of Subnational Regions: Coastal Exports and International Networks', Contemporary Economic Policy, 22 (2), April, 225-36 -- René Belderbos and Leo Sleuwaegen (1996), 'Japanese Firms and the Decision to Invest Abroad: Business Groups and Regional Core Networks', Review of Economics and Statistics, 78 (2), May, 214-20 -- Mark Brayshay, Mark Cleary and John Selwood (2005), 'Interlocking Directorships and Trans-national Linkages within the British Empire, 1900- 1930', Area, 37 (2), 209-22 -- Ronald S. Burt (1999), 'Private Games are too Dangerous', Computational and Mathematical Organization Theory, 5 (4), December, 311-41 -- Mark Casson and Howard Cox (1997), 'An Economic Model of Inter-Firm Networks', in Mark Ebers (ed) (ed.), The Formation of Inter-Organizational Networks, Chapter 7, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 174-96 -- Howard Cox, Simon Mowatt and Martha Prevezer (2003), 'New Product Development and Product Supply within a Network Setting: The Chilled Ready-Meal Industry in the UK', Industry and Innovation, 10 (2), June, 197-217 -- Niek de Jong and Rob Vos (1995), 'Regional Blocs or Global Markets? A World Accounting Approach to Analyze Trade and Financial Linkages', Weltwirtschaftliches Archiv, 131, 748-73 -- Sarah Drakopoulou Dodd and Eleni Patra (2002), 'National Differences in Entrepreneurial Networking', Entrepreneurship and Regional Development, 14 (2), January, 117-34 -- Peter Sheridan Dodds, Duncan J. Watts and Charles F. Sabel (2003), 'Information Exchange and the Robustness of Organizational Networks', Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 100 (21), October, 12516-21 -- Mika Kallioinen (2004), 'Information, Communication Technology, and Business in the Nineteenth Century: The Case of a Finnish Merchant House', Scandinavian Economic History Review, LII (1), 19-33 -- Douglas S. Massey (1987), 'Understanding Mexican Migration to the United States', American Journal of Sociology, 92 (6), May, 1372-403 -- Larry Neal and Stephen Quinn (2001), 'Networks of Information, Markets, and Institutions in the Rise of London as a Financial Centre, 1660-1720', Financial History Review, 8 (1), April, 7-26 -- M.E.J. Newman and Juyong Park (2003), 'Why Social Networks are Different from other Types of Networks', Physical Review E, 68 (3), 036122, 1-8 -- Lucy Newton (2003), 'Capital Networks in the Sheffield Region, 1850-1885', in John F. Wilson (ed) and Andrew Popp (ed) (eds), Industrial Clusters and Regional Business Networks in England, 1750-1970, Chapter 7, Aldershot, UK: Ashgate Publishers, 130-54 -- Rebeca Raijman, Silvina Schammah-Gesser and Adriana Kemp (2003), 'International Migration, Domestic Work, and Care Work: Undocumented Latina Migrants in Israel', Gender and Society, 17 (5), October, 727-49 -- Kenneth D. Roberts and Michael D.S. Morris (2003), 'Fortune, Risk, and Remittances: An Application of Option Theory to Participation in Village-Based Migration Networks', International Migration Review, 37 (4), Winter, 1252-81 -- Janet W. Salaff and Arent Greve (2004), 'Can Women's Social Networks Migrate?', Women's Studies International Forum, 27, 149-62 -- Ma Ángeles Serrano and Marián Boguñá (2003), 'Topology of the World Trade Web', Physical Review E, 68 (1), 015101, 1-4
    Note: Includes bibliographical references , The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...